UseAutoconf ;
# for now...
-Package [ Wildcard po : *.po *.in Changelog ] ;
-Package [ Wildcard intl : *.c *.h ChangeLog VERSION Makefile.in ] ;
Package INSTALL NEWS README COPYING AUTHORS ChangeLog ABOUT-NLS depcomp
install-sh mkinstalldirs missing ;
-Package Makefile.am src/Makefile.am lib/Makefile.am data/Makefile.am
- po/Makefile.in.in intl/Makefile.in ;
+Package Makefile.am src/Makefile.am lib/Makefile.am data/Makefile.am ;
-SUBDIRS = intl lib src data po
+SUBDIRS = lib src data
EXTRA_DIST = LEVELDESIGN TODO contrib/levelconverter-0.0.6_0.0.7.py autogen.sh
ACLOCAL_AMFLAGS = -I mk/autoconf
AUTOMAKE_OPTIONS = 1.6 dist-bzip2
AC_MSG_RESULT([no])
fi
-AM_GNU_GETTEXT
+AM_ICONV
dnl ===========================================================================
dnl Check for SDL
AC_INIT_JAM
AC_CONFIG_FILES([Jamconfig])
-AC_OUTPUT(Makefile intl/Makefile
+AC_OUTPUT(Makefile
src/Makefile
data/Makefile
- po/Makefile.in
lib/Makefile)
echo ""
InstallData [ Wildcard *.txt ] ;
InstallData [ Wildcard music : *.mod *.ogg ] : music ;
InstallData [ Wildcard sound : *.wav ] : sound ;
-
+InstallData [ Wildcard locale : *.po ] : locale ;
--- /dev/null
+# German translations for SuperTux package
+# German messages for SuperTux.
+# Copyright (C) 2004 SuperTux Development Team
+# This file is distributed under the same license as the SuperTux package.
+# <matze@braunis.de>, 2004.
+#
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: SuperTux 0.1.1\n"
+"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: super-tux-devel@lists.sourceforge.net\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2004-10-20 14:06-0600\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2004-06-03 00:29+0200\n"
+"Last-Translator: <matze@braunis.de>\n"
+"Language-Team: German <de@li.org>\n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=ISO-8859-1\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
+
+#: src/gameloop.cpp:205
+msgid "by "
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/gameloop.cpp:211
+msgid "Level Vertically Flipped!"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/gameloop.cpp:215
+msgid "Best Level Statistics"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/gameloop.cpp:670
+msgid "PAUSE - Press 'P' To Play"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/gameloop.cpp:675
+msgid "Playing: "
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/gameloop.cpp:850 src/worldmap.cpp:1111
+msgid "SCORE"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/gameloop.cpp:855
+msgid "Press ESC To Return"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/gameloop.cpp:860
+msgid "TIME's UP"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/gameloop.cpp:864
+msgid "TIME"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/gameloop.cpp:871 src/gameloop.cpp:872 src/worldmap.cpp:1115
+msgid "COINS"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/gameloop.cpp:893 src/gameloop.cpp:894 src/worldmap.cpp:1136
+#: src/worldmap.cpp:1137
+msgid "LIVES"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/gameloop.cpp:916
+msgid "Result:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/gameloop.cpp:919
+#, c-format
+msgid "SCORE: %d"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/gameloop.cpp:922 src/worldmap.cpp:955
+#, c-format
+msgid "COINS: %d"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/gameloop.cpp:956
+msgid "Slot"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/gameloop.cpp:956
+msgid "Free"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/leveleditor.cpp:64
+msgid "Load Subset"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/leveleditor.cpp:70 src/leveleditor.cpp:80 src/misc.cpp:125
+#: src/misc.cpp:136 src/misc.cpp:149 src/misc.cpp:160 src/title.cpp:142
+#: src/title.cpp:220
+msgid "Back"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/leveleditor.cpp:73
+msgid "New Level Subset"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/leveleditor.cpp:75
+msgid "Filename "
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/leveleditor.cpp:76
+msgid "Title "
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/leveleditor.cpp:77
+msgid "Description"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/leveleditor.cpp:78
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Create"
+msgstr "Mitwirkende"
+
+#: src/leveleditor.cpp:83
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Level Editor Menu"
+msgstr "Level Editor"
+
+#: src/leveleditor.cpp:85
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Return to Level Editor"
+msgstr "Level Editor"
+
+#: src/leveleditor.cpp:86
+msgid "Create Level Subset"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/leveleditor.cpp:87
+msgid "Load Level Subset"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/leveleditor.cpp:89
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Quit Level Editor"
+msgstr "Level Editor"
+
+#: src/leveleditor.cpp:92
+msgid "Level Settings"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/leveleditor.cpp:94
+msgid "Name "
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/leveleditor.cpp:95
+msgid "Author "
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/leveleditor.cpp:96
+msgid "Width "
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/leveleditor.cpp:97
+msgid "Height "
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/leveleditor.cpp:99
+msgid "Apply"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/leveleditor.cpp:109
+msgid "Eraser"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/leveleditor.cpp:141
+msgid "Trampoline"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/leveleditor.cpp:142
+msgid "Flying Platform"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/leveleditor.cpp:143
+msgid "Door"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/leveleditor.cpp:146
+msgid "Edtit foreground tiles"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/leveleditor.cpp:148
+msgid "Edit interactive tiles"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/leveleditor.cpp:150
+msgid "Edit background tiles"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/leveleditor.cpp:154
+msgid "Next sector"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/leveleditor.cpp:155
+msgid "Prevous sector"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/leveleditor.cpp:156
+msgid "Next level"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/leveleditor.cpp:157
+msgid "Prevous level"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/leveleditor.cpp:158
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Save level"
+msgstr "Spiel Beginnen"
+
+#: src/leveleditor.cpp:159
+msgid "Test level"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/leveleditor.cpp:160
+msgid "Setup level"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/leveleditor.cpp:242 src/leveleditor.cpp:718 src/leveleditor.cpp:743
+#: src/leveleditor.cpp:834
+msgid "Level not saved. Wanna to?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/leveleditor.cpp:357
+#, c-format
+msgid "Level %d doesn't exist. Create it?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/leveleditor.cpp:560 src/misc.cpp:96
+msgid "Level Editor"
+msgstr "Level Editor"
+
+#: src/leveleditor.cpp:583
+msgid "F1 for help"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/leveleditor.cpp:585
+msgid "Choose a level subset"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/leveleditor.cpp:769
+msgid "No more sectors exist. Create another?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/leveleditor.cpp:921
+msgid ""
+"This is the built-in level editor. It's aim is to be intuitive\n"
+"and simple to use, so it should be pretty straight forward.\n"
+"\n"
+"To open a level, first you'll have to select a level subset from\n"
+"the menu (or create your own).\n"
+"A level subset is basically a collection of levels.\n"
+"They can then be played from the Contrib menu.\n"
+"\n"
+"To access the menu from the level editor, just press Esc.\n"
+"\n"
+"You are currently looking to the level, to scroll it, just\n"
+"press the right mouse button and drag the mouse. It will move like\n"
+"a strategy game.\n"
+"You can also use the arrow keys and Page Up/Down.\n"
+"\n"
+"'+' and '-' keys can be used to zoom in/out the level.\n"
+"\n"
+"You probably already noticed those floating group of buttons.\n"
+"Each one serves a different purpose. To select a certain button\n"
+"just press the Left mouse button on it. A few buttons have key\n"
+"shortcuts, you can know it by pressing the Right mouse button on\n"
+"it. That will also show what that button does.\n"
+"Group of buttons can also be move around by just dragging them,\n"
+"while pressing the Left mouse button.\n"
+"\n"
+"Let's learn a bit of what each group of buttons do, shall we?\n"
+"\n"
+"To starting putting tiles and objects around use the bigger gropup\n"
+"of buttons. Each button is a different tile. To put it on the level,\n"
+"just press it and then left click in the level.\n"
+"You can also copy tiles from the level by using the middle mouse button.\n"
+"Use the mouse wheel to scroll that group of buttons. You will find\n"
+"enemies and game objects in the bottom.\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/leveleditor.cpp:957
+msgid ""
+"The Foreground/Interactive/Background buttons may be used to\n"
+"see and edit the respective layer. Level's have three tiles layers:\n"
+"Foreground - tiles are drawn in top of everything and have no contact\n"
+"with the player.\n"
+"Interactive - these are the tiles that have contact with the player.\n"
+"Background - tiles are drawn in bottom of everything and have no contact\n"
+"with the player.\n"
+"The unselected layers will be drawn semi-transparently.\n"
+"\n"
+"At last, but not least, the group of buttons that's left serves\n"
+"to do related actions with the level.\n"
+"From left to right:\n"
+"Mini arrows - can be used to choose other sectors.\n"
+"Sectors are mini-levels, so to speak, that can be accessed using a door.\n"
+"Big arrows - choose other level in the same level subset.\n"
+"Diskette - save the level\n"
+"Tux - test the level\n"
+"Tools - set a few settings for the level, incluiding resizing it.\n"
+"\n"
+"We have reached the end of this Howto.\n"
+"\n"
+"Don't forget to send us a few cool levels. :)\n"
+"\n"
+"Enjoy,\n"
+" SuperTux development team\n"
+"\n"
+"ps: If you are looking for something more powerfull, you can give it a\n"
+"try to FlexLay. FlexLay is a level editor that supports several games,\n"
+"including SuperTux. It is an independent project.\n"
+"Webpage: http://pingus.seul.org/~grumbel/flexlay/"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/leveleditor.cpp:997
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "- Level Editor's Help -"
+msgstr "Level Editor"
+
+#: src/leveleditor.cpp:1001
+#, c-format
+msgid "Press any key to continue - Page %d/%d"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/misc.cpp:93 src/misc.cpp:152
+msgid "Start Game"
+msgstr "Spiel Beginnen"
+
+#: src/misc.cpp:94 src/title.cpp:112
+msgid "Contrib Levels"
+msgstr "Zusatzlevel"
+
+#: src/misc.cpp:95 src/misc.cpp:100 src/misc.cpp:175 src/misc.cpp:182
+msgid "Options"
+msgstr "Einstellungen"
+
+#: src/misc.cpp:97
+msgid "Credits"
+msgstr "Mitwirkende"
+
+#: src/misc.cpp:98
+msgid "Quit"
+msgstr "Beenden"
+
+#: src/misc.cpp:103
+msgid "OpenGL "
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/misc.cpp:105
+msgid "OpenGL (not supported)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/misc.cpp:107
+msgid "Fullscreen"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/misc.cpp:110 src/misc.cpp:115
+msgid "Sound "
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/misc.cpp:111 src/misc.cpp:116
+msgid "Music "
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/misc.cpp:118
+msgid "Show FPS "
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/misc.cpp:119
+msgid "Setup Keys"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/misc.cpp:122
+msgid "Setup Joystick"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/misc.cpp:127
+msgid "Keyboard Setup"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/misc.cpp:129
+msgid "Left move"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/misc.cpp:130
+msgid "Right move"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/misc.cpp:131
+msgid "Up/Activate"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/misc.cpp:132
+msgid "Down/Duck"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/misc.cpp:133
+msgid "Jump"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/misc.cpp:134
+msgid "Power/Run"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/misc.cpp:140
+msgid "Joystick Setup"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/misc.cpp:144
+msgid "A button"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/misc.cpp:145
+msgid "B button"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/misc.cpp:162
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Save Game"
+msgstr "Spiel Beginnen"
+
+#: src/misc.cpp:172 src/misc.cpp:179
+msgid "Pause"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/misc.cpp:174 src/misc.cpp:181
+msgid "Continue"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/misc.cpp:177
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Abort Level"
+msgstr "Zusatzlevel"
+
+#: src/misc.cpp:184
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Quit Game"
+msgstr "Spiel Beginnen"
+
+#: src/misc.cpp:186
+msgid "Enter your name:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/player.cpp:1240
+#, c-format
+msgid "Good! x%d"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/player.cpp:1242
+#, c-format
+msgid "Great! x%d"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/player.cpp:1244
+#, c-format
+msgid "Awesome! x%d"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/player.cpp:1246
+#, c-format
+msgid "Incredible! x%d"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/player.cpp:1248
+#, c-format
+msgid "Godlike! ;-) x%d"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/player.cpp:1250
+#, c-format
+msgid "Unbelievable!! x%d"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/statistics.cpp:113
+msgid "- Best Level Statistics -"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/statistics.cpp:117
+msgid "Max score:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/statistics.cpp:137
+msgid "Max coins collected:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/statistics.cpp:139
+msgid "Max fragging:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/statistics.cpp:141
+msgid "Min time needed:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/statistics.cpp:170
+#, c-format
+msgid "Max score: %d"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/statistics.cpp:176
+#, c-format
+msgid "Max coins collected: %d / %d"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/statistics.cpp:180
+#, c-format
+msgid "Max fragging: %d / %d"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/statistics.cpp:184
+#, c-format
+msgid "Min time needed: %d / %d"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/title.cpp:374
+msgid ""
+"Copyright (c) 2003 SuperTux Devel Team\n"
+"This game comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY. This is free software, and you\n"
+"are welcome to redistribute it under certain conditions; see the file "
+"COPYING\n"
+"for details.\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/title.cpp:426
+msgid "Are you sure you want to delete slot"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/worldmap.cpp:952
+msgid "GAMEOVER"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/worldmap.cpp:959
+msgid "Total Statistics"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: lib/app/setup.cpp:774
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Usage: %s [OPTIONS] FILENAME\n"
+"\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: lib/app/setup.cpp:775
+msgid ""
+"Display Options:\n"
+" -f, --fullscreen Run in fullscreen mode.\n"
+" -w, --window Run in window mode.\n"
+" --opengl If OpenGL support was compiled in, this will tell\n"
+" SuperTux to make use of it.\n"
+" --sdl Use the SDL software graphical renderer\n"
+"\n"
+"Sound Options:\n"
+" --disable-sound If sound support was compiled in, this will\n"
+" disable sound for this session of the game.\n"
+" --disable-music Like above, but this will disable music.\n"
+"\n"
+"Misc Options:\n"
+" -j, --joystick NUM Use joystick NUM (default: 0)\n"
+" --joymap XAXIS:YAXIS:A:B:START\n"
+" Define how joystick buttons and axis should be mapped\n"
+" --leveleditor Opens the leveleditor in a file.\n"
+" --worldmap Opens the specified worldmap file.\n"
+" --flip-levels Flip levels upside-down.\n"
+" -d, --datadir DIR Load Game data from DIR (default: automatic)\n"
+" --debug Enables the debug mode, which is useful for "
+"developers.\n"
+" --help Display a help message summarizing command-line\n"
+" options, license and game controls.\n"
+" --usage Display a brief message summarizing command-line "
+"options.\n"
+" --version Display the version of SuperTux you're running.\n"
+"\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: lib/app/setup.cpp:834
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Usage: %s [--fullscreen] [--opengl] [--disable-sound] [--disable-music] [--"
+"debug] | [--usage | --help | --version] [--leveleditor] [--worldmap] [--flip-"
+"levels] FILENAME\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: lib/gui/menu.cpp:67
+msgid "Yes"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: lib/gui/menu.cpp:68
+msgid "No"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: lib/gui/menu.cpp:236
+msgid "Up cursor"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: lib/gui/menu.cpp:239
+msgid "Down cursor"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: lib/gui/menu.cpp:242
+msgid "Left cursor"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: lib/gui/menu.cpp:245
+msgid "Right cursor"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: lib/gui/menu.cpp:248
+msgid "Return"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: lib/gui/menu.cpp:251
+msgid "Space"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: lib/gui/menu.cpp:254
+msgid "Right Shift"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: lib/gui/menu.cpp:257
+msgid "Left Shift"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: lib/gui/menu.cpp:260
+msgid "Right Control"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: lib/gui/menu.cpp:263
+msgid "Left Control"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: lib/gui/menu.cpp:266
+msgid "Right Alt"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: lib/gui/menu.cpp:269
+msgid "Left Alt"
+msgstr ""
--- /dev/null
+# Spanish translation for SuperTux package.
+# Translation of supertux.pot to es_ES
+# This file is distributed under the same license as the SuperTux package.
+# Copyright (C) 2004 SuperTux Development Team.
+# Javier Beaumont <demonight@users.sourceforge.net>, 2004.
+#
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: SuperTux-CVS\n"
+"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: super-tux-devel@lists.sourceforge.net\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2004-10-20 14:06-0600\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2004-10-12 19:31+0200\n"
+"Last-Translator: Javier Beaumont <demonight@users.sourceforge.net>\n"
+"Language-Team: Spanish Team <super-tux-devel@lists.sourceforge.net>\n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=ISO-8859-1\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+"X-Generator: KBabel 1.9\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
+
+#: src/gameloop.cpp:205
+msgid "by "
+msgstr "por "
+
+#: src/gameloop.cpp:211
+msgid "Level Vertically Flipped!"
+msgstr "¡En nivel se mueve verticálmente!"
+
+#: src/gameloop.cpp:215
+msgid "Best Level Statistics"
+msgstr "Las mejores estadísticas del nivel"
+
+#: src/gameloop.cpp:670
+msgid "PAUSE - Press 'P' To Play"
+msgstr "PAUSA - Pulsa 'P' para continuar"
+
+#: src/gameloop.cpp:675
+msgid "Playing: "
+msgstr "Jugando: "
+
+#: src/gameloop.cpp:850 src/worldmap.cpp:1111
+msgid "SCORE"
+msgstr "PUNTOS"
+
+#: src/gameloop.cpp:855
+msgid "Press ESC To Return"
+msgstr "Pulsa ESC para volver"
+
+#: src/gameloop.cpp:860
+msgid "TIME's UP"
+msgstr "FUERA DE TIEMPO"
+
+#: src/gameloop.cpp:864
+msgid "TIME"
+msgstr "TIEMPO"
+
+#: src/gameloop.cpp:871 src/gameloop.cpp:872 src/worldmap.cpp:1115
+msgid "COINS"
+msgstr "MONEDAS"
+
+#: src/gameloop.cpp:893 src/gameloop.cpp:894 src/worldmap.cpp:1136
+#: src/worldmap.cpp:1137
+msgid "LIVES"
+msgstr "VIDAS"
+
+#: src/gameloop.cpp:916
+msgid "Result:"
+msgstr "Resultado:"
+
+#: src/gameloop.cpp:919
+#, c-format
+msgid "SCORE: %d"
+msgstr "PUNTOS: %d"
+
+#: src/gameloop.cpp:922 src/worldmap.cpp:955
+#, c-format
+msgid "COINS: %d"
+msgstr "MONEDAS: %d"
+
+#: src/gameloop.cpp:956
+msgid "Slot"
+msgstr "Ranura"
+
+#: src/gameloop.cpp:956
+msgid "Free"
+msgstr "Libre"
+
+#: src/leveleditor.cpp:64
+msgid "Load Subset"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/leveleditor.cpp:70 src/leveleditor.cpp:80 src/misc.cpp:125
+#: src/misc.cpp:136 src/misc.cpp:149 src/misc.cpp:160 src/title.cpp:142
+#: src/title.cpp:220
+msgid "Back"
+msgstr "Volver"
+
+#: src/leveleditor.cpp:73
+msgid "New Level Subset"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/leveleditor.cpp:75
+msgid "Filename "
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/leveleditor.cpp:76
+msgid "Title "
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/leveleditor.cpp:77
+msgid "Description"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/leveleditor.cpp:78
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Create"
+msgstr "Creditos"
+
+#: src/leveleditor.cpp:83
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Level Editor Menu"
+msgstr "Editor de niveles"
+
+#: src/leveleditor.cpp:85
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Return to Level Editor"
+msgstr "Editor de niveles"
+
+#: src/leveleditor.cpp:86
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Create Level Subset"
+msgstr "Las mejores estadísticas del nivel"
+
+#: src/leveleditor.cpp:87
+msgid "Load Level Subset"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/leveleditor.cpp:89
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Quit Level Editor"
+msgstr "Editor de niveles"
+
+#: src/leveleditor.cpp:92
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Level Settings"
+msgstr "Estadísticas del nivel"
+
+#: src/leveleditor.cpp:94
+msgid "Name "
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/leveleditor.cpp:95
+msgid "Author "
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/leveleditor.cpp:96
+msgid "Width "
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/leveleditor.cpp:97
+msgid "Height "
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/leveleditor.cpp:99
+msgid "Apply"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/leveleditor.cpp:109
+msgid "Eraser"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/leveleditor.cpp:141
+msgid "Trampoline"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/leveleditor.cpp:142
+msgid "Flying Platform"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/leveleditor.cpp:143
+msgid "Door"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/leveleditor.cpp:146
+msgid "Edtit foreground tiles"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/leveleditor.cpp:148
+msgid "Edit interactive tiles"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/leveleditor.cpp:150
+msgid "Edit background tiles"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/leveleditor.cpp:154
+msgid "Next sector"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/leveleditor.cpp:155
+msgid "Prevous sector"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/leveleditor.cpp:156
+msgid "Next level"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/leveleditor.cpp:157
+msgid "Prevous level"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/leveleditor.cpp:158
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Save level"
+msgstr "Salvar el juego"
+
+#: src/leveleditor.cpp:159
+msgid "Test level"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/leveleditor.cpp:160
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Setup level"
+msgstr "Configurar las teclas"
+
+#: src/leveleditor.cpp:242 src/leveleditor.cpp:718 src/leveleditor.cpp:743
+#: src/leveleditor.cpp:834
+msgid "Level not saved. Wanna to?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/leveleditor.cpp:357
+#, c-format
+msgid "Level %d doesn't exist. Create it?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/leveleditor.cpp:560 src/misc.cpp:96
+msgid "Level Editor"
+msgstr "Editor de niveles"
+
+#: src/leveleditor.cpp:583
+msgid "F1 for help"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/leveleditor.cpp:585
+msgid "Choose a level subset"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/leveleditor.cpp:769
+msgid "No more sectors exist. Create another?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/leveleditor.cpp:921
+msgid ""
+"This is the built-in level editor. It's aim is to be intuitive\n"
+"and simple to use, so it should be pretty straight forward.\n"
+"\n"
+"To open a level, first you'll have to select a level subset from\n"
+"the menu (or create your own).\n"
+"A level subset is basically a collection of levels.\n"
+"They can then be played from the Contrib menu.\n"
+"\n"
+"To access the menu from the level editor, just press Esc.\n"
+"\n"
+"You are currently looking to the level, to scroll it, just\n"
+"press the right mouse button and drag the mouse. It will move like\n"
+"a strategy game.\n"
+"You can also use the arrow keys and Page Up/Down.\n"
+"\n"
+"'+' and '-' keys can be used to zoom in/out the level.\n"
+"\n"
+"You probably already noticed those floating group of buttons.\n"
+"Each one serves a different purpose. To select a certain button\n"
+"just press the Left mouse button on it. A few buttons have key\n"
+"shortcuts, you can know it by pressing the Right mouse button on\n"
+"it. That will also show what that button does.\n"
+"Group of buttons can also be move around by just dragging them,\n"
+"while pressing the Left mouse button.\n"
+"\n"
+"Let's learn a bit of what each group of buttons do, shall we?\n"
+"\n"
+"To starting putting tiles and objects around use the bigger gropup\n"
+"of buttons. Each button is a different tile. To put it on the level,\n"
+"just press it and then left click in the level.\n"
+"You can also copy tiles from the level by using the middle mouse button.\n"
+"Use the mouse wheel to scroll that group of buttons. You will find\n"
+"enemies and game objects in the bottom.\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/leveleditor.cpp:957
+msgid ""
+"The Foreground/Interactive/Background buttons may be used to\n"
+"see and edit the respective layer. Level's have three tiles layers:\n"
+"Foreground - tiles are drawn in top of everything and have no contact\n"
+"with the player.\n"
+"Interactive - these are the tiles that have contact with the player.\n"
+"Background - tiles are drawn in bottom of everything and have no contact\n"
+"with the player.\n"
+"The unselected layers will be drawn semi-transparently.\n"
+"\n"
+"At last, but not least, the group of buttons that's left serves\n"
+"to do related actions with the level.\n"
+"From left to right:\n"
+"Mini arrows - can be used to choose other sectors.\n"
+"Sectors are mini-levels, so to speak, that can be accessed using a door.\n"
+"Big arrows - choose other level in the same level subset.\n"
+"Diskette - save the level\n"
+"Tux - test the level\n"
+"Tools - set a few settings for the level, incluiding resizing it.\n"
+"\n"
+"We have reached the end of this Howto.\n"
+"\n"
+"Don't forget to send us a few cool levels. :)\n"
+"\n"
+"Enjoy,\n"
+" SuperTux development team\n"
+"\n"
+"ps: If you are looking for something more powerfull, you can give it a\n"
+"try to FlexLay. FlexLay is a level editor that supports several games,\n"
+"including SuperTux. It is an independent project.\n"
+"Webpage: http://pingus.seul.org/~grumbel/flexlay/"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/leveleditor.cpp:997
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "- Level Editor's Help -"
+msgstr "Editor de niveles"
+
+#: src/leveleditor.cpp:1001
+#, c-format
+msgid "Press any key to continue - Page %d/%d"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/misc.cpp:93 src/misc.cpp:152
+msgid "Start Game"
+msgstr "Comenzar el juego"
+
+#: src/misc.cpp:94 src/title.cpp:112
+msgid "Contrib Levels"
+msgstr "Niveles aportados"
+
+#: src/misc.cpp:95 src/misc.cpp:100 src/misc.cpp:175 src/misc.cpp:182
+msgid "Options"
+msgstr "Opciones"
+
+#: src/misc.cpp:97
+msgid "Credits"
+msgstr "Creditos"
+
+#: src/misc.cpp:98
+msgid "Quit"
+msgstr "Salir"
+
+#: src/misc.cpp:103
+msgid "OpenGL "
+msgstr "OpenGL "
+
+#: src/misc.cpp:105
+msgid "OpenGL (not supported)"
+msgstr "OpenGL (no soportado)"
+
+#: src/misc.cpp:107
+msgid "Fullscreen"
+msgstr "Pantalla completa"
+
+#: src/misc.cpp:110 src/misc.cpp:115
+msgid "Sound "
+msgstr "Sonido "
+
+#: src/misc.cpp:111 src/misc.cpp:116
+msgid "Music "
+msgstr "Música "
+
+#: src/misc.cpp:118
+msgid "Show FPS "
+msgstr "Mostrar FPS "
+
+#: src/misc.cpp:119
+msgid "Setup Keys"
+msgstr "Configurar las teclas"
+
+#: src/misc.cpp:122
+msgid "Setup Joystick"
+msgstr "Configurar el Joystick"
+
+#: src/misc.cpp:127
+msgid "Keyboard Setup"
+msgstr "Configurar el teclado"
+
+#: src/misc.cpp:129
+msgid "Left move"
+msgstr "Para la izquierda"
+
+#: src/misc.cpp:130
+msgid "Right move"
+msgstr "Para la derecha"
+
+#: src/misc.cpp:131
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Up/Activate"
+msgstr "Activado"
+
+#: src/misc.cpp:132
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Down/Duck"
+msgstr "Agacharse"
+
+#: src/misc.cpp:133
+msgid "Jump"
+msgstr "Saltar"
+
+#: src/misc.cpp:134
+msgid "Power/Run"
+msgstr "Poder/Correr"
+
+#: src/misc.cpp:140
+msgid "Joystick Setup"
+msgstr "Configurar el Joystick"
+
+#: src/misc.cpp:144
+msgid "A button"
+msgstr "Botón A"
+
+#: src/misc.cpp:145
+msgid "B button"
+msgstr "Botón B"
+
+#: src/misc.cpp:162
+msgid "Save Game"
+msgstr "Salvar el juego"
+
+#: src/misc.cpp:172 src/misc.cpp:179
+msgid "Pause"
+msgstr "Pausa"
+
+#: src/misc.cpp:174 src/misc.cpp:181
+msgid "Continue"
+msgstr "Continuar"
+
+#: src/misc.cpp:177
+msgid "Abort Level"
+msgstr "Abortar el nivel"
+
+#: src/misc.cpp:184
+msgid "Quit Game"
+msgstr "Salir del juego"
+
+#: src/misc.cpp:186
+msgid "Enter your name:"
+msgstr "Introduce tu nombre:"
+
+#: src/player.cpp:1240
+#, c-format
+msgid "Good! x%d"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/player.cpp:1242
+#, c-format
+msgid "Great! x%d"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/player.cpp:1244
+#, c-format
+msgid "Awesome! x%d"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/player.cpp:1246
+#, c-format
+msgid "Incredible! x%d"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/player.cpp:1248
+#, c-format
+msgid "Godlike! ;-) x%d"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/player.cpp:1250
+#, c-format
+msgid "Unbelievable!! x%d"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/statistics.cpp:113
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "- Best Level Statistics -"
+msgstr "Las mejores estadísticas del nivel"
+
+#: src/statistics.cpp:117
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Max score:"
+msgstr "Máxima puntuación: %d"
+
+#: src/statistics.cpp:137
+msgid "Max coins collected:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/statistics.cpp:139
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Max fragging:"
+msgstr "Máxima matanza: %d"
+
+#: src/statistics.cpp:141
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Min time needed:"
+msgstr "Mínimo tiempo necesario: %d"
+
+#: src/statistics.cpp:170
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid "Max score: %d"
+msgstr "Máxima puntuación: %d"
+
+#: src/statistics.cpp:176
+#, c-format
+msgid "Max coins collected: %d / %d"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/statistics.cpp:180
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid "Max fragging: %d / %d"
+msgstr "Máxima matanza: %d"
+
+#: src/statistics.cpp:184
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid "Min time needed: %d / %d"
+msgstr "Mínimo tiempo necesario: %d"
+
+#: src/title.cpp:374
+msgid ""
+"Copyright (c) 2003 SuperTux Devel Team\n"
+"This game comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY. This is free software, and you\n"
+"are welcome to redistribute it under certain conditions; see the file "
+"COPYING\n"
+"for details.\n"
+msgstr ""
+"Copyright (c) 2003 El equipo de SuperTux\n"
+"Este juego viene sin ABSOLUTAMENTE NINGUNA GARANTÍA. Esto es software libre, "
+"y tu\n"
+"tienes permiso para redistribuirlo bajo ciertas condiciones; mira el archivo "
+"COPYING\n"
+"para detalles.\n"
+
+#: src/title.cpp:426
+msgid "Are you sure you want to delete slot"
+msgstr "¿Estás seguro de que quieres borrar la ranura?"
+
+#: src/worldmap.cpp:952
+msgid "GAMEOVER"
+msgstr "FIN DEL JUEGO"
+
+#: src/worldmap.cpp:959
+msgid "Total Statistics"
+msgstr "Estadísticas totales"
+
+#: lib/app/setup.cpp:774
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Usage: %s [OPTIONS] FILENAME\n"
+"\n"
+msgstr ""
+"Uso: %s [OPCIONES] NOMBRE_DEL_FICHERO\n"
+"\n"
+
+#: lib/app/setup.cpp:775
+msgid ""
+"Display Options:\n"
+" -f, --fullscreen Run in fullscreen mode.\n"
+" -w, --window Run in window mode.\n"
+" --opengl If OpenGL support was compiled in, this will tell\n"
+" SuperTux to make use of it.\n"
+" --sdl Use the SDL software graphical renderer\n"
+"\n"
+"Sound Options:\n"
+" --disable-sound If sound support was compiled in, this will\n"
+" disable sound for this session of the game.\n"
+" --disable-music Like above, but this will disable music.\n"
+"\n"
+"Misc Options:\n"
+" -j, --joystick NUM Use joystick NUM (default: 0)\n"
+" --joymap XAXIS:YAXIS:A:B:START\n"
+" Define how joystick buttons and axis should be mapped\n"
+" --leveleditor Opens the leveleditor in a file.\n"
+" --worldmap Opens the specified worldmap file.\n"
+" --flip-levels Flip levels upside-down.\n"
+" -d, --datadir DIR Load Game data from DIR (default: automatic)\n"
+" --debug Enables the debug mode, which is useful for "
+"developers.\n"
+" --help Display a help message summarizing command-line\n"
+" options, license and game controls.\n"
+" --usage Display a brief message summarizing command-line "
+"options.\n"
+" --version Display the version of SuperTux you're running.\n"
+"\n"
+msgstr ""
+"Opciones gráficas:\n"
+" -f, --fullscreen Funciona a pantalla completa.\n"
+" -w, --window Funciona en una ventana.\n"
+" --opengl En el caso de que se haya compilado con soporte para\n"
+" OpenGL, esto lo activara y SuperTux hará uso de ello.\n"
+" --sdl Usar SDL como render gráfico (software)\n"
+"\n"
+"Opciones de sonido:\n"
+" --disable-sound Si se ha compilado con soporte para sonido, esto\n"
+" desactivará el sonido para esta sesión de juego.\n"
+" --disable-music Igual que el anterior, pero esto desactiva la música.\n"
+"\n"
+"Opciones varias:\n"
+" -j, --joystick NUM Usa el joystick NUM (por defecto: 0)\n"
+" --joymap XAXIS:YAXIS:A:B:START\n"
+" Define como deben estar mapeados los botones y el eje\n"
+" del joystick\n"
+" --leveleditor Abre el editor de niveles en un fichero.\n"
+" --worldmap Abre el fichero de mapa del mundo especificado.\n"
+" --flip-levels «Flip levels upside-down.»\n"
+" -d, --datadir DIR Carga los datos del juego desde DIR (Por defecto: "
+"automático)\n"
+" --debug Activa el modo de depuración, que es útil para "
+"desarrolladores.\n"
+" --help Muestra un mensaje de ayuda con una lista de las "
+"opciones\n"
+" de los comandos de linea, licencia y controles del "
+"juego.\n"
+" --usage Muestra un breve mensaje listando las opciones de los "
+"comandos de linea.\n"
+" --version Muestra la versión de SuperTux que estás ejecutando.\n"
+"\n"
+
+#: lib/app/setup.cpp:834
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Usage: %s [--fullscreen] [--opengl] [--disable-sound] [--disable-music] [--"
+"debug] | [--usage | --help | --version] [--leveleditor] [--worldmap] [--flip-"
+"levels] FILENAME\n"
+msgstr ""
+"Uso: %s [--fullscreen] [--opengl] [--disable-sound] [--disable-music] [--"
+"debug] | [--usage | --help | --version] [--leveleditor] [--worldmap] [--flip-"
+"levels] NOMBRE_DEL_FICHERO\n"
+
+#: lib/gui/menu.cpp:67
+msgid "Yes"
+msgstr "Si"
+
+#: lib/gui/menu.cpp:68
+msgid "No"
+msgstr "No"
+
+#: lib/gui/menu.cpp:236
+msgid "Up cursor"
+msgstr "Arriba"
+
+#: lib/gui/menu.cpp:239
+msgid "Down cursor"
+msgstr "Abajo"
+
+#: lib/gui/menu.cpp:242
+msgid "Left cursor"
+msgstr "Izquierda"
+
+#: lib/gui/menu.cpp:245
+msgid "Right cursor"
+msgstr "Derecha"
+
+#: lib/gui/menu.cpp:248
+msgid "Return"
+msgstr "Entrar"
+
+#: lib/gui/menu.cpp:251
+msgid "Space"
+msgstr "Espácio"
+
+#: lib/gui/menu.cpp:254
+msgid "Right Shift"
+msgstr "Shift derecho"
+
+#: lib/gui/menu.cpp:257
+msgid "Left Shift"
+msgstr "Shift izquierdo"
+
+#: lib/gui/menu.cpp:260
+msgid "Right Control"
+msgstr "Control derecho"
+
+#: lib/gui/menu.cpp:263
+msgid "Left Control"
+msgstr "Control izquierdo"
+
+#: lib/gui/menu.cpp:266
+msgid "Right Alt"
+msgstr "Alt derecho"
+
+#: lib/gui/menu.cpp:269
+msgid "Left Alt"
+msgstr "Alt izquierdo"
+
+#~ msgid "Min shots: %d"
+#~ msgstr "Mínimos tiros: %d"
+
+#~ msgid "Min jumps: %d"
+#~ msgstr "Mínimos saltos: %d"
+
+#~ msgid "Slot %d - Savegame"
+#~ msgstr "Slot %d - Juego salvado"
+
+#~ msgid "Slot %d - Free"
+#~ msgstr "Slot %d - Libre"
+
+#~ msgid " SuperTux "
+#~ msgstr " SuperTux "
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "\n"
+#~ " Please see the file \"README.txt\" for more details.\n"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "\n"
+#~ " Por favor mira el fichero \"README.txt\" para más detalles.\n"
--- /dev/null
+# translation of fr.po to Français
+# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package.
+# Copyright (C) YEAR SuperTux Development Team.
+# Frederic Rodrigo <f.rodrigo@tuxfamily.org>, 2004.
+# Frederic Rodrigo <f.rodrigo free.fr>, 2004.
+#
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: fr\n"
+"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: super-tux-devel@lists.sourceforge.net\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2004-10-20 14:06-0600\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2004-11-09 15:22+0100\n"
+"Last-Translator: Frederic Rodrigo <f.rodrigo free.fr>\n"
+"Language-Team: Français\n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+"X-Generator: KBabel 1.3.1\n"
+
+#: src/gameloop.cpp:205
+msgid "by "
+msgstr "par "
+
+#: src/gameloop.cpp:211
+msgid "Level Vertically Flipped!"
+msgstr "Niveau inversé verticalement !"
+
+#: src/gameloop.cpp:215
+msgid "Best Level Statistics"
+msgstr "Statistiques des meilleurs niveaux"
+
+#: src/gameloop.cpp:670
+msgid "PAUSE - Press 'P' To Play"
+msgstr "PAUSE - Pressez P pour jouer"
+
+#: src/gameloop.cpp:675
+msgid "Playing: "
+msgstr "Jouer : "
+
+#: src/gameloop.cpp:850 src/worldmap.cpp:1111
+msgid "SCORE"
+msgstr "SCORE"
+
+#: src/gameloop.cpp:855
+msgid "Press ESC To Return"
+msgstr "Pressez ÉCHAP pour revenir"
+
+#: src/gameloop.cpp:860
+msgid "TIME's UP"
+msgstr "TEMPS écoulé"
+
+#: src/gameloop.cpp:864
+msgid "TIME"
+msgstr "TEMPS"
+
+#: src/gameloop.cpp:871 src/gameloop.cpp:872 src/worldmap.cpp:1115
+msgid "COINS"
+msgstr "PIÈCES"
+
+#: src/gameloop.cpp:893 src/gameloop.cpp:894 src/worldmap.cpp:1136
+#: src/worldmap.cpp:1137
+msgid "LIVES"
+msgstr "VIES"
+
+#: src/gameloop.cpp:916
+msgid "Result:"
+msgstr "Résultat :"
+
+#: src/gameloop.cpp:919
+#, c-format
+msgid "SCORE: %d"
+msgstr "SCORE : %d"
+
+#: src/gameloop.cpp:922 src/worldmap.cpp:955
+#, c-format
+msgid "COINS: %d"
+msgstr "PIÈCES : %d"
+
+#: src/gameloop.cpp:956
+msgid "Slot"
+msgstr "Slot"
+
+#: src/gameloop.cpp:956
+msgid "Free"
+msgstr "Libre"
+
+#: src/leveleditor.cpp:64
+msgid "Load Subset"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/leveleditor.cpp:70 src/leveleditor.cpp:80 src/misc.cpp:125
+#: src/misc.cpp:136 src/misc.cpp:149 src/misc.cpp:160 src/title.cpp:142
+#: src/title.cpp:220
+msgid "Back"
+msgstr "Retour"
+
+#: src/leveleditor.cpp:73
+msgid "New Level Subset"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/leveleditor.cpp:75
+msgid "Filename "
+msgstr "Fichier "
+
+#: src/leveleditor.cpp:76
+msgid "Title "
+msgstr "Titre "
+
+#: src/leveleditor.cpp:77
+msgid "Description"
+msgstr "Description"
+
+#: src/leveleditor.cpp:78
+msgid "Create"
+msgstr "Créer"
+
+#: src/leveleditor.cpp:83
+msgid "Level Editor Menu"
+msgstr "Menu de l'éditeur de niveaux"
+
+#: src/leveleditor.cpp:85
+msgid "Return to Level Editor"
+msgstr "Retourner à l'éditeur de niveaux"
+
+#: src/leveleditor.cpp:86
+msgid "Create Level Subset"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/leveleditor.cpp:87
+msgid "Load Level Subset"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/leveleditor.cpp:89
+msgid "Quit Level Editor"
+msgstr "Quitter l'éditeur de niveaux"
+
+#: src/leveleditor.cpp:92
+msgid "Level Settings"
+msgstr "Paramètres du niveau"
+
+#: src/leveleditor.cpp:94
+msgid "Name "
+msgstr "Nom "
+
+#: src/leveleditor.cpp:95
+msgid "Author "
+msgstr "Auteur "
+
+#: src/leveleditor.cpp:96
+msgid "Width "
+msgstr "Largeur "
+
+#: src/leveleditor.cpp:97
+msgid "Height "
+msgstr "Hauteur "
+
+#: src/leveleditor.cpp:99
+msgid "Apply"
+msgstr "Appliquer"
+
+#: src/leveleditor.cpp:109
+msgid "Eraser"
+msgstr "Effacer"
+
+#: src/leveleditor.cpp:141
+msgid "Trampoline"
+msgstr "Trampoline"
+
+#: src/leveleditor.cpp:142
+msgid "Flying Platform"
+msgstr "Platforme volante"
+
+#: src/leveleditor.cpp:143
+msgid "Door"
+msgstr "Porte"
+
+#: src/leveleditor.cpp:146
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Edtit foreground tiles"
+msgstr "Éditer les motifs d'avant plan"
+
+#: src/leveleditor.cpp:148
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Edit interactive tiles"
+msgstr "Éditer les motifs interactifs"
+
+#: src/leveleditor.cpp:150
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Edit background tiles"
+msgstr "Éditer les motifs de l'arrière plan"
+
+#: src/leveleditor.cpp:154
+msgid "Next sector"
+msgstr "Secteur suivant"
+
+#: src/leveleditor.cpp:155
+msgid "Prevous sector"
+msgstr "Secteur précédant"
+
+#: src/leveleditor.cpp:156
+msgid "Next level"
+msgstr "Niveau suivant"
+
+#: src/leveleditor.cpp:157
+msgid "Prevous level"
+msgstr "Niveau précédant"
+
+#: src/leveleditor.cpp:158
+msgid "Save level"
+msgstr "Enregistrer le niveau"
+
+#: src/leveleditor.cpp:159
+msgid "Test level"
+msgstr "Tester le niveau"
+
+#: src/leveleditor.cpp:160
+msgid "Setup level"
+msgstr "Paramètrer le niveau"
+
+#: src/leveleditor.cpp:242 src/leveleditor.cpp:718 src/leveleditor.cpp:743
+#: src/leveleditor.cpp:834
+msgid "Level not saved. Wanna to?"
+msgstr "Le niveau n'a pas étais enregistré, que faire ?"
+
+#: src/leveleditor.cpp:357
+#, c-format
+msgid "Level %d doesn't exist. Create it?"
+msgstr "Le niveau %d n'existe pas, le créer ?"
+
+#: src/leveleditor.cpp:560 src/misc.cpp:96
+msgid "Level Editor"
+msgstr "Éditeur de niveaux"
+
+#: src/leveleditor.cpp:583
+msgid "F1 for help"
+msgstr "F1 pour l'aide"
+
+#: src/leveleditor.cpp:585
+msgid "Choose a level subset"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/leveleditor.cpp:769
+msgid "No more sectors exist. Create another?"
+msgstr "Il n'y a plus de secteur. En créer un nouveau ?"
+
+#: src/leveleditor.cpp:921
+msgid ""
+"This is the built-in level editor. It's aim is to be intuitive\n"
+"and simple to use, so it should be pretty straight forward.\n"
+"\n"
+"To open a level, first you'll have to select a level subset from\n"
+"the menu (or create your own).\n"
+"A level subset is basically a collection of levels.\n"
+"They can then be played from the Contrib menu.\n"
+"\n"
+"To access the menu from the level editor, just press Esc.\n"
+"\n"
+"You are currently looking to the level, to scroll it, just\n"
+"press the right mouse button and drag the mouse. It will move like\n"
+"a strategy game.\n"
+"You can also use the arrow keys and Page Up/Down.\n"
+"\n"
+"'+' and '-' keys can be used to zoom in/out the level.\n"
+"\n"
+"You probably already noticed those floating group of buttons.\n"
+"Each one serves a different purpose. To select a certain button\n"
+"just press the Left mouse button on it. A few buttons have key\n"
+"shortcuts, you can know it by pressing the Right mouse button on\n"
+"it. That will also show what that button does.\n"
+"Group of buttons can also be move around by just dragging them,\n"
+"while pressing the Left mouse button.\n"
+"\n"
+"Let's learn a bit of what each group of buttons do, shall we?\n"
+"\n"
+"To starting putting tiles and objects around use the bigger gropup\n"
+"of buttons. Each button is a different tile. To put it on the level,\n"
+"just press it and then left click in the level.\n"
+"You can also copy tiles from the level by using the middle mouse button.\n"
+"Use the mouse wheel to scroll that group of buttons. You will find\n"
+"enemies and game objects in the bottom.\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/leveleditor.cpp:957
+msgid ""
+"The Foreground/Interactive/Background buttons may be used to\n"
+"see and edit the respective layer. Level's have three tiles layers:\n"
+"Foreground - tiles are drawn in top of everything and have no contact\n"
+"with the player.\n"
+"Interactive - these are the tiles that have contact with the player.\n"
+"Background - tiles are drawn in bottom of everything and have no contact\n"
+"with the player.\n"
+"The unselected layers will be drawn semi-transparently.\n"
+"\n"
+"At last, but not least, the group of buttons that's left serves\n"
+"to do related actions with the level.\n"
+"From left to right:\n"
+"Mini arrows - can be used to choose other sectors.\n"
+"Sectors are mini-levels, so to speak, that can be accessed using a door.\n"
+"Big arrows - choose other level in the same level subset.\n"
+"Diskette - save the level\n"
+"Tux - test the level\n"
+"Tools - set a few settings for the level, incluiding resizing it.\n"
+"\n"
+"We have reached the end of this Howto.\n"
+"\n"
+"Don't forget to send us a few cool levels. :)\n"
+"\n"
+"Enjoy,\n"
+" SuperTux development team\n"
+"\n"
+"ps: If you are looking for something more powerfull, you can give it a\n"
+"try to FlexLay. FlexLay is a level editor that supports several games,\n"
+"including SuperTux. It is an independent project.\n"
+"Webpage: http://pingus.seul.org/~grumbel/flexlay/"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/leveleditor.cpp:997
+msgid "- Level Editor's Help -"
+msgstr "- Aide de l'éditeur de niveaux -"
+
+#: src/leveleditor.cpp:1001
+#, c-format
+msgid "Press any key to continue - Page %d/%d"
+msgstr "Appuyez sur une touche pour continuer - Page %d/%d"
+
+#: src/misc.cpp:93 src/misc.cpp:152
+msgid "Start Game"
+msgstr "Jouer"
+
+#: src/misc.cpp:94 src/title.cpp:112
+msgid "Contrib Levels"
+msgstr "Contributions"
+
+#: src/misc.cpp:95 src/misc.cpp:100 src/misc.cpp:175 src/misc.cpp:182
+msgid "Options"
+msgstr "Options"
+
+#: src/misc.cpp:97
+msgid "Credits"
+msgstr "Crédits"
+
+#: src/misc.cpp:98
+msgid "Quit"
+msgstr "Quitter"
+
+#: src/misc.cpp:103
+msgid "OpenGL "
+msgstr "OpenGL "
+
+#: src/misc.cpp:105
+msgid "OpenGL (not supported)"
+msgstr "OpenGL (non supporté)"
+
+#: src/misc.cpp:107
+msgid "Fullscreen"
+msgstr "Plein écran"
+
+#: src/misc.cpp:110 src/misc.cpp:115
+msgid "Sound "
+msgstr "Son "
+
+#: src/misc.cpp:111 src/misc.cpp:116
+msgid "Music "
+msgstr "Musique "
+
+#: src/misc.cpp:118
+msgid "Show FPS "
+msgstr "FPS "
+
+#: src/misc.cpp:119
+msgid "Setup Keys"
+msgstr "Touches "
+
+#: src/misc.cpp:122
+msgid "Setup Joystick"
+msgstr "Joystick"
+
+#: src/misc.cpp:127
+msgid "Keyboard Setup"
+msgstr "Touches"
+
+#: src/misc.cpp:129
+msgid "Left move"
+msgstr "Gauche"
+
+#: src/misc.cpp:130
+msgid "Right move"
+msgstr "Droite"
+
+#: src/misc.cpp:131
+msgid "Up/Activate"
+msgstr "Monter/Activer"
+
+#: src/misc.cpp:132
+msgid "Down/Duck"
+msgstr "Descendre/S'accroupir"
+
+#: src/misc.cpp:133
+msgid "Jump"
+msgstr "Sauter"
+
+#: src/misc.cpp:134
+msgid "Power/Run"
+msgstr "Tirer/Courir"
+
+#: src/misc.cpp:140
+msgid "Joystick Setup"
+msgstr "Joystick"
+
+#: src/misc.cpp:144
+msgid "A button"
+msgstr "Boutton A"
+
+#: src/misc.cpp:145
+msgid "B button"
+msgstr "Boutton B"
+
+#: src/misc.cpp:162
+msgid "Save Game"
+msgstr "Enregistrer le jeu"
+
+#: src/misc.cpp:172 src/misc.cpp:179
+msgid "Pause"
+msgstr "Pause"
+
+#: src/misc.cpp:174 src/misc.cpp:181
+msgid "Continue"
+msgstr "Continuer"
+
+#: src/misc.cpp:177
+msgid "Abort Level"
+msgstr "Abandonner le niveau"
+
+#: src/misc.cpp:184
+msgid "Quit Game"
+msgstr "Quitter le jeu"
+
+#: src/misc.cpp:186
+msgid "Enter your name:"
+msgstr "Entrez votre nom :"
+
+#: src/player.cpp:1240
+#, c-format
+msgid "Good! x%d"
+msgstr "Bien ! x%d"
+
+#: src/player.cpp:1242
+#, c-format
+msgid "Great! x%d"
+msgstr "Excellant ! x%d"
+
+#: src/player.cpp:1244
+#, c-format
+msgid "Awesome! x%d"
+msgstr "Impressionnant ! x%d"
+
+#: src/player.cpp:1246
+#, c-format
+msgid "Incredible! x%d"
+msgstr "Incroyable ! x%d"
+
+#: src/player.cpp:1248
+#, c-format
+msgid "Godlike! ;-) x%d"
+msgstr "Tel un dieu ! ;-) x%d"
+
+#: src/player.cpp:1250
+#, c-format
+msgid "Unbelievable!! x%d"
+msgstr "Époustouflant !! x%d"
+
+#: src/statistics.cpp:113
+msgid "- Best Level Statistics -"
+msgstr "- Statistiques des meilleurs niveaux -"
+
+#: src/statistics.cpp:117
+msgid "Max score:"
+msgstr "Score max :"
+
+#: src/statistics.cpp:137
+msgid "Max coins collected:"
+msgstr "Pièces max :"
+
+#: src/statistics.cpp:139
+msgid "Max fragging:"
+msgstr "Frags max :"
+
+#: src/statistics.cpp:141
+msgid "Min time needed:"
+msgstr "Temps min :"
+
+#: src/statistics.cpp:170
+#, c-format
+msgid "Max score: %d"
+msgstr "Score max : %d"
+
+#: src/statistics.cpp:176
+#, c-format
+msgid "Max coins collected: %d / %d"
+msgstr "Pièces max : %d / %d"
+
+#: src/statistics.cpp:180
+#, c-format
+msgid "Max fragging: %d / %d"
+msgstr "Frags max : %d / %d"
+
+#: src/statistics.cpp:184
+#, c-format
+msgid "Min time needed: %d / %d"
+msgstr "Temps min : %d / %d"
+
+#: src/title.cpp:374
+msgid ""
+"Copyright (c) 2003 SuperTux Devel Team\n"
+"This game comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY. This is free software, and you\n"
+"are welcome to redistribute it under certain conditions; see the file "
+"COPYING\n"
+"for details.\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/title.cpp:426
+msgid "Are you sure you want to delete slot"
+msgstr "Êtes-vous sûr de vouloir supprimer le slot"
+
+#: src/worldmap.cpp:952
+msgid "GAMEOVER"
+msgstr "GAMEOVER"
+
+#: src/worldmap.cpp:959
+msgid "Total Statistics"
+msgstr "Statistiques globales"
+
+#: lib/app/setup.cpp:774
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Usage: %s [OPTIONS] FILENAME\n"
+"\n"
+msgstr ""
+"Usage : %s [OPTIONS] FICHIER\n"
+"\n"
+
+#: lib/app/setup.cpp:775
+msgid ""
+"Display Options:\n"
+" -f, --fullscreen Run in fullscreen mode.\n"
+" -w, --window Run in window mode.\n"
+" --opengl If OpenGL support was compiled in, this will tell\n"
+" SuperTux to make use of it.\n"
+" --sdl Use the SDL software graphical renderer\n"
+"\n"
+"Sound Options:\n"
+" --disable-sound If sound support was compiled in, this will\n"
+" disable sound for this session of the game.\n"
+" --disable-music Like above, but this will disable music.\n"
+"\n"
+"Misc Options:\n"
+" -j, --joystick NUM Use joystick NUM (default: 0)\n"
+" --joymap XAXIS:YAXIS:A:B:START\n"
+" Define how joystick buttons and axis should be mapped\n"
+" --leveleditor Opens the leveleditor in a file.\n"
+" --worldmap Opens the specified worldmap file.\n"
+" --flip-levels Flip levels upside-down.\n"
+" -d, --datadir DIR Load Game data from DIR (default: automatic)\n"
+" --debug Enables the debug mode, which is useful for "
+"developers.\n"
+" --help Display a help message summarizing command-line\n"
+" options, license and game controls.\n"
+" --usage Display a brief message summarizing command-line "
+"options.\n"
+" --version Display the version of SuperTux you're running.\n"
+"\n"
+msgstr ""
+"Options de l'affichage :\n"
+" -f, --fullscreen Démarre en mode plein écran.\n"
+" -w, --window Démarre en mode fenêtre.\n"
+" --opengl Utilise le support pour l'OpenGL s'il a étais "
+"compilé.\n"
+" --sdl Utilise le rendu logiciel SDL.\n"
+"\n"
+"Options du son :\n"
+" --disable-sound Désactive le son s'il est supporté.\n"
+" --disable-music Désactive la musique si elle est supporté.\n"
+"\n"
+"Autres options:\n"
+" -j, --joystick NUM Utilise le joystick NUM (défaut: 0)\n"
+" --joymap XAXIS:YAXIS:A:B:START\n"
+" Définit de quelle façon les bouttons du joystick\n"
+" doivent être utilisés\n"
+" --leveleditor Ouvre l'éditeur de niveau avec un fichier.\n"
+" --worldmap Ouvre un fichier de carte du monde\n"
+" --flip-levels Inverser le niveau verticalement.\n"
+" -d, --datadir DIR Charge les données du jeu depuis DIR\n"
+" (défaut: automatique)\n"
+" --debug Active le mode debug, utile pour les développeurs.\n"
+" --help Affiche un résumé des options de la ligne de\n"
+" commande, la licence et les touches .\n"
+" --usage Affiche un bref résumé des options de la ligne\n"
+" de commande.\n"
+" --version Affiche la version de SuperTux utilisé.\n"
+"\n"
+
+#: lib/app/setup.cpp:834
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Usage: %s [--fullscreen] [--opengl] [--disable-sound] [--disable-music] [--"
+"debug] | [--usage | --help | --version] [--leveleditor] [--worldmap] [--flip-"
+"levels] FILENAME\n"
+msgstr "Usage : %s [--fullscreen] [--opengl] [--disable-sound] [--disable-music] [--debug] | [--usage | --help | --version] [--leveleditor] [--worldmap] [--flip-levels] FICHIER\n"
+
+#: lib/gui/menu.cpp:67
+msgid "Yes"
+msgstr "Oui"
+
+#: lib/gui/menu.cpp:68
+msgid "No"
+msgstr "Non"
+
+#: lib/gui/menu.cpp:236
+msgid "Up cursor"
+msgstr "Monter"
+
+#: lib/gui/menu.cpp:239
+msgid "Down cursor"
+msgstr "Descendre"
+
+#: lib/gui/menu.cpp:242
+msgid "Left cursor"
+msgstr "Gauche"
+
+#: lib/gui/menu.cpp:245
+msgid "Right cursor"
+msgstr "Droite"
+
+#: lib/gui/menu.cpp:248
+msgid "Return"
+msgstr "Entré"
+
+#: lib/gui/menu.cpp:251
+msgid "Space"
+msgstr "Espace"
+
+#: lib/gui/menu.cpp:254
+msgid "Right Shift"
+msgstr "Maj Droite"
+
+#: lib/gui/menu.cpp:257
+msgid "Left Shift"
+msgstr "Maj Gauche"
+
+#: lib/gui/menu.cpp:260
+msgid "Right Control"
+msgstr "Contrôle Droit"
+
+#: lib/gui/menu.cpp:263
+msgid "Left Control"
+msgstr "Contrôle Gauche"
+
+#: lib/gui/menu.cpp:266
+msgid "Right Alt"
+msgstr "Alt Droit"
+
+#: lib/gui/menu.cpp:269
+msgid "Left Alt"
+msgstr "Alt Gauche"
+
--- /dev/null
+# translation of supertux.pot to Italian
+# This file is distributed under the same license as the supertux package.
+# Copyright (C) 2004 SuperTux Development Team.
+# Iknos <ze4lot@email.it>, 2004.
+#
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: it\n"
+"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: super-tux-devel@lists.sourceforge.net\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2004-10-20 14:06-0600\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2004-10-20 22:42+0200\n"
+"Last-Translator: Iknos <ze4lot@email.it>\n"
+"Language-Team: <it@li.org>\n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+"X-Generator: KBabel 1.9\n"
+
+#: src/gameloop.cpp:205
+msgid "by "
+msgstr "da "
+
+#: src/gameloop.cpp:211
+msgid "Level Vertically Flipped!"
+msgstr "Livello invertito verticalmente!"
+
+#: src/gameloop.cpp:215
+msgid "Best Level Statistics"
+msgstr "Statistiche migliori del livello"
+
+#: src/gameloop.cpp:670
+msgid "PAUSE - Press 'P' To Play"
+msgstr "PAUSA - Premi 'P' per giocare"
+
+#: src/gameloop.cpp:675
+msgid "Playing: "
+msgstr "Giocando: "
+
+#: src/gameloop.cpp:850 src/worldmap.cpp:1111
+msgid "SCORE"
+msgstr "PUNTI"
+
+#: src/gameloop.cpp:855
+msgid "Press ESC To Return"
+msgstr "Premi ESC per ritornare"
+
+#: src/gameloop.cpp:860
+msgid "TIME's UP"
+msgstr "IL TEMPO E' FINITO"
+
+#: src/gameloop.cpp:864
+msgid "TIME"
+msgstr "TEMPO"
+
+#: src/gameloop.cpp:871 src/gameloop.cpp:872 src/worldmap.cpp:1115
+msgid "COINS"
+msgstr "MONETE"
+
+#: src/gameloop.cpp:893 src/gameloop.cpp:894 src/worldmap.cpp:1136
+#: src/worldmap.cpp:1137
+msgid "LIVES"
+msgstr "VITE"
+
+#: src/gameloop.cpp:916
+msgid "Result:"
+msgstr "Risultato:"
+
+#: src/gameloop.cpp:919
+#, c-format
+msgid "SCORE: %d"
+msgstr "PUNTI: %d"
+
+#: src/gameloop.cpp:922 src/worldmap.cpp:955
+#, c-format
+msgid "COINS: %d"
+msgstr "MONETE: %d"
+
+#: src/gameloop.cpp:956
+msgid "Slot"
+msgstr "Slot"
+
+#: src/gameloop.cpp:956
+msgid "Free"
+msgstr "Libero"
+
+#: src/leveleditor.cpp:64
+msgid "Load Subset"
+msgstr "Carica subset"
+
+#: src/leveleditor.cpp:70 src/leveleditor.cpp:80 src/misc.cpp:125
+#: src/misc.cpp:136 src/misc.cpp:149 src/misc.cpp:160 src/title.cpp:142
+#: src/title.cpp:220
+msgid "Back"
+msgstr "Indietro"
+
+#: src/leveleditor.cpp:73
+msgid "New Level Subset"
+msgstr "Nuovo subset di livelli"
+
+#: src/leveleditor.cpp:75
+msgid "Filename "
+msgstr "Nome file "
+
+#: src/leveleditor.cpp:76
+msgid "Title "
+msgstr "Titolo "
+
+#: src/leveleditor.cpp:77
+msgid "Description"
+msgstr "Descrizione"
+
+#: src/leveleditor.cpp:78
+msgid "Create"
+msgstr "Crea"
+
+#: src/leveleditor.cpp:83
+msgid "Level Editor Menu"
+msgstr "Menu editor di livelli"
+
+#: src/leveleditor.cpp:85
+msgid "Return to Level Editor"
+msgstr "Ritorna all'editor"
+
+#: src/leveleditor.cpp:86
+msgid "Create Level Subset"
+msgstr "Crea subset di livelli"
+
+#: src/leveleditor.cpp:87
+msgid "Load Level Subset"
+msgstr "Carica subset di livelli"
+
+#: src/leveleditor.cpp:89
+msgid "Quit Level Editor"
+msgstr "Esci dall'editor"
+
+#: src/leveleditor.cpp:92
+msgid "Level Settings"
+msgstr "Impostazioni livello"
+
+#: src/leveleditor.cpp:94
+msgid "Name "
+msgstr "Nome "
+
+#: src/leveleditor.cpp:95
+msgid "Author "
+msgstr "Autore "
+
+#: src/leveleditor.cpp:96
+msgid "Width "
+msgstr "Largh. "
+
+#: src/leveleditor.cpp:97
+msgid "Height "
+msgstr "Altezza"
+
+#: src/leveleditor.cpp:99
+msgid "Apply"
+msgstr "Applica"
+
+#: src/leveleditor.cpp:109
+msgid "Eraser"
+msgstr "Gomma"
+
+#: src/leveleditor.cpp:141
+msgid "Trampoline"
+msgstr "Trampolino"
+
+#: src/leveleditor.cpp:142
+msgid "Flying Platform"
+msgstr "Piattaforma volante"
+
+#: src/leveleditor.cpp:143
+msgid "Door"
+msgstr "Porta"
+
+#: src/leveleditor.cpp:146
+msgid "Edtit foreground tiles"
+msgstr "Modifica piastrelle anteriori"
+
+#: src/leveleditor.cpp:148
+msgid "Edit interactive tiles"
+msgstr "Modifica piastrelle interattive"
+
+#: src/leveleditor.cpp:150
+msgid "Edit background tiles"
+msgstr "Modifica piastrelle posteriori"
+
+#: src/leveleditor.cpp:154
+msgid "Next sector"
+msgstr "Prossimo settore"
+
+#: src/leveleditor.cpp:155
+msgid "Prevous sector"
+msgstr "Settore precedente"
+
+#: src/leveleditor.cpp:156
+msgid "Next level"
+msgstr "Prossimo livello"
+
+#: src/leveleditor.cpp:157
+msgid "Prevous level"
+msgstr "Livello precedente"
+
+#: src/leveleditor.cpp:158
+msgid "Save level"
+msgstr "Salva livello"
+
+#: src/leveleditor.cpp:159
+msgid "Test level"
+msgstr "Prova il livello"
+
+#: src/leveleditor.cpp:160
+msgid "Setup level"
+msgstr "Configura livello"
+
+#: src/leveleditor.cpp:242 src/leveleditor.cpp:718 src/leveleditor.cpp:743
+#: src/leveleditor.cpp:834
+msgid "Level not saved. Wanna to?"
+msgstr "Livello non salvato. Vuoi salvarlo?"
+
+#: src/leveleditor.cpp:357
+#, c-format
+msgid "Level %d doesn't exist. Create it?"
+msgstr "Il livello %d non esiste. Lo vuoi creare?"
+
+#: src/leveleditor.cpp:560 src/misc.cpp:96
+msgid "Level Editor"
+msgstr "Editor di livelli"
+
+#: src/leveleditor.cpp:583
+msgid "F1 for help"
+msgstr "Premi F1 per aiuto"
+
+#: src/leveleditor.cpp:585
+msgid "Choose a level subset"
+msgstr "Scegli un subset di livelli"
+
+#: src/leveleditor.cpp:769
+msgid "No more sectors exist. Create another?"
+msgstr "Non esistono altri settori. Crearne un'altro?"
+
+# Questo e' l'editor di livelli integrato. E' stato costruito per essere intuitivo\n
+# e semplice da usare.\n
+# \n
+# Per aprire un livello, per prima cosa
+#: src/leveleditor.cpp:921
+msgid ""
+"This is the built-in level editor. It's aim is to be intuitive\n"
+"and simple to use, so it should be pretty straight forward.\n"
+"\n"
+"To open a level, first you'll have to select a level subset from\n"
+"the menu (or create your own).\n"
+"A level subset is basically a collection of levels.\n"
+"They can then be played from the Contrib menu.\n"
+"\n"
+"To access the menu from the level editor, just press Esc.\n"
+"\n"
+"You are currently looking to the level, to scroll it, just\n"
+"press the right mouse button and drag the mouse. It will move like\n"
+"a strategy game.\n"
+"You can also use the arrow keys and Page Up/Down.\n"
+"\n"
+"'+' and '-' keys can be used to zoom in/out the level.\n"
+"\n"
+"You probably already noticed those floating group of buttons.\n"
+"Each one serves a different purpose. To select a certain button\n"
+"just press the Left mouse button on it. A few buttons have key\n"
+"shortcuts, you can know it by pressing the Right mouse button on\n"
+"it. That will also show what that button does.\n"
+"Group of buttons can also be move around by just dragging them,\n"
+"while pressing the Left mouse button.\n"
+"\n"
+"Let's learn a bit of what each group of buttons do, shall we?\n"
+"\n"
+"To starting putting tiles and objects around use the bigger gropup\n"
+"of buttons. Each button is a different tile. To put it on the level,\n"
+"just press it and then left click in the level.\n"
+"You can also copy tiles from the level by using the middle mouse button.\n"
+"Use the mouse wheel to scroll that group of buttons. You will find\n"
+"enemies and game objects in the bottom.\n"
+msgstr ""
+"This is the built-in level editor. It's aim is to be intuitive\n"
+"and simple to use, so it should be pretty straight forward.\n"
+"\n"
+"To open a level, first you'll have to select a level subset from\n"
+"the menu (or create your own).\n"
+"A level subset is basically a collection of levels.\n"
+"They can then be played from the Contrib menu.\n"
+"\n"
+"To access the menu from the level editor, just press Esc.\n"
+"\n"
+"You are currently looking to the level, to scroll it, just\n"
+"press the right mouse button and drag the mouse. It will move like\n"
+"a strategy game.\n"
+"You can also use the arrow keys and Page Up/Down.\n"
+"\n"
+"'+' and '-' keys can be used to zoom in/out the level.\n"
+"\n"
+"You probably already noticed those floating group of buttons.\n"
+"Each one serves a different purpose. To select a certain button\n"
+"just press the Left mouse button on it. A few buttons have key\n"
+"shortcuts, you can know it by pressing the Right mouse button on\n"
+"it. That will also show what that button does.\n"
+"Group of buttons can also be move around by just dragging them,\n"
+"while pressing the Left mouse button.\n"
+"\n"
+"Let's learn a bit of what each group of buttons do, shall we?\n"
+"\n"
+"To starting putting tiles and objects around use the bigger gropup\n"
+"of buttons. Each button is a different tile. To put it on the level,\n"
+"just press it and then left click in the level.\n"
+"You can also copy tiles from the level by using the middle mouse button.\n"
+"Use the mouse wheel to scroll that group of buttons. You will find\n"
+"enemies and game objects in the bottom.\n"
+
+#: src/leveleditor.cpp:957
+msgid ""
+"The Foreground/Interactive/Background buttons may be used to\n"
+"see and edit the respective layer. Level's have three tiles layers:\n"
+"Foreground - tiles are drawn in top of everything and have no contact\n"
+"with the player.\n"
+"Interactive - these are the tiles that have contact with the player.\n"
+"Background - tiles are drawn in bottom of everything and have no contact\n"
+"with the player.\n"
+"The unselected layers will be drawn semi-transparently.\n"
+"\n"
+"At last, but not least, the group of buttons that's left serves\n"
+"to do related actions with the level.\n"
+"From left to right:\n"
+"Mini arrows - can be used to choose other sectors.\n"
+"Sectors are mini-levels, so to speak, that can be accessed using a door.\n"
+"Big arrows - choose other level in the same level subset.\n"
+"Diskette - save the level\n"
+"Tux - test the level\n"
+"Tools - set a few settings for the level, incluiding resizing it.\n"
+"\n"
+"We have reached the end of this Howto.\n"
+"\n"
+"Don't forget to send us a few cool levels. :)\n"
+"\n"
+"Enjoy,\n"
+" SuperTux development team\n"
+"\n"
+"ps: If you are looking for something more powerfull, you can give it a\n"
+"try to FlexLay. FlexLay is a level editor that supports several games,\n"
+"including SuperTux. It is an independent project.\n"
+"Webpage: http://pingus.seul.org/~grumbel/flexlay/"
+msgstr ""
+"The Foreground/Interactive/Background buttons may be used to\n"
+"see and edit the respective layer. Level's have three tiles layers:\n"
+"Foreground - tiles are drawn in top of everything and have no contact\n"
+"with the player.\n"
+"Interactive - these are the tiles that have contact with the player.\n"
+"Background - tiles are drawn in bottom of everything and have no contact\n"
+"with the player.\n"
+"The unselected layers will be drawn semi-transparently.\n"
+"\n"
+"At last, but not least, the group of buttons that's left serves\n"
+"to do related actions with the level.\n"
+"From left to right:\n"
+"Mini arrows - can be used to choose other sectors.\n"
+"Sectors are mini-levels, so to speak, that can be accessed using a door.\n"
+"Big arrows - choose other level in the same level subset.\n"
+"Diskette - save the level\n"
+"Tux - test the level\n"
+"Tools - set a few settings for the level, incluiding resizing it.\n"
+"\n"
+"We have reached the end of this Howto.\n"
+"\n"
+"Don't forget to send us a few cool levels. :)\n"
+"\n"
+"Enjoy,\n"
+" SuperTux development team\n"
+"\n"
+"ps: If you are looking for something more powerfull, you can give it a\n"
+"try to FlexLay. FlexLay is a level editor that supports several games,\n"
+"including SuperTux. It is an independent project.\n"
+"Webpage: http://pingus.seul.org/~grumbel/flexlay/"
+
+#: src/leveleditor.cpp:997
+msgid "- Level Editor's Help -"
+msgstr "- Guida all'editor di livelli -"
+
+#: src/leveleditor.cpp:1001
+#, c-format
+msgid "Press any key to continue - Page %d/%d"
+msgstr "Premi un tasto qualsiasi per continuare - Pagina %d su %d"
+
+#: src/misc.cpp:93 src/misc.cpp:152
+msgid "Start Game"
+msgstr "Inizia a giocare"
+
+#: src/misc.cpp:94 src/title.cpp:112
+msgid "Contrib Levels"
+msgstr "Livelli aggiuntivi"
+
+#: src/misc.cpp:95 src/misc.cpp:100 src/misc.cpp:175 src/misc.cpp:182
+msgid "Options"
+msgstr "Opzioni"
+
+#: src/misc.cpp:97
+msgid "Credits"
+msgstr "Crediti"
+
+#: src/misc.cpp:98
+msgid "Quit"
+msgstr "Esci"
+
+#: src/misc.cpp:103
+msgid "OpenGL "
+msgstr "OpenGL "
+
+#: src/misc.cpp:105
+msgid "OpenGL (not supported)"
+msgstr "OpenGL (non supportato)"
+
+#: src/misc.cpp:107
+msgid "Fullscreen"
+msgstr "A tutto schermo"
+
+#: src/misc.cpp:110 src/misc.cpp:115
+msgid "Sound "
+msgstr "Suono "
+
+#: src/misc.cpp:111 src/misc.cpp:116
+msgid "Music "
+msgstr "Musica "
+
+#: src/misc.cpp:118
+msgid "Show FPS "
+msgstr "Mostra FPS"
+
+#: src/misc.cpp:119
+msgid "Setup Keys"
+msgstr "Configura tasti"
+
+#: src/misc.cpp:122
+msgid "Setup Joystick"
+msgstr "Configura Joystick"
+
+#: src/misc.cpp:127
+msgid "Keyboard Setup"
+msgstr "Configurazione tastiera"
+
+#: src/misc.cpp:129
+msgid "Left move"
+msgstr "Sinistra"
+
+#: src/misc.cpp:130
+msgid "Right move"
+msgstr "Destra"
+
+#: src/misc.cpp:131
+msgid "Up/Activate"
+msgstr "Su/Attivare"
+
+#: src/misc.cpp:132
+msgid "Down/Duck"
+msgstr "Giu'/Abbassarsi"
+
+#: src/misc.cpp:133
+msgid "Jump"
+msgstr "Salto"
+
+#: src/misc.cpp:134
+msgid "Power/Run"
+msgstr "Potere/Corsa"
+
+#: src/misc.cpp:140
+msgid "Joystick Setup"
+msgstr "Configurazione Joystick"
+
+#: src/misc.cpp:144
+msgid "A button"
+msgstr "Pulstante A"
+
+#: src/misc.cpp:145
+msgid "B button"
+msgstr "Pulsante B"
+
+#: src/misc.cpp:162
+msgid "Save Game"
+msgstr "Salva il gioco"
+
+#: src/misc.cpp:172 src/misc.cpp:179
+msgid "Pause"
+msgstr "Pausa"
+
+#: src/misc.cpp:174 src/misc.cpp:181
+msgid "Continue"
+msgstr "Continua"
+
+#: src/misc.cpp:177
+msgid "Abort Level"
+msgstr "Chiudi il livello"
+
+#: src/misc.cpp:184
+msgid "Quit Game"
+msgstr "Chiudi il gioco"
+
+#: src/misc.cpp:186
+msgid "Enter your name:"
+msgstr "Scrivi il tuo nome:"
+
+#: src/player.cpp:1240
+#, c-format
+msgid "Good! x%d"
+msgstr "Bene! x%d"
+
+#: src/player.cpp:1242
+#, c-format
+msgid "Great! x%d"
+msgstr "Grande! x%d"
+
+#: src/player.cpp:1244
+#, c-format
+msgid "Awesome! x%d"
+msgstr "Ottimo! x%d"
+
+#: src/player.cpp:1246
+#, c-format
+msgid "Incredible! x%d"
+msgstr "Incredibile! x%d"
+
+#: src/player.cpp:1248
+#, c-format
+msgid "Godlike! ;-) x%d"
+msgstr "DIVINO! ;-) x%d"
+
+# TOO much similiar to "Incredible!", 2 strings ago =)
+#: src/player.cpp:1250
+#, c-format
+msgid "Unbelievable!! x%d"
+msgstr "Incredibile!! x%d"
+
+#: src/statistics.cpp:113
+msgid "- Best Level Statistics -"
+msgstr "- Statistiche migliori del livello -"
+
+#: src/statistics.cpp:117
+msgid "Max score:"
+msgstr "Punti max:"
+
+#: src/statistics.cpp:137
+msgid "Max coins collected:"
+msgstr "Monete max:"
+
+#: src/statistics.cpp:139
+msgid "Max fragging:"
+msgstr "Vittime max:"
+
+#: src/statistics.cpp:141
+msgid "Min time needed:"
+msgstr "Tempo minimo impiegato:"
+
+#: src/statistics.cpp:170
+#, c-format
+msgid "Max score: %d"
+msgstr "Max punti: %d"
+
+#: src/statistics.cpp:176
+#, c-format
+msgid "Max coins collected: %d / %d"
+msgstr "Max monete: %d / %d"
+
+#: src/statistics.cpp:180
+#, c-format
+msgid "Max fragging: %d / %d"
+msgstr "Max vittime: %d / %d"
+
+#: src/statistics.cpp:184
+#, c-format
+msgid "Min time needed: %d / %d"
+msgstr "Min tempo impiegato: %d / %d"
+
+# Updated year from 2003 to 2004
+#: src/title.cpp:374
+msgid ""
+"Copyright (c) 2003 SuperTux Devel Team\n"
+"This game comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY. This is free software, and you\n"
+"are welcome to redistribute it under certain conditions; see the file "
+"COPYING\n"
+"for details.\n"
+msgstr ""
+"Questo gioco NON fornisce ALCUNA GARANZIA. E' software libero, e tu puoi\n"
+"redistribuirlo sotto determinate condizioni; guarda il file COPYING\n"
+"per maggiori informazioni.\n"
+
+#: src/title.cpp:426
+msgid "Are you sure you want to delete slot"
+msgstr "Sei sicuro di voler cancellare lo slot"
+
+#: src/worldmap.cpp:952
+msgid "GAMEOVER"
+msgstr "GAMEOVER"
+
+#: src/worldmap.cpp:959
+msgid "Total Statistics"
+msgstr "Statistiche totali"
+
+#: lib/app/setup.cpp:774
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Usage: %s [OPTIONS] FILENAME\n"
+"\n"
+msgstr "Utilizzo: %s [OPZIONI] NOME_FILE\n"
+
+# --help Display a help message summarizing command-line options, license and game controls.
+# Modified to Display this message
+#: lib/app/setup.cpp:775
+msgid ""
+"Display Options:\n"
+" -f, --fullscreen Run in fullscreen mode.\n"
+" -w, --window Run in window mode.\n"
+" --opengl If OpenGL support was compiled in, this will tell\n"
+" SuperTux to make use of it.\n"
+" --sdl Use the SDL software graphical renderer\n"
+"\n"
+"Sound Options:\n"
+" --disable-sound If sound support was compiled in, this will\n"
+" disable sound for this session of the game.\n"
+" --disable-music Like above, but this will disable music.\n"
+"\n"
+"Misc Options:\n"
+" -j, --joystick NUM Use joystick NUM (default: 0)\n"
+" --joymap XAXIS:YAXIS:A:B:START\n"
+" Define how joystick buttons and axis should be mapped\n"
+" --leveleditor Opens the leveleditor in a file.\n"
+" --worldmap Opens the specified worldmap file.\n"
+" --flip-levels Flip levels upside-down.\n"
+" -d, --datadir DIR Load Game data from DIR (default: automatic)\n"
+" --debug Enables the debug mode, which is useful for "
+"developers.\n"
+" --help Display a help message summarizing command-line\n"
+" options, license and game controls.\n"
+" --usage Display a brief message summarizing command-line "
+"options.\n"
+" --version Display the version of SuperTux you're running.\n"
+"\n"
+msgstr ""
+"Opzioni video:\n"
+" -f, --fullscreen Avvia il gioco in modalita' tutto schermo. -w, --"
+"window Avvia il gioco in una finestra.\n"
+" --opengl Se il supporto OpenGL e' stato compilato, lo usa.\n"
+" --sdl Usa il rendering software SDL.\n"
+"\n"
+"Opzioni audio:\n"
+" --disable-sound Non usa il suono anche se il supporto audio e' stato "
+"compilato.\n"
+" --disable-music Come sopra, ma disabilita la musica.\n"
+"\n"
+"Opzioni varie:\n"
+" -j, --joystick NUM Usa il joystick NUM (default: 0).\n"
+" --joymap XAXIS:YAXIS:A:B:START\n"
+" Definisce come i pulsanti e le assi del joystick "
+"vadano mappate.\n"
+" --leveleditor Apre l'editor di livelli nel file specificato.\n"
+" --worldmap Apre la mappa specificata.\n"
+" --flip-levels Inverte i livelli dall'alto al basso.\n"
+" -d, --datadir DIR Usa come directory data DIR (default: automatico).\n"
+" --debug Attiva la modalità DEBUG, utile per gli sviluppatori.\n"
+" --help Mostra questo messaggio.\n"
+" --usage Mostra una breve guida all'uso delle opzioni da linea "
+"di comando .\n"
+" --version Mostra la versione di SuperTux che hai installata.\n"
+"\n"
+
+#: lib/app/setup.cpp:834
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Usage: %s [--fullscreen] [--opengl] [--disable-sound] [--disable-music] [--"
+"debug] | [--usage | --help | --version] [--leveleditor] [--worldmap] [--flip-"
+"levels] FILENAME\n"
+msgstr ""
+"Utilizzo: %s [--fullscreen] [--opengl] [--disable-sound] [--disable-music] "
+"[--debug] | [--usage | --help | --version] [--leveleditor] [--worldmap] [--"
+"flip-levels] NOME_FILE\n"
+
+#: lib/gui/menu.cpp:67
+msgid "Yes"
+msgstr "Si"
+
+#: lib/gui/menu.cpp:68
+msgid "No"
+msgstr "No"
+
+#: lib/gui/menu.cpp:236
+msgid "Up cursor"
+msgstr "Freccia su"
+
+#: lib/gui/menu.cpp:239
+msgid "Down cursor"
+msgstr "Freccia giu'"
+
+#: lib/gui/menu.cpp:242
+msgid "Left cursor"
+msgstr "Freccia sinistra"
+
+#: lib/gui/menu.cpp:245
+msgid "Right cursor"
+msgstr "Freccia destra"
+
+#: lib/gui/menu.cpp:248
+msgid "Return"
+msgstr "Invio"
+
+#: lib/gui/menu.cpp:251
+msgid "Space"
+msgstr "Spazio"
+
+#: lib/gui/menu.cpp:254
+msgid "Right Shift"
+msgstr "Shift destro"
+
+#: lib/gui/menu.cpp:257
+msgid "Left Shift"
+msgstr "Shift sinistro"
+
+#: lib/gui/menu.cpp:260
+msgid "Right Control"
+msgstr "Ctrl destro"
+
+#: lib/gui/menu.cpp:263
+msgid "Left Control"
+msgstr "Ctrl sinistro"
+
+#: lib/gui/menu.cpp:266
+msgid "Right Alt"
+msgstr "Alt destro"
+
+#: lib/gui/menu.cpp:269
+msgid "Left Alt"
+msgstr "Alt sinistro"
--- /dev/null
+# Dutch translation of SuperTux.
+# Copyright (C) YEAR SuperTux Development Team
+# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package.
+# Frank van der Loo <frank_l@linuxmail.org>, 2004.
+#
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: SuperTux 0.1.1\n"
+"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: super-tux-devel@lists.sourceforge.net\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2004-11-10 22:38+0100\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2004-06-07 21:48+0100\n"
+"Last-Translator: Frank van der Loo <frank_l@linuxmail.org>\n"
+"Language-Team: Dutch <nl@li.org>\n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=iso-8859-1\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+
+#: src/gameloop.cpp:205
+msgid "by "
+msgstr "door "
+
+#: src/gameloop.cpp:211
+msgid "Level Vertically Flipped!"
+msgstr "Level Ondersteboven!"
+
+#: src/gameloop.cpp:215
+msgid "Best Level Statistics"
+msgstr "Beste Level Statistieken"
+
+#: src/gameloop.cpp:687
+msgid "PAUSE - Press 'P' To Play"
+msgstr "PAUSE - Druk op 'P' Om Verder Te Gaan"
+
+#: src/gameloop.cpp:692
+#, c-format
+msgid "Playing: "
+msgstr "Level: "
+
+#: src/gameloop.cpp:867 src/worldmap.cpp:1105
+msgid "SCORE"
+msgstr "SCORE"
+
+#: src/gameloop.cpp:872
+msgid "Press ESC To Return"
+msgstr "Druk op ESC Om Terug Te Gaan"
+
+#: src/gameloop.cpp:877
+msgid "TIME's UP"
+msgstr "TIJD is OM"
+
+#: src/gameloop.cpp:881
+msgid "TIME"
+msgstr "TIJD"
+
+#: src/gameloop.cpp:888 src/gameloop.cpp:889 src/worldmap.cpp:1109
+msgid "COINS"
+msgstr "MUNTEN"
+
+#: src/gameloop.cpp:910 src/gameloop.cpp:911 src/worldmap.cpp:1130
+#: src/worldmap.cpp:1131
+msgid "LIVES"
+msgstr "LEVENS"
+
+#: src/gameloop.cpp:933
+msgid "Result:"
+msgstr "Resultaat:"
+
+#: src/gameloop.cpp:936
+#, c-format
+msgid "SCORE: %d"
+msgstr "SCORE: %d"
+
+#: src/gameloop.cpp:939 src/worldmap.cpp:949
+#, c-format
+msgid "COINS: %d"
+msgstr "MUNTEN: %d"
+
+#: src/gameloop.cpp:973
+msgid "Slot"
+msgstr "Slot"
+
+#: src/gameloop.cpp:973
+msgid "Free"
+msgstr "Vrij"
+
+#: src/leveleditor.cpp:64
+msgid "Load Subset"
+msgstr "Laad Subset"
+
+#: src/leveleditor.cpp:70 src/leveleditor.cpp:80 src/misc.cpp:125
+#: src/misc.cpp:136 src/misc.cpp:149 src/misc.cpp:160 src/title.cpp:156
+#: src/title.cpp:248
+msgid "Back"
+msgstr "Terug"
+
+#: src/leveleditor.cpp:73
+msgid "New Level Subset"
+msgstr "Nieuwe Level Subset"
+
+#: src/leveleditor.cpp:75
+msgid "Filename "
+msgstr "Bestandsnaam "
+
+#: src/leveleditor.cpp:76
+msgid "Title "
+msgstr "Titel "
+
+#: src/leveleditor.cpp:77
+msgid "Description"
+msgstr "Beschrijving"
+
+#: src/leveleditor.cpp:78
+msgid "Create"
+msgstr "Aanmaken"
+
+#: src/leveleditor.cpp:83
+msgid "Level Editor Menu"
+msgstr "Level Bewerker Menu"
+
+#: src/leveleditor.cpp:85
+msgid "Return to Level Editor"
+msgstr "Terug naar Level Bewerker"
+
+#: src/leveleditor.cpp:86
+msgid "Create Level Subset"
+msgstr "Maak Level Subset"
+
+#: src/leveleditor.cpp:87
+msgid "Load Level Subset"
+msgstr "Laad Level Subset"
+
+#: src/leveleditor.cpp:89
+msgid "Quit Level Editor"
+msgstr "Level Bewerker Afsluiten"
+
+#: src/leveleditor.cpp:92
+msgid "Level Settings"
+msgstr "Level Instellingen"
+
+#: src/leveleditor.cpp:94
+msgid "Name "
+msgstr "Naam "
+
+#: src/leveleditor.cpp:95
+msgid "Author "
+msgstr "Auteur "
+
+#: src/leveleditor.cpp:96
+msgid "Width "
+msgstr "Breedte "
+
+#: src/leveleditor.cpp:97
+msgid "Height "
+msgstr "Hoogte "
+
+#: src/leveleditor.cpp:99
+msgid "Apply"
+msgstr "Toepassen"
+
+#: src/leveleditor.cpp:109
+msgid "Eraser"
+msgstr "Gum"
+
+#: src/leveleditor.cpp:141
+msgid "Trampoline"
+msgstr "Trampoline"
+
+#: src/leveleditor.cpp:142
+msgid "Flying Platform"
+msgstr "Vliegend Platform"
+
+#: src/leveleditor.cpp:143
+msgid "Door"
+msgstr "Deur"
+
+#: src/leveleditor.cpp:146
+msgid "Edtit foreground tiles"
+msgstr "Bewerk voorgrond tegels"
+
+#: src/leveleditor.cpp:148
+msgid "Edit interactive tiles"
+msgstr "Bewerk interactieve tegels"
+
+#: src/leveleditor.cpp:150
+msgid "Edit background tiles"
+msgstr "Bewerk achtergrond tegels"
+
+#: src/leveleditor.cpp:154
+msgid "Next sector"
+msgstr "Volgende sector"
+
+#: src/leveleditor.cpp:155
+msgid "Prevous sector"
+msgstr "Vorige sector"
+
+#: src/leveleditor.cpp:156
+msgid "Next level"
+msgstr "Volgend level"
+
+#: src/leveleditor.cpp:157
+msgid "Prevous level"
+msgstr "Vorig level"
+
+#: src/leveleditor.cpp:158
+msgid "Save level"
+msgstr "Bewaar level"
+
+#: src/leveleditor.cpp:159
+msgid "Test level"
+msgstr "Test level"
+
+#: src/leveleditor.cpp:160
+msgid "Setup level"
+msgstr "Level Instellen"
+
+#: src/leveleditor.cpp:242 src/leveleditor.cpp:727 src/leveleditor.cpp:752
+#: src/leveleditor.cpp:840
+msgid "Level not saved. Wanna to?"
+msgstr "Level niet bewaard. Wilt u het bewaren?"
+
+#: src/leveleditor.cpp:366
+#, c-format
+msgid "Level %d doesn't exist. Create it?"
+msgstr "Level %d bestaat niet. Aanmaken?"
+
+#: src/leveleditor.cpp:569 src/misc.cpp:96
+msgid "Level Editor"
+msgstr "Level Bewerker"
+
+#: src/leveleditor.cpp:592
+msgid "F1 for help"
+msgstr "F1 voor help"
+
+#: src/leveleditor.cpp:594
+msgid "Choose a level subset"
+msgstr "Kies een level subset"
+
+#: src/leveleditor.cpp:778
+msgid "No more sectors exist. Create another?"
+msgstr "Er bestaan geen andere sectoren meer. Een andere aanmaken?"
+
+#: src/leveleditor.cpp:928
+msgid ""
+"This is the built-in level editor. Its aim is to be intuitive\n"
+"and simple to use, so it should be pretty straightforward.\n"
+"\n"
+"To open a level, first you'll have to select a level subset from\n"
+"the menu (or create your own).\n"
+"A level subset is basically a collection of levels.\n"
+"They can then be played from the Contrib menu.\n"
+"\n"
+"To access the menu from the level editor, just press Esc.\n"
+"\n"
+"You are currently looking at the level. To scroll it, just\n"
+"press the right mouse button and drag the mouse. It will move like\n"
+"a strategy game.\n"
+"You can also use the arrow keys and Page Up/Down.\n"
+"\n"
+"'+' and '-' keys can be used to zoom the level in/out.\n"
+"\n"
+"You probably already noticed those floating groups of buttons.\n"
+"Each one serves a different purpose. To select a certain button\n"
+"just press the Left mouse button on it. A few buttons have key\n"
+"shortcuts. You can find them by pressing the Right mouse button on\n"
+"a button. That will also show what that button does.\n"
+"Groups of buttons can also be moved around by just dragging them,\n"
+"while pressing the Left mouse button.\n"
+"\n"
+"Let's learn a bit of what each group of buttons does, shall we?\n"
+"\n"
+"To starting putting tiles and objects around use the bigger group\n"
+"of buttons. Each button is a different tile. To put it on the level,\n"
+"just press it and then left click in the level.\n"
+"You can also copy tiles from the level by using the middle mouse button.\n"
+"Use the mouse wheel to scroll that group of buttons. You will find\n"
+"enemies and game objects in the bottom.\n"
+msgstr ""
+"Dit is de ingebouwde level bewerker. Zijn doel is om intuitief\n"
+"en simpel te gebruiken te zijn, dus zou het vrij duidelijk moeten zijn.\n"
+"\n"
+"Om een level te openen, moet u eerst een level subset selecteren uit\n"
+"het menu (of uw eigen subset maken).\n"
+"Een level subset is simpelweg een verzameling levels.\n"
+"Ze kunnen gespeeld worden via het Contrib menu.\n"
+"\n"
+"Om het menu te krijgen vanuit de level bewerker, druk op Esc.\n"
+"\n"
+"U kijkt nu naar de level. Om er in te scrollen, druk\n"
+"op de rechter muisknop en sleep de muis. Het beweegt net als in\n"
+"een strategisch spel.\n"
+"U kunt ook de pijltjes toetsen en Page Up/Down gebruiken.\n"
+"\n"
+"'+' en '-' toetsen kunnen gebruikt worden om in/uit te zoomen.\n"
+"\n"
+"U heeft waarschijnlijk de zwevende groepen knoppen al opgemerkt.\n"
+"Elk heeft een ander doel. Om een bepaalde knop te selecteren klik\n"
+"er op met de linker muisknop. Een aantal knoppen hebben sneltoetsen.\n"
+"U kunt ze vinden door met de rechter muisknop op een knop te klikken.\n"
+"Dat laat ook zien wat die knop doet.\n"
+"Groepen knoppen kunnen ook verplaatst worden door ze te slepen,\n"
+"terwijl u de linker muisknop ingedrukt houdt.\n"
+"\n"
+"Laten we wat leren over wat elke groep knoppen doet, OK?\n"
+"\n"
+"Om te beginnen met tegels en objecten te plaatsen gebruikt u de grote groep\n"
+"knoppen. Elke knop is een andere tegel. Om het in de level te plaatsen,\n"
+"klikt u er op en klikt met de linker muisknop in de level.\n"
+"U kunt ook tegels kopieren in de level met de middelste muisknop.\n"
+"Gebruik de muiswiel om door die groep knoppen te scrollen. U vindt\n"
+"vijanden en spel objecten onderin.\n"
+
+#: src/leveleditor.cpp:964
+msgid ""
+"The Foreground/Interactive/Background buttons may be used to\n"
+"see and edit the respective layer. Levels have three tiles layers:\n"
+"Foreground - tiles are drawn on top of everything and have no contact\n"
+"with the player.\n"
+"Interactive - these are the tiles that have contact with the player.\n"
+"Background - tiles are drawn underneath everything and have no contact\n"
+"with the player.\n"
+"The unselected layers will be drawn semi-transparently.\n"
+"\n"
+"Last, but not least, the group of buttons that's left serves\n"
+"to do related actions with the level.\n"
+"From left to right:\n"
+"Mini arrows - can be used to choose other sectors.\n"
+"Sectors are mini-levels, so to speak, that can be accessed using a door.\n"
+"Big arrows - choose other level in the same level subset.\n"
+"Diskette - save the level\n"
+"Tux - test the level\n"
+"Tools - set a few settings for the level, including resizing it.\n"
+"\n"
+"We have reached the end of this Howto.\n"
+"\n"
+"Don't forget to send us a few cool levels. :)\n"
+"\n"
+"Enjoy,\n"
+" SuperTux development team\n"
+"\n"
+"PS: If you are looking for something more powerful, you might like to\n"
+"try FlexLay. FlexLay is a level editor that supports several games,\n"
+"including SuperTux. It is an independent project.\n"
+"Webpage: http://pingus.seul.org/~grumbel/flexlay/"
+msgstr ""
+"De Voorgrond/Interactieve/Achtergrond knoppen kunnen gebruikt worden\n"
+"om de desbetreffende laag te zien en te bewerken. Levels hebben lagen van\n"
+"drie tegels:\n"
+"Voorgrond - tegels die over alles getekend worden en geen contact hebben\n"
+"met de speler.\n"
+"Interactief - dit zijn de tegels die contact hebben met de speler.\n"
+"Achtergrond - tegels die onder alles getekend worden en geen contact hebben\n"
+"met de speler.\n"
+"De niet geselecteerde lagen worden half-doorzichtig getekend.\n"
+"\n"
+"Ten slotte, de groep knoppen die over is, is bedoeld om\n"
+"gerelateerde acties met de level uit te voeren.\n"
+"Van links naar rechts:\n"
+"Mini pijlen - kunnen gebruikt worden om andere sectoren te kiezen.\n"
+"Sectoren zijn mini-levels, zeg maar, die toegankelijk zijn via een deur.\n"
+"Grote pijlen - kies een ander level in dezelfde level subset.\n"
+"Diskette - bewaar de level\n"
+"Tux - test de level\n"
+"Gereedschap - stel een aantal instellingen van de level in, waaronder de grootte.\n"
+"\n"
+"We zijn bij het einde van deze Howto aanbeland.\n"
+"\n"
+"Vergeet niet om ons een aantal coole levels te sturen. :)\n"
+"\n"
+"Veel plezier,\n"
+" SuperTux ontwikkel team\n"
+"\n"
+"PS: Als u iets krachtigers zoekt, wilt u misschien FlexLay proberen.\n"
+"FlexLay is een level bewerker die een aantal spellen ondersteunt,\n"
+"waaronder SuperTux. Het is een onafhankelijk project.\n"
+"Website: http://pingus.seul.org/~grumbel/flexlay/"
+
+#: src/leveleditor.cpp:1004
+msgid "- Level Editor's Help -"
+msgstr "- Level Bewerkers Help -"
+
+#: src/leveleditor.cpp:1008
+#, c-format
+msgid "Press any key to continue - Page %d/%d"
+msgstr "Druk op een toets om verder te gaan - Pagina %d/%d"
+
+#: src/misc.cpp:93 src/misc.cpp:152
+msgid "Start Game"
+msgstr "Spel Starten"
+
+#: src/misc.cpp:94 src/title.cpp:126
+msgid "Contrib Levels"
+msgstr "Contrib Levels"
+
+#: src/misc.cpp:95 src/misc.cpp:100 src/misc.cpp:175 src/misc.cpp:182
+msgid "Options"
+msgstr "Opties"
+
+#: src/misc.cpp:97
+msgid "Credits"
+msgstr "Credits"
+
+#: src/misc.cpp:98
+msgid "Quit"
+msgstr "Afsluiten"
+
+#: src/misc.cpp:103
+msgid "OpenGL "
+msgstr "OpenGL "
+
+#: src/misc.cpp:105
+msgid "OpenGL (not supported)"
+msgstr "OpenGL (niet ondersteund)"
+
+#: src/misc.cpp:107
+msgid "Fullscreen"
+msgstr "Volledig scherm"
+
+#: src/misc.cpp:110 src/misc.cpp:115
+msgid "Sound "
+msgstr "Geluid "
+
+#: src/misc.cpp:111 src/misc.cpp:116
+msgid "Music "
+msgstr "Muziek "
+
+#: src/misc.cpp:118
+msgid "Show FPS "
+msgstr "Toon FPS "
+
+#: src/misc.cpp:119
+msgid "Setup Keys"
+msgstr "Toetsen Instellen"
+
+#: src/misc.cpp:122
+msgid "Setup Joystick"
+msgstr "Joystick Instellen"
+
+#: src/misc.cpp:127
+msgid "Keyboard Setup"
+msgstr "Toetsenbord Instellen"
+
+#: src/misc.cpp:129
+msgid "Left move"
+msgstr "Naar links"
+
+#: src/misc.cpp:130
+msgid "Right move"
+msgstr "Naar rechts"
+
+#: src/misc.cpp:131
+msgid "Up/Activate"
+msgstr "Omhoog/Activeer"
+
+#: src/misc.cpp:132
+msgid "Down/Duck"
+msgstr "Omlaag/Buk"
+
+#: src/misc.cpp:133
+msgid "Jump"
+msgstr "Spring"
+
+#: src/misc.cpp:134
+msgid "Power/Run"
+msgstr "Kracht/Rennen"
+
+#: src/misc.cpp:140
+msgid "Joystick Setup"
+msgstr "Joystick Instellen"
+
+#: src/misc.cpp:144
+msgid "A button"
+msgstr "A knop"
+
+#: src/misc.cpp:145
+msgid "B button"
+msgstr "B knop"
+
+#: src/misc.cpp:162
+msgid "Save Game"
+msgstr "Bewaar Spel"
+
+#: src/misc.cpp:172 src/misc.cpp:179
+msgid "Pause"
+msgstr "Pause"
+
+#: src/misc.cpp:174 src/misc.cpp:181
+msgid "Continue"
+msgstr "Verder gaan"
+
+#: src/misc.cpp:177
+msgid "Abort Level"
+msgstr "Level Afbreken"
+
+#: src/misc.cpp:184
+msgid "Quit Game"
+msgstr "Spel Afsluiten"
+
+#: src/misc.cpp:186
+msgid "Enter your name:"
+msgstr "Voer uw naam in:"
+
+#: src/player.cpp:361
+#, c-format
+msgid "New max combo: %d"
+msgstr "Nieuwe max combo: %d"
+
+#: src/statistics.cpp:113
+msgid "- Best Level Statistics -"
+msgstr "- Beste Level Statistieken -"
+
+#: src/statistics.cpp:117
+#, c-format
+msgid "Max score:"
+msgstr "Max score:"
+
+#: src/statistics.cpp:137
+#, c-format
+msgid "Max coins collected:"
+msgstr "Max munten verzameld:"
+
+#: src/statistics.cpp:139
+#, c-format
+msgid "Max fragging:"
+msgstr "Max fragging:"
+
+#: src/statistics.cpp:141
+#, c-format
+msgid "Min time needed:"
+msgstr "Min benodigde tijd:"
+
+#: src/statistics.cpp:170
+#, c-format
+msgid "Max score: %d"
+msgstr "Max score: %d"
+
+#: src/statistics.cpp:176
+#, c-format
+msgid "Max coins collected: %d / %d"
+msgstr "Max munten verzameld: %d / %d"
+
+#: src/statistics.cpp:180
+#, c-format
+msgid "Max fragging: %d / %d"
+msgstr "Max fragging %d / %d"
+
+#: src/statistics.cpp:184
+#, c-format
+msgid "Min time needed: %d / %d"
+msgstr "Min benodigde tijd: %d / %d"
+
+#: src/title.cpp:387
+msgid ""
+"Copyright (c) 2003 SuperTux Devel Team\n"
+"This game comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY. This is free software, and you\n"
+"are welcome to redistribute it under certain conditions; see the file "
+"COPYING\n"
+"for details.\n"
+msgstr ""
+"Copyright (C) 2003 SuperTux Devel Team\n"
+"Dit spel komt ZONDER ENIGE GARANTIE. Dit is vrije software, en u\n"
+"mag het verspreiden onder bepaalde voorwaarden; bekijk het bestand COPYING\n"
+"voor details.\n"
+
+#: src/title.cpp:441
+msgid "Are you sure you want to delete slot"
+msgstr "Weet u zeker dat u slot wilt verwijderen?"
+
+#: src/worldmap.cpp:946
+msgid "GAMEOVER"
+msgstr "GAMEOVER"
+
+#: src/worldmap.cpp:953
+msgid "Total Statistics"
+msgstr "Totale Statistieken"
+
+#: lib/app/setup.cpp:774
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Usage: %s [OPTIONS] FILENAME\n"
+"\n"
+msgstr ""
+"Gebruik: %s [OPTIES] BESTANDSNAAM\n"
+"\n"
+
+#: lib/app/setup.cpp:775
+msgid ""
+"Display Options:\n"
+" -f, --fullscreen Run in fullscreen mode.\n"
+" -w, --window Run in window mode.\n"
+" --opengl If OpenGL support was compiled in, this will tell\n"
+" SuperTux to make use of it.\n"
+" --sdl Use the SDL software graphical renderer\n"
+"\n"
+"Sound Options:\n"
+" --disable-sound If sound support was compiled in, this will\n"
+" disable sound for this session of the game.\n"
+" --disable-music Like above, but this will disable music.\n"
+"\n"
+"Misc Options:\n"
+" -j, --joystick NUM Use joystick NUM (default: 0)\n"
+" --joymap XAXIS:YAXIS:A:B:START\n"
+" Define how joystick buttons and axis should be mapped\n"
+" --leveleditor Opens the leveleditor in a file.\n"
+" --worldmap Opens the specified worldmap file.\n"
+" --flip-levels Flip levels upside-down.\n"
+" -d, --datadir DIR Load Game data from DIR (default: automatic)\n"
+" --debug Enables the debug mode, which is useful for "
+"developers.\n"
+" --help Display a help message summarizing command-line\n"
+" options, license and game controls.\n"
+" --usage Display a brief message summarizing command-line "
+"options.\n"
+" --version Display the version of SuperTux you're running.\n"
+"\n"
+msgstr ""
+"Beeld Opties:\n"
+" -f, --fullscreen Draai in volledig scherm.\n"
+" -w, --windows Draai in venster.\n"
+" --opengl Als OpenGL ondersteuning is meegecompileerd, "
+"dan vertelt dit\n"
+" SuperTux om er gebruik van te maken.\n"
+" --sdl Gebruik SDL voor het renderen\n"
+"\n"
+"Geluid Opties:\n"
+" --disable-sound Als geluidsondersteuning is meegecompileerd, dan "
+"schakelt dit\n"
+" het geluid uit voor deze sessie van het spel.\n"
+" --disable-music Zoals hierboven, maar dit schakelt de muziek uit.\n"
+"\n"
+"Overige Opties:\n"
+" -j, --joystick NUM Gebruik joystick NUM (standaard: 0)\n"
+" --joymap XAXIS:YAXIS:A:B:START\n"
+" Defineert hoe de joystick knoppen en assen gebruikt "
+"worden\n"
+" --leveleditor Opent de leveleditor in een bestand. (Werkt alleen als "
+"een bestand is opgegeven.)\n"
+" --worldmap Opent het gespecificeerde worldmap bestand.\n"
+" --flip-levels Draai levels ondersteboven.\n"
+" -d, --datadir DIR Laad Spel data uit DIR (standaard: automatisch)\n"
+" --debug Schakelt de debug-modus in, wat nuttig is voor "
+"ontwikkelaars.\n"
+" --help Toon een help bericht waarin de opties,\n"
+" licentie en besturing worden getoond.\n"
+" --usage Toon een kort bericht waarin de opties worden "
+"opgesomd.\n"
+" --version Toon de versie van SuperTux die u heeft.\n"
+"\n"
+
+#: lib/app/setup.cpp:834
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Usage: %s [--fullscreen] [--opengl] [--disable-sound] [--disable-music] [--"
+"debug] | [--usage | --help | --version] [--leveleditor] [--worldmap] [--flip-"
+"levels] FILENAME\n"
+msgstr ""
+"Gebruik: %s [--fullscreen] [--opengl] [--disable-sound] [--disable-music] [--"
+"debug] | [--usage | --help | --version] [--leveleditor] [--worldmap] [--flip-"
+"levels] BESTANDSNAAM\n"
+
+#: lib/gui/menu.cpp:67
+msgid "Yes"
+msgstr "Ja"
+
+#: lib/gui/menu.cpp:68
+msgid "No"
+msgstr "Nee"
+
+#: lib/gui/menu.cpp:236
+msgid "Up cursor"
+msgstr "Pijltje omhoom"
+
+#: lib/gui/menu.cpp:239
+msgid "Down cursor"
+msgstr "Pijltje omlaag"
+
+#: lib/gui/menu.cpp:242
+msgid "Left cursor"
+msgstr "Pijltje naar links"
+
+#: lib/gui/menu.cpp:245
+msgid "Right cursor"
+msgstr "Pijltje naar rechts"
+
+#: lib/gui/menu.cpp:248
+msgid "Return"
+msgstr "Enter"
+
+#: lib/gui/menu.cpp:251
+msgid "Space"
+msgstr "Spatiebalk"
+
+#: lib/gui/menu.cpp:254
+msgid "Right Shift"
+msgstr "Rechter Shift toets"
+
+#: lib/gui/menu.cpp:257
+msgid "Left Shift"
+msgstr "Linker Shift toets"
+
+#: lib/gui/menu.cpp:260
+msgid "Right Control"
+msgstr "Rechter Control toets"
+
+#: lib/gui/menu.cpp:263
+msgid "Left Control"
+msgstr "Linker Control toets"
+
+#: lib/gui/menu.cpp:266
+msgid "Right Alt"
+msgstr "Rechter Alt toets"
+
+#: lib/gui/menu.cpp:269
+msgid "Left Alt"
+msgstr "Linker Alt toets"
+
+msgid "Slot %d - Savegame"
+msgstr "Slot %d - Bewaard spel"
+
+msgid "Slot %d - Free"
+msgstr "Slot %d - Vrij"
+
+msgid " SuperTux "
+msgstr " SuperTux "
+
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+" Please see the file \"README.txt\" for more details.\n"
+msgstr ""
+"\n"
+" Lees a.u.b. het bestand \"README.txt\" voor meer details.\n"
+
+msgid " SuperTux "
+msgstr " SuperTux "
+
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"Copyright (c) 2003 SuperTux Devel Team\n"
+"This game comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY. This is free software, and you\n"
+"are welcome to redistribute it under certain conditions; see the file "
+"COPYING\n"
+"for details.\n"
+msgstr ""
+"\n"
+"Copyright (C) 2003 SuperTux Devel Team\n"
+"Dit spel komt ZONDER ENIGE GARANTIE. Dit is vrije software, en u\n"
+"mag het verspreiden onder bepaalde voorwaarden; bekijk het bestand COPYING\n"
+"voor details.\n"
+
+#~ msgid "Good! x%d"
+#~ msgstr "Goed! x%d"
+
+#~ msgid "Great! x%d"
+#~ msgstr "Geweldig! x%d"
--- /dev/null
+# translation of nn.po to Norwegian Nynorsk
+# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package.
+# Copyright (C) YEAR SuperTux Development Team.
+# Karl Ove Hufthammer <karl@huftis.org>, 2004.
+#
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: nn\n"
+"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: super-tux-devel@lists.sourceforge.net\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2004-10-20 14:06-0600\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2004-07-19 12:55+0200\n"
+"Last-Translator: Karl Ove Hufthammer <karl@huftis.org>\n"
+"Language-Team: Norwegian Nynorsk <i18n-nn@lister.ping.uio.no>\n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+"X-Generator: KBabel 1.3\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
+
+#: src/gameloop.cpp:205
+msgid "by "
+msgstr "av "
+
+#: src/gameloop.cpp:211
+msgid "Level Vertically Flipped!"
+msgstr "Brettet er snudd opp-ned!"
+
+#: src/gameloop.cpp:215
+msgid "Best Level Statistics"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/gameloop.cpp:670
+msgid "PAUSE - Press 'P' To Play"
+msgstr "PAUSE – Trykk «P» for å halda fram"
+
+#: src/gameloop.cpp:675
+msgid "Playing: "
+msgstr "Brett: "
+
+#: src/gameloop.cpp:850 src/worldmap.cpp:1111
+msgid "SCORE"
+msgstr "POENG"
+
+#: src/gameloop.cpp:855
+msgid "Press ESC To Return"
+msgstr "Trykk «Escape» for å gå tilbake"
+
+#: src/gameloop.cpp:860
+msgid "TIME's UP"
+msgstr "DU HAR BRUKT OPP TIDA"
+
+#: src/gameloop.cpp:864
+msgid "TIME"
+msgstr "TID"
+
+#: src/gameloop.cpp:871 src/gameloop.cpp:872 src/worldmap.cpp:1115
+msgid "COINS"
+msgstr "MYNTAR"
+
+#: src/gameloop.cpp:893 src/gameloop.cpp:894 src/worldmap.cpp:1136
+#: src/worldmap.cpp:1137
+msgid "LIVES"
+msgstr "LIV"
+
+#: src/gameloop.cpp:916
+msgid "Result:"
+msgstr "Resultat:"
+
+#: src/gameloop.cpp:919
+#, c-format
+msgid "SCORE: %d"
+msgstr "POENG: %d"
+
+#: src/gameloop.cpp:922 src/worldmap.cpp:955
+#, c-format
+msgid "COINS: %d"
+msgstr "MYNTAR: %d"
+
+#: src/gameloop.cpp:956
+msgid "Slot"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/gameloop.cpp:956
+msgid "Free"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/leveleditor.cpp:64
+msgid "Load Subset"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/leveleditor.cpp:70 src/leveleditor.cpp:80 src/misc.cpp:125
+#: src/misc.cpp:136 src/misc.cpp:149 src/misc.cpp:160 src/title.cpp:142
+#: src/title.cpp:220
+msgid "Back"
+msgstr "Tilbake"
+
+#: src/leveleditor.cpp:73
+msgid "New Level Subset"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/leveleditor.cpp:75
+msgid "Filename "
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/leveleditor.cpp:76
+msgid "Title "
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/leveleditor.cpp:77
+msgid "Description"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/leveleditor.cpp:78
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Create"
+msgstr "Rulletekst"
+
+#: src/leveleditor.cpp:83
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Level Editor Menu"
+msgstr "Lag brett"
+
+#: src/leveleditor.cpp:85
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Return to Level Editor"
+msgstr "Lag brett"
+
+#: src/leveleditor.cpp:86
+msgid "Create Level Subset"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/leveleditor.cpp:87
+msgid "Load Level Subset"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/leveleditor.cpp:89
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Quit Level Editor"
+msgstr "Lag brett"
+
+#: src/leveleditor.cpp:92
+msgid "Level Settings"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/leveleditor.cpp:94
+msgid "Name "
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/leveleditor.cpp:95
+msgid "Author "
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/leveleditor.cpp:96
+msgid "Width "
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/leveleditor.cpp:97
+msgid "Height "
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/leveleditor.cpp:99
+msgid "Apply"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/leveleditor.cpp:109
+msgid "Eraser"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/leveleditor.cpp:141
+msgid "Trampoline"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/leveleditor.cpp:142
+msgid "Flying Platform"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/leveleditor.cpp:143
+msgid "Door"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/leveleditor.cpp:146
+msgid "Edtit foreground tiles"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/leveleditor.cpp:148
+msgid "Edit interactive tiles"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/leveleditor.cpp:150
+msgid "Edit background tiles"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/leveleditor.cpp:154
+msgid "Next sector"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/leveleditor.cpp:155
+msgid "Prevous sector"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/leveleditor.cpp:156
+msgid "Next level"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/leveleditor.cpp:157
+msgid "Prevous level"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/leveleditor.cpp:158
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Save level"
+msgstr "Lagra spel"
+
+#: src/leveleditor.cpp:159
+msgid "Test level"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/leveleditor.cpp:160
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Setup level"
+msgstr "Speltastar"
+
+#: src/leveleditor.cpp:242 src/leveleditor.cpp:718 src/leveleditor.cpp:743
+#: src/leveleditor.cpp:834
+msgid "Level not saved. Wanna to?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/leveleditor.cpp:357
+#, c-format
+msgid "Level %d doesn't exist. Create it?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/leveleditor.cpp:560 src/misc.cpp:96
+msgid "Level Editor"
+msgstr "Lag brett"
+
+#: src/leveleditor.cpp:583
+msgid "F1 for help"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/leveleditor.cpp:585
+msgid "Choose a level subset"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/leveleditor.cpp:769
+msgid "No more sectors exist. Create another?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/leveleditor.cpp:921
+msgid ""
+"This is the built-in level editor. It's aim is to be intuitive\n"
+"and simple to use, so it should be pretty straight forward.\n"
+"\n"
+"To open a level, first you'll have to select a level subset from\n"
+"the menu (or create your own).\n"
+"A level subset is basically a collection of levels.\n"
+"They can then be played from the Contrib menu.\n"
+"\n"
+"To access the menu from the level editor, just press Esc.\n"
+"\n"
+"You are currently looking to the level, to scroll it, just\n"
+"press the right mouse button and drag the mouse. It will move like\n"
+"a strategy game.\n"
+"You can also use the arrow keys and Page Up/Down.\n"
+"\n"
+"'+' and '-' keys can be used to zoom in/out the level.\n"
+"\n"
+"You probably already noticed those floating group of buttons.\n"
+"Each one serves a different purpose. To select a certain button\n"
+"just press the Left mouse button on it. A few buttons have key\n"
+"shortcuts, you can know it by pressing the Right mouse button on\n"
+"it. That will also show what that button does.\n"
+"Group of buttons can also be move around by just dragging them,\n"
+"while pressing the Left mouse button.\n"
+"\n"
+"Let's learn a bit of what each group of buttons do, shall we?\n"
+"\n"
+"To starting putting tiles and objects around use the bigger gropup\n"
+"of buttons. Each button is a different tile. To put it on the level,\n"
+"just press it and then left click in the level.\n"
+"You can also copy tiles from the level by using the middle mouse button.\n"
+"Use the mouse wheel to scroll that group of buttons. You will find\n"
+"enemies and game objects in the bottom.\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/leveleditor.cpp:957
+msgid ""
+"The Foreground/Interactive/Background buttons may be used to\n"
+"see and edit the respective layer. Level's have three tiles layers:\n"
+"Foreground - tiles are drawn in top of everything and have no contact\n"
+"with the player.\n"
+"Interactive - these are the tiles that have contact with the player.\n"
+"Background - tiles are drawn in bottom of everything and have no contact\n"
+"with the player.\n"
+"The unselected layers will be drawn semi-transparently.\n"
+"\n"
+"At last, but not least, the group of buttons that's left serves\n"
+"to do related actions with the level.\n"
+"From left to right:\n"
+"Mini arrows - can be used to choose other sectors.\n"
+"Sectors are mini-levels, so to speak, that can be accessed using a door.\n"
+"Big arrows - choose other level in the same level subset.\n"
+"Diskette - save the level\n"
+"Tux - test the level\n"
+"Tools - set a few settings for the level, incluiding resizing it.\n"
+"\n"
+"We have reached the end of this Howto.\n"
+"\n"
+"Don't forget to send us a few cool levels. :)\n"
+"\n"
+"Enjoy,\n"
+" SuperTux development team\n"
+"\n"
+"ps: If you are looking for something more powerfull, you can give it a\n"
+"try to FlexLay. FlexLay is a level editor that supports several games,\n"
+"including SuperTux. It is an independent project.\n"
+"Webpage: http://pingus.seul.org/~grumbel/flexlay/"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/leveleditor.cpp:997
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "- Level Editor's Help -"
+msgstr "Lag brett"
+
+#: src/leveleditor.cpp:1001
+#, c-format
+msgid "Press any key to continue - Page %d/%d"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/misc.cpp:93 src/misc.cpp:152
+msgid "Start Game"
+msgstr "Start spelet"
+
+#: src/misc.cpp:94 src/title.cpp:112
+msgid "Contrib Levels"
+msgstr "Andre brett"
+
+#: src/misc.cpp:95 src/misc.cpp:100 src/misc.cpp:175 src/misc.cpp:182
+msgid "Options"
+msgstr "Oppsett"
+
+#: src/misc.cpp:97
+msgid "Credits"
+msgstr "Rulletekst"
+
+#: src/misc.cpp:98
+msgid "Quit"
+msgstr "Avslutt"
+
+#: src/misc.cpp:103
+msgid "OpenGL "
+msgstr "OpenGL "
+
+#: src/misc.cpp:105
+msgid "OpenGL (not supported)"
+msgstr "OpenGL (ikkje støtta)"
+
+#: src/misc.cpp:107
+msgid "Fullscreen"
+msgstr "Fullskjerm "
+
+#: src/misc.cpp:110 src/misc.cpp:115
+msgid "Sound "
+msgstr "Lyd "
+
+#: src/misc.cpp:111 src/misc.cpp:116
+msgid "Music "
+msgstr "Musikk "
+
+#: src/misc.cpp:118
+msgid "Show FPS "
+msgstr "Vis FPS "
+
+#: src/misc.cpp:119
+msgid "Setup Keys"
+msgstr "Speltastar"
+
+#: src/misc.cpp:122
+msgid "Setup Joystick"
+msgstr "Styrespak"
+
+#: src/misc.cpp:127
+msgid "Keyboard Setup"
+msgstr "Tastaturoppsett"
+
+#: src/misc.cpp:129
+msgid "Left move"
+msgstr "Venstre"
+
+#: src/misc.cpp:130
+msgid "Right move"
+msgstr "Høgre"
+
+#: src/misc.cpp:131
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Up/Activate"
+msgstr "Bruk"
+
+#: src/misc.cpp:132
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Down/Duck"
+msgstr "Dukk"
+
+#: src/misc.cpp:133
+msgid "Jump"
+msgstr "Hopp"
+
+#: src/misc.cpp:134
+msgid "Power/Run"
+msgstr "Kraft/spring"
+
+#: src/misc.cpp:140
+msgid "Joystick Setup"
+msgstr "Styrespakoppsett"
+
+#: src/misc.cpp:144
+msgid "A button"
+msgstr "Knapp A"
+
+#: src/misc.cpp:145
+msgid "B button"
+msgstr "Knapp B"
+
+#: src/misc.cpp:162
+msgid "Save Game"
+msgstr "Lagra spel"
+
+#: src/misc.cpp:172 src/misc.cpp:179
+msgid "Pause"
+msgstr "Pause"
+
+#: src/misc.cpp:174 src/misc.cpp:181
+msgid "Continue"
+msgstr "Hald fram"
+
+#: src/misc.cpp:177
+msgid "Abort Level"
+msgstr "Avbryt brett"
+
+#: src/misc.cpp:184
+msgid "Quit Game"
+msgstr "Avslutt spel"
+
+#: src/misc.cpp:186
+msgid "Enter your name:"
+msgstr "Skriv inn namnet ditt:"
+
+#: src/player.cpp:1240
+#, c-format
+msgid "Good! x%d"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/player.cpp:1242
+#, c-format
+msgid "Great! x%d"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/player.cpp:1244
+#, c-format
+msgid "Awesome! x%d"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/player.cpp:1246
+#, c-format
+msgid "Incredible! x%d"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/player.cpp:1248
+#, c-format
+msgid "Godlike! ;-) x%d"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/player.cpp:1250
+#, c-format
+msgid "Unbelievable!! x%d"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/statistics.cpp:113
+msgid "- Best Level Statistics -"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/statistics.cpp:117
+msgid "Max score:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/statistics.cpp:137
+msgid "Max coins collected:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/statistics.cpp:139
+msgid "Max fragging:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/statistics.cpp:141
+msgid "Min time needed:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/statistics.cpp:170
+#, c-format
+msgid "Max score: %d"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/statistics.cpp:176
+#, c-format
+msgid "Max coins collected: %d / %d"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/statistics.cpp:180
+#, c-format
+msgid "Max fragging: %d / %d"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/statistics.cpp:184
+#, c-format
+msgid "Min time needed: %d / %d"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/title.cpp:374
+msgid ""
+"Copyright (c) 2003 SuperTux Devel Team\n"
+"This game comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY. This is free software, and you\n"
+"are welcome to redistribute it under certain conditions; see the file "
+"COPYING\n"
+"for details.\n"
+msgstr ""
+"Copyright © 2003 SuperTux-laget.\n"
+"Dette spelet kjem heilt utan nokon garantiar. Det er fri programvare,\n"
+"og du kan kopiera det til andre under visse vilkår. Sjå fila «COPYING»\n"
+"for meir informasjon.\n"
+
+#: src/title.cpp:426
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Are you sure you want to delete slot"
+msgstr "Er du sikker på at du vil sletta plass %d?"
+
+#: src/worldmap.cpp:952
+msgid "GAMEOVER"
+msgstr "SPELET ER SLUTT"
+
+#: src/worldmap.cpp:959
+msgid "Total Statistics"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: lib/app/setup.cpp:774
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Usage: %s [OPTIONS] FILENAME\n"
+"\n"
+msgstr ""
+"Bruk: %s [VAL] FILNAMN\n"
+"\n"
+
+#: lib/app/setup.cpp:775
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"Display Options:\n"
+" -f, --fullscreen Run in fullscreen mode.\n"
+" -w, --window Run in window mode.\n"
+" --opengl If OpenGL support was compiled in, this will tell\n"
+" SuperTux to make use of it.\n"
+" --sdl Use the SDL software graphical renderer\n"
+"\n"
+"Sound Options:\n"
+" --disable-sound If sound support was compiled in, this will\n"
+" disable sound for this session of the game.\n"
+" --disable-music Like above, but this will disable music.\n"
+"\n"
+"Misc Options:\n"
+" -j, --joystick NUM Use joystick NUM (default: 0)\n"
+" --joymap XAXIS:YAXIS:A:B:START\n"
+" Define how joystick buttons and axis should be mapped\n"
+" --leveleditor Opens the leveleditor in a file.\n"
+" --worldmap Opens the specified worldmap file.\n"
+" --flip-levels Flip levels upside-down.\n"
+" -d, --datadir DIR Load Game data from DIR (default: automatic)\n"
+" --debug Enables the debug mode, which is useful for "
+"developers.\n"
+" --help Display a help message summarizing command-line\n"
+" options, license and game controls.\n"
+" --usage Display a brief message summarizing command-line "
+"options.\n"
+" --version Display the version of SuperTux you're running.\n"
+"\n"
+msgstr ""
+"Skjermval:\n"
+" --fullscreen Køyr spelet over heile skjermen.\n"
+" -w, --window Køyr spelet i eit vindauge.\n"
+" --opengl Bruk OpenGL viss dette er kompilert inn.\n"
+" --sdl Bruk SDL-basert biletvising.\n"
+"\n"
+"Lydval:\n"
+" --disable-sound Slå av lydeffektar.\n"
+" --disable-music Slå av musikk.\n"
+"\n"
+"Ymse:\n"
+" -j, --joystick NUM Bruk styrespak nummer NUM (standard: 0).\n"
+" --joymap XAXIS:YAXIS:A:B:START\n"
+" Definer oppsett av knappar og aksar på styrespaken.\n"
+" --leveleditor Start brettredigering av ei fil.\n"
+" --worldmap Opna valt verdskartfil.\n"
+" -d, --datadir MAP Hent speldata frå mappa MAP (standard: automatisk).\n"
+" --debug Køyr i feilsøkjingsmodus. Nyttig for utviklarar.\n"
+" --help Vis ei kort oversikt over kommandolinjeval,\n"
+" lisensvilkår og spelkontrollar.\n"
+" --usage Vis ei kort oversikt over kommandolinjeval.\n"
+" --version Vis versjonsnummer.\n"
+"\n"
+
+#: lib/app/setup.cpp:834
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Usage: %s [--fullscreen] [--opengl] [--disable-sound] [--disable-music] [--"
+"debug] | [--usage | --help | --version] [--leveleditor] [--worldmap] [--flip-"
+"levels] FILENAME\n"
+msgstr ""
+"Bruk: %s [--fullscreen] [--opengl] [--disable-sound] [--disable-music] [--"
+"debug] | [--usage | --help | --version] [--leveleditor] [--worldmap] "
+"FILNAMN\n"
+
+#: lib/gui/menu.cpp:67
+msgid "Yes"
+msgstr "Ja"
+
+#: lib/gui/menu.cpp:68
+msgid "No"
+msgstr "Nei"
+
+#: lib/gui/menu.cpp:236
+msgid "Up cursor"
+msgstr "Pil opp"
+
+#: lib/gui/menu.cpp:239
+msgid "Down cursor"
+msgstr "Pil ned"
+
+#: lib/gui/menu.cpp:242
+msgid "Left cursor"
+msgstr "Pil venstre"
+
+#: lib/gui/menu.cpp:245
+msgid "Right cursor"
+msgstr "Pil høgre"
+
+#: lib/gui/menu.cpp:248
+msgid "Return"
+msgstr "Enter"
+
+#: lib/gui/menu.cpp:251
+msgid "Space"
+msgstr "Mellomrom"
+
+#: lib/gui/menu.cpp:254
+msgid "Right Shift"
+msgstr "Høgre Shift"
+
+#: lib/gui/menu.cpp:257
+msgid "Left Shift"
+msgstr "Venstre Shift"
+
+#: lib/gui/menu.cpp:260
+msgid "Right Control"
+msgstr "Høgre Ctrl"
+
+#: lib/gui/menu.cpp:263
+msgid "Left Control"
+msgstr "Venstre Ctrl"
+
+#: lib/gui/menu.cpp:266
+msgid "Right Alt"
+msgstr "Høgre Alt"
+
+#: lib/gui/menu.cpp:269
+msgid "Left Alt"
+msgstr "Venstre Alt"
+
+#~ msgid "Slot %d - Savegame"
+#~ msgstr "Plass %d – lagra spel"
+
+#~ msgid "Slot %d - Free"
+#~ msgstr "Plass %d – ledig"
+
+#~ msgid " SuperTux "
+#~ msgstr " SuperTux "
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "\n"
+#~ " Please see the file \"README.txt\" for more details.\n"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "\n"
+#~ " Sjå fila «README.TXT» for meir informasjon.\n"
--- /dev/null
+# translation of pt.po to European Portuguese
+# translation of pt.po to
+# translation of pt.po to
+# translation of pt.po to
+# translation of pt.po to
+# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package.
+# Copyright (C) YEAR SuperTux Development Team.
+# Ricardo Cruz <rick2@aeiou.pt>, 2004.
+#
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: pt\n"
+"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: super-tux-devel@lists.sourceforge.net\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2004-10-20 14:06-0600\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2004-10-12 19:44+0100\n"
+"Last-Translator: Ricardo Cruz <rick2@aeiou.pt>\n"
+"Language-Team: European Portuguese\n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+"X-Generator: KBabel 1.3\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
+
+#: src/gameloop.cpp:205
+msgid "by "
+msgstr "por "
+
+#: src/gameloop.cpp:211
+msgid "Level Vertically Flipped!"
+msgstr "Nível Invertido na Vertical!"
+
+#: src/gameloop.cpp:215
+msgid "Best Level Statistics"
+msgstr "Melhores Estatísticas do Nível"
+
+#: src/gameloop.cpp:670
+msgid "PAUSE - Press 'P' To Play"
+msgstr "PAUSA - Carrega no 'P' para continuar"
+
+#: src/gameloop.cpp:675
+msgid "Playing: "
+msgstr "Jogando: "
+
+#: src/gameloop.cpp:850 src/worldmap.cpp:1111
+msgid "SCORE"
+msgstr "PONTOS"
+
+#: src/gameloop.cpp:855
+msgid "Press ESC To Return"
+msgstr "Carrega no ESC para sair"
+
+#: src/gameloop.cpp:860
+msgid "TIME's UP"
+msgstr "PASSOU O TEMPO"
+
+#: src/gameloop.cpp:864
+msgid "TIME"
+msgstr "TEMPO"
+
+#: src/gameloop.cpp:871 src/gameloop.cpp:872 src/worldmap.cpp:1115
+msgid "COINS"
+msgstr "MOEDAS"
+
+#: src/gameloop.cpp:893 src/gameloop.cpp:894 src/worldmap.cpp:1136
+#: src/worldmap.cpp:1137
+msgid "LIVES"
+msgstr "VIDAS"
+
+#: src/gameloop.cpp:916
+msgid "Result:"
+msgstr "Resultado:"
+
+#: src/gameloop.cpp:919
+#, c-format
+msgid "SCORE: %d"
+msgstr "PONTOS: %d"
+
+#: src/gameloop.cpp:922 src/worldmap.cpp:955
+#, c-format
+msgid "COINS: %d"
+msgstr "MOEDAS: %d"
+
+#: src/gameloop.cpp:956
+msgid "Slot"
+msgstr "Slot"
+
+#: src/gameloop.cpp:956
+msgid "Free"
+msgstr "Livre"
+
+#: src/leveleditor.cpp:64
+msgid "Load Subset"
+msgstr "Carregar Conjunto"
+
+#: src/leveleditor.cpp:70 src/leveleditor.cpp:80 src/misc.cpp:125
+#: src/misc.cpp:136 src/misc.cpp:149 src/misc.cpp:160 src/title.cpp:142
+#: src/title.cpp:220
+msgid "Back"
+msgstr "Recuar"
+
+#: src/leveleditor.cpp:73
+msgid "New Level Subset"
+msgstr "Novo Conjunto de Níveis"
+
+#: src/leveleditor.cpp:75
+msgid "Filename "
+msgstr "Nome do ficheiro"
+
+#: src/leveleditor.cpp:76
+msgid "Title "
+msgstr "Título "
+
+#: src/leveleditor.cpp:77
+msgid "Description"
+msgstr "Descrição<"
+
+#: src/leveleditor.cpp:78
+msgid "Create"
+msgstr "Criar"
+
+#: src/leveleditor.cpp:83
+msgid "Level Editor Menu"
+msgstr "Menu do Editor de Níveis"
+
+#: src/leveleditor.cpp:85
+msgid "Return to Level Editor"
+msgstr "Voltar ao Editor de Níveis"
+
+#: src/leveleditor.cpp:86
+msgid "Create Level Subset"
+msgstr "Criar um Grupo de Níveis"
+
+#: src/leveleditor.cpp:87
+msgid "Load Level Subset"
+msgstr "Carregar um Conjunto de Níveis"
+
+#: src/leveleditor.cpp:89
+msgid "Quit Level Editor"
+msgstr "Sair do Editor de Níveis"
+
+#: src/leveleditor.cpp:92
+msgid "Level Settings"
+msgstr "Definições do Nível"
+
+#: src/leveleditor.cpp:94
+msgid "Name "
+msgstr "Nome "
+
+#: src/leveleditor.cpp:95
+msgid "Author "
+msgstr "Autor "
+
+#: src/leveleditor.cpp:96
+msgid "Width "
+msgstr "Largura "
+
+#: src/leveleditor.cpp:97
+msgid "Height "
+msgstr "Altura "
+
+#: src/leveleditor.cpp:99
+msgid "Apply"
+msgstr "Aplicar"
+
+#: src/leveleditor.cpp:109
+msgid "Eraser"
+msgstr "Borracha"
+
+#: src/leveleditor.cpp:141
+msgid "Trampoline"
+msgstr "Trampolim"
+
+#: src/leveleditor.cpp:142
+msgid "Flying Platform"
+msgstr "Plataforma Voadora"
+
+#: src/leveleditor.cpp:143
+msgid "Door"
+msgstr "Porta"
+
+#: src/leveleditor.cpp:146
+msgid "Edtit foreground tiles"
+msgstr "Editar camada da frente"
+
+#: src/leveleditor.cpp:148
+msgid "Edit interactive tiles"
+msgstr "Editar camada interactiva"
+
+#: src/leveleditor.cpp:150
+msgid "Edit background tiles"
+msgstr "Editar camada de fundo"
+
+#: src/leveleditor.cpp:154
+msgid "Next sector"
+msgstr "Próximo sector"
+
+#: src/leveleditor.cpp:155
+msgid "Prevous sector"
+msgstr "Sector anterior"
+
+#: src/leveleditor.cpp:156
+msgid "Next level"
+msgstr "Próximo nível"
+
+#: src/leveleditor.cpp:157
+msgid "Prevous level"
+msgstr "Nível anterior"
+
+#: src/leveleditor.cpp:158
+msgid "Save level"
+msgstr "Gravar o nível"
+
+#: src/leveleditor.cpp:159
+msgid "Test level"
+msgstr "Testar o nível"
+
+#: src/leveleditor.cpp:160
+msgid "Setup level"
+msgstr "Configurar o nível"
+
+#: src/leveleditor.cpp:242 src/leveleditor.cpp:718 src/leveleditor.cpp:743
+#: src/leveleditor.cpp:834
+msgid "Level not saved. Wanna to?"
+msgstr "Nível não gravado. Gravá-lo?"
+
+#: src/leveleditor.cpp:357
+#, c-format
+msgid "Level %d doesn't exist. Create it?"
+msgstr "Nível %d não existe. Criá-lo?"
+
+#: src/leveleditor.cpp:560 src/misc.cpp:96
+msgid "Level Editor"
+msgstr "Editor de Níveis"
+
+#: src/leveleditor.cpp:583
+msgid "F1 for help"
+msgstr "F1 para ajuda"
+
+#: src/leveleditor.cpp:585
+msgid "Choose a level subset"
+msgstr "Escolhe um conjunto de níveis"
+
+#: src/leveleditor.cpp:769
+msgid "No more sectors exist. Create another?"
+msgstr "Não existem mais sectores. Criar outro?"
+
+#: src/leveleditor.cpp:921
+msgid ""
+"This is the built-in level editor. It's aim is to be intuitive\n"
+"and simple to use, so it should be pretty straight forward.\n"
+"\n"
+"To open a level, first you'll have to select a level subset from\n"
+"the menu (or create your own).\n"
+"A level subset is basically a collection of levels.\n"
+"They can then be played from the Contrib menu.\n"
+"\n"
+"To access the menu from the level editor, just press Esc.\n"
+"\n"
+"You are currently looking to the level, to scroll it, just\n"
+"press the right mouse button and drag the mouse. It will move like\n"
+"a strategy game.\n"
+"You can also use the arrow keys and Page Up/Down.\n"
+"\n"
+"'+' and '-' keys can be used to zoom in/out the level.\n"
+"\n"
+"You probably already noticed those floating group of buttons.\n"
+"Each one serves a different purpose. To select a certain button\n"
+"just press the Left mouse button on it. A few buttons have key\n"
+"shortcuts, you can know it by pressing the Right mouse button on\n"
+"it. That will also show what that button does.\n"
+"Group of buttons can also be move around by just dragging them,\n"
+"while pressing the Left mouse button.\n"
+"\n"
+"Let's learn a bit of what each group of buttons do, shall we?\n"
+"\n"
+"To starting putting tiles and objects around use the bigger gropup\n"
+"of buttons. Each button is a different tile. To put it on the level,\n"
+"just press it and then left click in the level.\n"
+"You can also copy tiles from the level by using the middle mouse button.\n"
+"Use the mouse wheel to scroll that group of buttons. You will find\n"
+"enemies and game objects in the bottom.\n"
+msgstr ""
+"Este é o editor de níveis embutido. O seu objectivo é o de ser intuitivo\n"
+"e simples de usar, por isso deve requerer grandes explicações.\n"
+"\n"
+"Para abrir um nível, primeiro escolhe um conjunto de níve\n"
+"do menú (ou cria o teu próprio conjunto).\n"
+"Um conjunto de níveis é basicamente uma colecção de níveis.\n"
+"Podendo ser acedidos a partir do menú de Contribuições.\n"
+"\n"
+"Para acederes ao menu do editor de níveis, carrega no Esc.\n"
+"\n"
+"Estás agora a olhar para o editor de níveis, para deslizares, podes\n"
+"usar o botão direito do rato e arrastá-lo. Irá ser deslizado como de\n"
+"um jogo de estratégia se tratasse.\n"
+"Podes também usar as teclas de seta e o Page Up/Down.\n"
+"\n"
+"As teclas '+' e '-' podem ser usadas para ampliar/reduzir o nível.\n"
+"\n"
+"Já deverás ter reparado no grupo de botões flutuante.\n"
+"Cada um serve um propósito diferente. Para escolheres um certo botão\n"
+"usa o botão esquerdo do rato no mesmo. Alguns botões tem uma tecla\n"
+"de atalho, que pode ser visualizada carregando com o botão do rato direito "
+"no\n"
+"mesmo. Isso irá mostrar o que o botão faz, também.\n"
+"Os grupos de botões podem também ser movidos arrastando-os,\n"
+"enquanto o botão esquerdo do rato é pressionado.\n"
+"\n"
+"Vamos aprender um pouco do que cada grupo de botões faz, certo?\n"
+"\n"
+"Para começares a introduzir 'tiles' e objectos usa o grupo de botões\n"
+"maior. Cada botão é um 'tile' diferente. Para o pôres no nível,\n"
+"carrega no mesmo e depois usa o botão esquerdo do rato no nível.\n"
+"Podes também copiar 'tiles' do nível usando o botão do meio do rato (a roda "
+"serve).\n"
+"Usa a roda do rato para deslizares pelo grupo de botões. Irás encontrar\n"
+"inimigos e elementos do jogo no fundo.\n"
+
+#: src/leveleditor.cpp:957
+msgid ""
+"The Foreground/Interactive/Background buttons may be used to\n"
+"see and edit the respective layer. Level's have three tiles layers:\n"
+"Foreground - tiles are drawn in top of everything and have no contact\n"
+"with the player.\n"
+"Interactive - these are the tiles that have contact with the player.\n"
+"Background - tiles are drawn in bottom of everything and have no contact\n"
+"with the player.\n"
+"The unselected layers will be drawn semi-transparently.\n"
+"\n"
+"At last, but not least, the group of buttons that's left serves\n"
+"to do related actions with the level.\n"
+"From left to right:\n"
+"Mini arrows - can be used to choose other sectors.\n"
+"Sectors are mini-levels, so to speak, that can be accessed using a door.\n"
+"Big arrows - choose other level in the same level subset.\n"
+"Diskette - save the level\n"
+"Tux - test the level\n"
+"Tools - set a few settings for the level, incluiding resizing it.\n"
+"\n"
+"We have reached the end of this Howto.\n"
+"\n"
+"Don't forget to send us a few cool levels. :)\n"
+"\n"
+"Enjoy,\n"
+" SuperTux development team\n"
+"\n"
+"ps: If you are looking for something more powerfull, you can give it a\n"
+"try to FlexLay. FlexLay is a level editor that supports several games,\n"
+"including SuperTux. It is an independent project.\n"
+"Webpage: http://pingus.seul.org/~grumbel/flexlay/"
+msgstr ""
+"Da esquerda para a direita:\n"
+"Mini setas - podem ser usadas para escolher outros sectores..\n"
+"Sectores são mini-níveis, por assim dizer, que podem ser acessíveis por "
+"portas.\n"
+"Setas grantes - permitem escolher outro nível no mesmo conjunto de níveis.\n"
+"Disquete - gravar o nível.\n"
+"Tux - testar o nível.\n"
+"Ferramentas - configura algumas definições do nível, incluíndo mudanças do "
+"tamanho do mesmo.\n"
+"\n"
+"Chegámos ao fim deste Howto.\n"
+"\n"
+"Não te esqueças de nos enviares alguns níveis porreiros. :)\n"
+"\n"
+"Diverte-te,\n"
+" A equipa de desenvolvimento do SuperTux\n"
+"\n"
+"ps: Se estiver à procurar de algo mais poderoso, dá uma olhada\n"
+"ao FlexLay. O FlexLay é um editor de níveis que suporta vários jogos,\n"
+"incluíndo o SuperTux. É um projecto independente.\n"
+"Webpage: http://pingus.seul.org/~grumbel/flexlay/"
+
+#: src/leveleditor.cpp:997
+msgid "- Level Editor's Help -"
+msgstr "- Ajuda do Editor de Níveis -"
+
+#: src/leveleditor.cpp:1001
+#, c-format
+msgid "Press any key to continue - Page %d/%d"
+msgstr "Carregar numa tecla para continuar - Página %d/%d"
+
+#: src/misc.cpp:93 src/misc.cpp:152
+msgid "Start Game"
+msgstr "Começar o Jogo"
+
+#: src/misc.cpp:94 src/title.cpp:112
+msgid "Contrib Levels"
+msgstr "Contribuições"
+
+#: src/misc.cpp:95 src/misc.cpp:100 src/misc.cpp:175 src/misc.cpp:182
+msgid "Options"
+msgstr "Opções"
+
+#: src/misc.cpp:97
+msgid "Credits"
+msgstr "Méritos"
+
+#: src/misc.cpp:98
+msgid "Quit"
+msgstr "Sair"
+
+#: src/misc.cpp:103
+msgid "OpenGL "
+msgstr "OpenGL "
+
+#: src/misc.cpp:105
+msgid "OpenGL (not supported)"
+msgstr "OpenGL (não suportado)"
+
+#: src/misc.cpp:107
+msgid "Fullscreen"
+msgstr "Fullscreen"
+
+#: src/misc.cpp:110 src/misc.cpp:115
+msgid "Sound "
+msgstr "Som "
+
+#: src/misc.cpp:111 src/misc.cpp:116
+msgid "Music "
+msgstr "Música "
+
+#: src/misc.cpp:118
+msgid "Show FPS "
+msgstr "Mostrar FPS"
+
+#: src/misc.cpp:119
+msgid "Setup Keys"
+msgstr "Configurar Teclas"
+
+#: src/misc.cpp:122
+msgid "Setup Joystick"
+msgstr "Configurar Joystick"
+
+#: src/misc.cpp:127
+msgid "Keyboard Setup"
+msgstr "Configuração do Teclado"
+
+#: src/misc.cpp:129
+msgid "Left move"
+msgstr "Para a Esquerda"
+
+#: src/misc.cpp:130
+msgid "Right move"
+msgstr "Para a Direita"
+
+#: src/misc.cpp:131
+msgid "Up/Activate"
+msgstr "Cima/Activar"
+
+#: src/misc.cpp:132
+msgid "Down/Duck"
+msgstr "Baixo/Abaixar"
+
+#: src/misc.cpp:133
+msgid "Jump"
+msgstr "Saltar"
+
+#: src/misc.cpp:134
+msgid "Power/Run"
+msgstr "Poder/Correr"
+
+#: src/misc.cpp:140
+msgid "Joystick Setup"
+msgstr "Configuração do Joystick"
+
+#: src/misc.cpp:144
+msgid "A button"
+msgstr "Butão A"
+
+#: src/misc.cpp:145
+msgid "B button"
+msgstr "Butão B"
+
+#: src/misc.cpp:162
+msgid "Save Game"
+msgstr "Gravar o Jogo"
+
+#: src/misc.cpp:172 src/misc.cpp:179
+msgid "Pause"
+msgstr "Pausa"
+
+#: src/misc.cpp:174 src/misc.cpp:181
+msgid "Continue"
+msgstr "Continuar"
+
+#: src/misc.cpp:177
+msgid "Abort Level"
+msgstr "Abortar Nível"
+
+#: src/misc.cpp:184
+msgid "Quit Game"
+msgstr "Sair do Jogo"
+
+#: src/misc.cpp:186
+msgid "Enter your name:"
+msgstr "Insire o teu nome:"
+
+#: src/player.cpp:1240
+#, c-format
+msgid "Good! x%d"
+msgstr "Boa! x%d"
+
+#: src/player.cpp:1242
+#, c-format
+msgid "Great! x%d"
+msgstr "Bestial! x%d"
+
+#: src/player.cpp:1244
+#, c-format
+msgid "Awesome! x%d"
+msgstr "Fantástico| x%d"
+
+#: src/player.cpp:1246
+#, c-format
+msgid "Incredible! x%d"
+msgstr "Incrível! x%d"
+
+#: src/player.cpp:1248
+#, c-format
+msgid "Godlike! ;-) x%d"
+msgstr "És Deus?! ;-) x%d"
+
+#: src/player.cpp:1250
+#, c-format
+msgid "Unbelievable!! x%d"
+msgstr "Inacreditável!! x%d"
+
+#: src/statistics.cpp:113
+msgid "- Best Level Statistics -"
+msgstr "- Melhores Estatísticas do Nível -"
+
+#: src/statistics.cpp:117
+msgid "Max score:"
+msgstr "Máx pontos:"
+
+#: src/statistics.cpp:137
+msgid "Max coins collected:"
+msgstr "Máx moedas apanhadas:"
+
+#: src/statistics.cpp:139
+msgid "Max fragging:"
+msgstr "Max matança:"
+
+#: src/statistics.cpp:141
+msgid "Min time needed:"
+msgstr "Min tempo necessário:"
+
+#: src/statistics.cpp:170
+#, c-format
+msgid "Max score: %d"
+msgstr "Máx pontos: %d"
+
+#: src/statistics.cpp:176
+#, c-format
+msgid "Max coins collected: %d / %d"
+msgstr "Máx moedas apanhadas: %d / %d"
+
+#: src/statistics.cpp:180
+#, c-format
+msgid "Max fragging: %d / %d"
+msgstr "Máx matança: %d / %d"
+
+#: src/statistics.cpp:184
+#, c-format
+msgid "Min time needed: %d / %d"
+msgstr "Min tempo necessário: %d / %d"
+
+#: src/title.cpp:374
+msgid ""
+"Copyright (c) 2003 SuperTux Devel Team\n"
+"This game comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY. This is free software, and you\n"
+"are welcome to redistribute it under certain conditions; see the file "
+"COPYING\n"
+"for details.\n"
+msgstr ""
+"Copyright (c) 2003 Equipa do SuperTux\n"
+"Este jogo vem sem ABSOLUTAMENTE NENHUMA GARANTIA. Isto é software livre, e\n"
+"és encorajado a o redistribuir, mas sob certas condições; ler o ficheiro "
+"COPYING\n"
+"para mais informações.\n"
+
+#: src/title.cpp:426
+msgid "Are you sure you want to delete slot"
+msgstr "Tens a certeza que queres remover o slot"
+
+#: src/worldmap.cpp:952
+msgid "GAMEOVER"
+msgstr "FIM DO JOGO"
+
+#: src/worldmap.cpp:959
+msgid "Total Statistics"
+msgstr "Estatísticas Totais"
+
+#: lib/app/setup.cpp:774
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Usage: %s [OPTIONS] FILENAME\n"
+"\n"
+msgstr ""
+"Uso: %s [OPÇÕES] NOME_DO_FICHEIRO\n"
+"\n"
+
+#: lib/app/setup.cpp:775
+msgid ""
+"Display Options:\n"
+" -f, --fullscreen Run in fullscreen mode.\n"
+" -w, --window Run in window mode.\n"
+" --opengl If OpenGL support was compiled in, this will tell\n"
+" SuperTux to make use of it.\n"
+" --sdl Use the SDL software graphical renderer\n"
+"\n"
+"Sound Options:\n"
+" --disable-sound If sound support was compiled in, this will\n"
+" disable sound for this session of the game.\n"
+" --disable-music Like above, but this will disable music.\n"
+"\n"
+"Misc Options:\n"
+" -j, --joystick NUM Use joystick NUM (default: 0)\n"
+" --joymap XAXIS:YAXIS:A:B:START\n"
+" Define how joystick buttons and axis should be mapped\n"
+" --leveleditor Opens the leveleditor in a file.\n"
+" --worldmap Opens the specified worldmap file.\n"
+" --flip-levels Flip levels upside-down.\n"
+" -d, --datadir DIR Load Game data from DIR (default: automatic)\n"
+" --debug Enables the debug mode, which is useful for "
+"developers.\n"
+" --help Display a help message summarizing command-line\n"
+" options, license and game controls.\n"
+" --usage Display a brief message summarizing command-line "
+"options.\n"
+" --version Display the version of SuperTux you're running.\n"
+"\n"
+msgstr ""
+"Opções Gráficas:\n"
+" --fullscreen Correr ocupando todo o ecrã.\n"
+" -w, --window Correr numa janela.\n"
+" --opengl Caso tenha sido compilado com suporte para OpenGL, "
+"isto irá fazer\n"
+" com que o SuperTux o use.\n"
+" --sdl Usar o SDL como renderer gráfico (software)\n"
+"\n"
+"Opções de Som:\n"
+" --disable-sound Se tiver sido compilado com suporte ao som, isto irá\n"
+" o desactivar.\n"
+" --disable-music Tal como o anterior, mas desactiva a música.\n"
+"\n"
+"Miscelâneos:\n"
+" -j, --joystick NUM Usar o joystick NUM (omissão: 0)\n"
+" --joymap XAXIS:YAXIS:A:B:START\n"
+" Define como os botões e eixos devem ser mapeados\n"
+" --leveleditor Abre o editor de níveis num dado ficheiro (e apenas "
+"quando um é fornecido.)\n"
+" --worldmap Abre o ficheiro de worldmap especificado.\n"
+" --flip-levels Inverte os níveis na vertical.\n"
+" -d, --datadir DIR Carregar os dados do jogo do DIR (omissão: "
+"automático)\n"
+" --debug-mode Activa o modo de depuração, que é útil para "
+"programadores.\n"
+" --help Mostra um texto de ajuda com os sumários da linha de "
+"comando\n"
+" opções, licença e contolos do jogo.\n"
+" --usage Mostra uma breve listagem das opções via a linha de "
+"comandos.\n"
+" --version Mostra a versão do SuperTux que estás a correr.\n"
+"\n"
+
+#: lib/app/setup.cpp:834
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"Usage: %s [--fullscreen] [--opengl] [--disable-sound] [--disable-music] [--"
+"debug] | [--usage | --help | --version] [--leveleditor] [--worldmap] [--flip-"
+"levels] FILENAME\n"
+msgstr ""
+"Uso: %s [--fullscreen] [--opengl] [--disable-sound] [--disable-music] [--"
+"debug] | [--usage | --help | --version] [--leveleditor] [--worldmap] [--flip-"
+"levels] NOME_DO_FICHEIRO\n"
+
+#: lib/gui/menu.cpp:67
+msgid "Yes"
+msgstr "Sim"
+
+#: lib/gui/menu.cpp:68
+msgid "No"
+msgstr "Não"
+
+#: lib/gui/menu.cpp:236
+msgid "Up cursor"
+msgstr "Cima"
+
+#: lib/gui/menu.cpp:239
+msgid "Down cursor"
+msgstr "Baixo"
+
+#: lib/gui/menu.cpp:242
+msgid "Left cursor"
+msgstr "Esquerda"
+
+#: lib/gui/menu.cpp:245
+msgid "Right cursor"
+msgstr "Direita"
+
+#: lib/gui/menu.cpp:248
+msgid "Return"
+msgstr "Enter"
+
+#: lib/gui/menu.cpp:251
+msgid "Space"
+msgstr "Espaço"
+
+#: lib/gui/menu.cpp:254
+msgid "Right Shift"
+msgstr "Shift direito"
+
+#: lib/gui/menu.cpp:257
+msgid "Left Shift"
+msgstr "Shift esquerdo"
+
+#: lib/gui/menu.cpp:260
+msgid "Right Control"
+msgstr "Control direito"
+
+#: lib/gui/menu.cpp:263
+msgid "Left Control"
+msgstr "Control esquerdo"
+
+#: lib/gui/menu.cpp:266
+msgid "Right Alt"
+msgstr "Alt direito"
+
+#: lib/gui/menu.cpp:269
+msgid "Left Alt"
+msgstr "Alt esquerdo"
+++ /dev/null
-2003-05-22 GNU <bug-gnu-gettext@gnu.org>
-
- * Version 0.12.1 released.
-
+++ /dev/null
-# Makefile for directory with message catalog handling library of GNU gettext
-# Copyright (C) 1995-1998, 2000-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-#
-# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
-# under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
-# by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
-# any later version.
-#
-# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
-# Library General Public License for more details.
-#
-# You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
-# License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
-# USA.
-
-PACKAGE = @PACKAGE@
-VERSION = @VERSION@
-
-SHELL = /bin/sh
-
-srcdir = @srcdir@
-top_srcdir = @top_srcdir@
-top_builddir = ..
-VPATH = $(srcdir)
-
-prefix = @prefix@
-exec_prefix = @exec_prefix@
-transform = @program_transform_name@
-libdir = @libdir@
-includedir = @includedir@
-datadir = @datadir@
-localedir = $(datadir)/locale
-gettextsrcdir = $(datadir)/gettext/intl
-aliaspath = $(localedir)
-subdir = intl
-
-INSTALL = @INSTALL@
-INSTALL_DATA = @INSTALL_DATA@
-MKINSTALLDIRS = @MKINSTALLDIRS@
-mkinstalldirs = $(SHELL) $(MKINSTALLDIRS)
-
-l = @INTL_LIBTOOL_SUFFIX_PREFIX@
-
-AR = ar
-CC = @CC@
-LIBTOOL = @LIBTOOL@
-RANLIB = @RANLIB@
-YACC = @INTLBISON@ -y -d
-YFLAGS = --name-prefix=__gettext
-
-DEFS = -DLOCALEDIR=\"$(localedir)\" -DLOCALE_ALIAS_PATH=\"$(aliaspath)\" \
--DLIBDIR=\"$(libdir)\" -DIN_LIBINTL \
--DENABLE_RELOCATABLE=1 -DIN_LIBRARY -DINSTALLDIR=\"$(libdir)\" -DNO_XMALLOC \
--Dset_relocation_prefix=libintl_set_relocation_prefix \
--Drelocate=libintl_relocate \
--DDEPENDS_ON_LIBICONV=1 @DEFS@
-CPPFLAGS = @CPPFLAGS@
-CFLAGS = @CFLAGS@
-LDFLAGS = @LDFLAGS@
-LIBS = @LIBS@
-
-COMPILE = $(CC) -c $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(CPPFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) $(XCFLAGS)
-
-HEADERS = \
- gmo.h \
- gettextP.h \
- hash-string.h \
- loadinfo.h \
- plural-exp.h \
- eval-plural.h \
- localcharset.h \
- relocatable.h \
- os2compat.h \
- libgnuintl.h.in
-SOURCES = \
- bindtextdom.c \
- dcgettext.c \
- dgettext.c \
- gettext.c \
- finddomain.c \
- loadmsgcat.c \
- localealias.c \
- textdomain.c \
- l10nflist.c \
- explodename.c \
- dcigettext.c \
- dcngettext.c \
- dngettext.c \
- ngettext.c \
- plural.y \
- plural-exp.c \
- localcharset.c \
- relocatable.c \
- localename.c \
- log.c \
- osdep.c \
- os2compat.c \
- intl-compat.c
-OBJECTS = \
- bindtextdom.$lo \
- dcgettext.$lo \
- dgettext.$lo \
- gettext.$lo \
- finddomain.$lo \
- loadmsgcat.$lo \
- localealias.$lo \
- textdomain.$lo \
- l10nflist.$lo \
- explodename.$lo \
- dcigettext.$lo \
- dcngettext.$lo \
- dngettext.$lo \
- ngettext.$lo \
- plural.$lo \
- plural-exp.$lo \
- localcharset.$lo \
- relocatable.$lo \
- localename.$lo \
- log.$lo \
- osdep.$lo \
- intl-compat.$lo
-DISTFILES.common = Makefile.in \
-config.charset locale.alias ref-add.sin ref-del.sin $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES)
-DISTFILES.generated = plural.c
-DISTFILES.normal = VERSION
-DISTFILES.gettext = COPYING.LIB-2.0 COPYING.LIB-2.1 libintl.glibc \
-Makefile.vms libgnuintl.h.msvc-shared README.woe32 Makefile.msvc
-DISTFILES.obsolete = xopen-msg.sed linux-msg.sed po2tbl.sed.in cat-compat.c \
-COPYING.LIB-2 gettext.h libgettext.h plural-eval.c libgnuintl.h
-
-all: all-@USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL@
-all-yes: libintl.$la libintl.h charset.alias ref-add.sed ref-del.sed
-all-no: all-no-@BUILD_INCLUDED_LIBINTL@
-all-no-yes: libgnuintl.$la
-all-no-no:
-
-libintl.a libgnuintl.a: $(OBJECTS)
- rm -f $@
- $(AR) cru $@ $(OBJECTS)
- $(RANLIB) $@
-
-libintl.la libgnuintl.la: $(OBJECTS)
- $(LIBTOOL) --mode=link \
- $(CC) $(CPPFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) $(XCFLAGS) $(LDFLAGS) -o $@ \
- $(OBJECTS) @LTLIBICONV@ $(LIBS) -lc \
- -version-info $(LTV_CURRENT):$(LTV_REVISION):$(LTV_AGE) \
- -rpath $(libdir) \
- -no-undefined
-
-# Libtool's library version information for libintl.
-# Before making a gettext release, the gettext maintainer must change this
-# according to the libtool documentation, section "Library interface versions".
-# Maintainers of other packages that include the intl directory must *not*
-# change these values.
-LTV_CURRENT=5
-LTV_REVISION=0
-LTV_AGE=3
-
-.SUFFIXES:
-.SUFFIXES: .c .y .o .lo .sin .sed
-
-.c.o:
- $(COMPILE) $<
-
-.y.c:
- $(YACC) $(YFLAGS) --output $@ $<
- rm -f $*.h
-
-bindtextdom.lo: $(srcdir)/bindtextdom.c
- $(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $(srcdir)/bindtextdom.c
-dcgettext.lo: $(srcdir)/dcgettext.c
- $(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $(srcdir)/dcgettext.c
-dgettext.lo: $(srcdir)/dgettext.c
- $(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $(srcdir)/dgettext.c
-gettext.lo: $(srcdir)/gettext.c
- $(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $(srcdir)/gettext.c
-finddomain.lo: $(srcdir)/finddomain.c
- $(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $(srcdir)/finddomain.c
-loadmsgcat.lo: $(srcdir)/loadmsgcat.c
- $(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $(srcdir)/loadmsgcat.c
-localealias.lo: $(srcdir)/localealias.c
- $(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $(srcdir)/localealias.c
-textdomain.lo: $(srcdir)/textdomain.c
- $(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $(srcdir)/textdomain.c
-l10nflist.lo: $(srcdir)/l10nflist.c
- $(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $(srcdir)/l10nflist.c
-explodename.lo: $(srcdir)/explodename.c
- $(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $(srcdir)/explodename.c
-dcigettext.lo: $(srcdir)/dcigettext.c
- $(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $(srcdir)/dcigettext.c
-dcngettext.lo: $(srcdir)/dcngettext.c
- $(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $(srcdir)/dcngettext.c
-dngettext.lo: $(srcdir)/dngettext.c
- $(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $(srcdir)/dngettext.c
-ngettext.lo: $(srcdir)/ngettext.c
- $(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $(srcdir)/ngettext.c
-plural.lo: $(srcdir)/plural.c
- $(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $(srcdir)/plural.c
-plural-exp.lo: $(srcdir)/plural-exp.c
- $(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $(srcdir)/plural-exp.c
-localcharset.lo: $(srcdir)/localcharset.c
- $(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $(srcdir)/localcharset.c
-relocatable.lo: $(srcdir)/relocatable.c
- $(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $(srcdir)/relocatable.c
-localename.lo: $(srcdir)/localename.c
- $(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $(srcdir)/localename.c
-log.lo: $(srcdir)/log.c
- $(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $(srcdir)/log.c
-osdep.lo: $(srcdir)/osdep.c
- $(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $(srcdir)/osdep.c
-intl-compat.lo: $(srcdir)/intl-compat.c
- $(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $(srcdir)/intl-compat.c
-
-ref-add.sed: $(srcdir)/ref-add.sin
- sed -e '/^#/d' -e 's/@''PACKAGE''@/@PACKAGE@/g' $(srcdir)/ref-add.sin > t-ref-add.sed
- mv t-ref-add.sed ref-add.sed
-ref-del.sed: $(srcdir)/ref-del.sin
- sed -e '/^#/d' -e 's/@''PACKAGE''@/@PACKAGE@/g' $(srcdir)/ref-del.sin > t-ref-del.sed
- mv t-ref-del.sed ref-del.sed
-
-INCLUDES = -I. -I$(srcdir) -I..
-
-libgnuintl.h: $(srcdir)/libgnuintl.h.in
- cp $(srcdir)/libgnuintl.h.in libgnuintl.h
-
-libintl.h: libgnuintl.h
- cp libgnuintl.h libintl.h
-
-charset.alias: $(srcdir)/config.charset
- $(SHELL) $(srcdir)/config.charset '@host@' > t-$@
- mv t-$@ $@
-
-check: all
-
-# We must not install the libintl.h/libintl.a files if we are on a
-# system which has the GNU gettext() function in its C library or in a
-# separate library.
-# If you want to use the one which comes with this version of the
-# package, you have to use `configure --with-included-gettext'.
-install: install-exec install-data
-install-exec: all
- if { test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext-runtime" || test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext-tools"; } \
- && test '@USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL@' = yes; then \
- $(mkinstalldirs) $(DESTDIR)$(libdir) $(DESTDIR)$(includedir); \
- $(INSTALL_DATA) libintl.h $(DESTDIR)$(includedir)/libintl.h; \
- $(LIBTOOL) --mode=install \
- $(INSTALL_DATA) libintl.$la $(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/libintl.$la; \
- if test "@RELOCATABLE@" = yes; then \
- dependencies=`sed -n -e 's,^dependency_libs=\(.*\),\1,p' < $(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/libintl.la | sed -e "s,^',," -e "s,'\$$,,"`; \
- if test -n "$dependencies"; then \
- rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/libintl.la; \
- fi; \
- fi; \
- else \
- : ; \
- fi
- if test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext-tools" \
- && test '@USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL@' = no; then \
- $(mkinstalldirs) $(DESTDIR)$(libdir); \
- $(LIBTOOL) --mode=install \
- $(INSTALL_DATA) libgnuintl.$la $(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/libgnuintl.$la; \
- rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/preloadable_libintl.so; \
- $(INSTALL_DATA) $(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/libgnuintl.so $(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/preloadable_libintl.so; \
- $(LIBTOOL) --mode=uninstall \
- rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/libgnuintl.$la; \
- else \
- : ; \
- fi
- if test '@USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL@' = yes; then \
- test @GLIBC21@ != no || $(mkinstalldirs) $(DESTDIR)$(libdir); \
- temp=$(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/t-charset.alias; \
- dest=$(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/charset.alias; \
- if test -f $(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/charset.alias; then \
- orig=$(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/charset.alias; \
- sed -f ref-add.sed $$orig > $$temp; \
- $(INSTALL_DATA) $$temp $$dest; \
- rm -f $$temp; \
- else \
- if test @GLIBC21@ = no; then \
- orig=charset.alias; \
- sed -f ref-add.sed $$orig > $$temp; \
- $(INSTALL_DATA) $$temp $$dest; \
- rm -f $$temp; \
- fi; \
- fi; \
- $(mkinstalldirs) $(DESTDIR)$(localedir); \
- test -f $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/locale.alias \
- && orig=$(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/locale.alias \
- || orig=$(srcdir)/locale.alias; \
- temp=$(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/t-locale.alias; \
- dest=$(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/locale.alias; \
- sed -f ref-add.sed $$orig > $$temp; \
- $(INSTALL_DATA) $$temp $$dest; \
- rm -f $$temp; \
- else \
- : ; \
- fi
-install-data: all
- if test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext-tools"; then \
- $(mkinstalldirs) $(DESTDIR)$(gettextsrcdir); \
- $(INSTALL_DATA) VERSION $(DESTDIR)$(gettextsrcdir)/VERSION; \
- $(INSTALL_DATA) ChangeLog.inst $(DESTDIR)$(gettextsrcdir)/ChangeLog; \
- dists="COPYING.LIB-2.0 COPYING.LIB-2.1 $(DISTFILES.common)"; \
- for file in $$dists; do \
- $(INSTALL_DATA) $(srcdir)/$$file \
- $(DESTDIR)$(gettextsrcdir)/$$file; \
- done; \
- chmod a+x $(DESTDIR)$(gettextsrcdir)/config.charset; \
- dists="$(DISTFILES.generated)"; \
- for file in $$dists; do \
- if test -f $$file; then dir=.; else dir=$(srcdir); fi; \
- $(INSTALL_DATA) $$dir/$$file \
- $(DESTDIR)$(gettextsrcdir)/$$file; \
- done; \
- dists="$(DISTFILES.obsolete)"; \
- for file in $$dists; do \
- rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(gettextsrcdir)/$$file; \
- done; \
- else \
- : ; \
- fi
-
-install-strip: install
-
-installdirs:
- if { test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext-runtime" || test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext-tools"; } \
- && test '@USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL@' = yes; then \
- $(mkinstalldirs) $(DESTDIR)$(libdir) $(DESTDIR)$(includedir); \
- else \
- : ; \
- fi
- if test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext-tools" \
- && test '@USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL@' = no; then \
- $(mkinstalldirs) $(DESTDIR)$(libdir); \
- else \
- : ; \
- fi
- if test '@USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL@' = yes; then \
- test @GLIBC21@ != no || $(mkinstalldirs) $(DESTDIR)$(libdir); \
- $(mkinstalldirs) $(DESTDIR)$(localedir); \
- else \
- : ; \
- fi
- if test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext-tools"; then \
- $(mkinstalldirs) $(DESTDIR)$(gettextsrcdir); \
- else \
- : ; \
- fi
-
-# Define this as empty until I found a useful application.
-installcheck:
-
-uninstall:
- if { test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext-runtime" || test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext-tools"; } \
- && test '@USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL@' = yes; then \
- rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(includedir)/libintl.h; \
- $(LIBTOOL) --mode=uninstall \
- rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/libintl.$la; \
- else \
- : ; \
- fi
- if test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext-tools" \
- && test '@USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL@' = no; then \
- rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/preloadable_libintl.so; \
- else \
- : ; \
- fi
- if test '@USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL@' = yes; then \
- if test -f $(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/charset.alias; then \
- temp=$(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/t-charset.alias; \
- dest=$(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/charset.alias; \
- sed -f ref-del.sed $$dest > $$temp; \
- if grep '^# Packages using this file: $$' $$temp > /dev/null; then \
- rm -f $$dest; \
- else \
- $(INSTALL_DATA) $$temp $$dest; \
- fi; \
- rm -f $$temp; \
- fi; \
- if test -f $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/locale.alias; then \
- temp=$(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/t-locale.alias; \
- dest=$(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/locale.alias; \
- sed -f ref-del.sed $$dest > $$temp; \
- if grep '^# Packages using this file: $$' $$temp > /dev/null; then \
- rm -f $$dest; \
- else \
- $(INSTALL_DATA) $$temp $$dest; \
- fi; \
- rm -f $$temp; \
- fi; \
- else \
- : ; \
- fi
- if test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext-tools"; then \
- for file in VERSION ChangeLog COPYING.LIB-2.0 COPYING.LIB-2.1 $(DISTFILES.common) $(DISTFILES.generated); do \
- rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(gettextsrcdir)/$$file; \
- done; \
- else \
- : ; \
- fi
-
-info dvi ps pdf html:
-
-$(OBJECTS): ../config.h libgnuintl.h
-bindtextdom.$lo dcgettext.$lo dcigettext.$lo dcngettext.$lo dgettext.$lo dngettext.$lo finddomain.$lo gettext.$lo intl-compat.$lo loadmsgcat.$lo localealias.$lo ngettext.$lo textdomain.$lo: $(srcdir)/gettextP.h $(srcdir)/gmo.h $(srcdir)/loadinfo.h
-dcigettext.$lo loadmsgcat.$lo: $(srcdir)/hash-string.h
-explodename.$lo l10nflist.$lo: $(srcdir)/loadinfo.h
-dcigettext.$lo loadmsgcat.$lo plural.$lo plural-exp.$lo: $(srcdir)/plural-exp.h
-dcigettext.$lo: $(srcdir)/eval-plural.h
-localcharset.$lo: $(srcdir)/localcharset.h
-localealias.$lo localcharset.$lo relocatable.$lo: $(srcdir)/relocatable.h
-
-tags: TAGS
-
-TAGS: $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES)
- here=`pwd`; cd $(srcdir) && etags -o $$here/TAGS $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES)
-
-ctags: CTAGS
-
-CTAGS: $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES)
- here=`pwd`; cd $(srcdir) && ctags -o $$here/CTAGS $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES)
-
-id: ID
-
-ID: $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES)
- here=`pwd`; cd $(srcdir) && mkid -f$$here/ID $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES)
-
-
-mostlyclean:
- rm -f *.a *.la *.o *.obj *.lo core core.*
- rm -f libgnuintl.h libintl.h charset.alias ref-add.sed ref-del.sed
- rm -f -r .libs _libs
-
-clean: mostlyclean
-
-distclean: clean
- rm -f Makefile ID TAGS
- if test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext-runtime" || test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext-tools"; then \
- rm -f ChangeLog.inst $(DISTFILES.normal); \
- else \
- : ; \
- fi
-
-maintainer-clean: distclean
- @echo "This command is intended for maintainers to use;"
- @echo "it deletes files that may require special tools to rebuild."
-
-
-# GNU gettext needs not contain the file `VERSION' but contains some
-# other files which should not be distributed in other packages.
-distdir = ../$(PACKAGE)-$(VERSION)/$(subdir)
-dist distdir: Makefile
- if test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext-tools"; then \
- : ; \
- else \
- if test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext-runtime"; then \
- additional="$(DISTFILES.gettext)"; \
- else \
- additional="$(DISTFILES.normal)"; \
- fi; \
- $(MAKE) $(DISTFILES.common) $(DISTFILES.generated) $$additional; \
- for file in ChangeLog $(DISTFILES.common) $(DISTFILES.generated) $$additional; do \
- if test -f $$file; then dir=.; else dir=$(srcdir); fi; \
- cp -p $$dir/$$file $(distdir); \
- done; \
- fi
-
-Makefile: $(srcdir)/Makefile.in $(top_builddir)/config.status
- cd $(top_builddir) && $(SHELL) ./config.status
-# This would be more efficient, but doesn't work any more with autoconf-2.57,
-# when AC_CONFIG_FILES([intl/Makefile:somedir/Makefile.in]) is used.
-# cd $(top_builddir) && CONFIG_FILES=$(subdir)/$@ CONFIG_HEADERS= $(SHELL) ./config.status
-
-# Tell versions [3.59,3.63) of GNU make not to export all variables.
-# Otherwise a system limit (for SysV at least) may be exceeded.
-.NOEXPORT:
+++ /dev/null
-GNU gettext library from gettext-0.12.1
+++ /dev/null
-/* Implementation of the bindtextdomain(3) function
- Copyright (C) 1995-1998, 2000, 2001, 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
- This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
- under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
- by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
- any later version.
-
- This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
- Library General Public License for more details.
-
- You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
- License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
- USA. */
-
-#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
-# include <config.h>
-#endif
-
-#include <stddef.h>
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#include <string.h>
-
-#ifdef _LIBC
-# include <libintl.h>
-#else
-# include "libgnuintl.h"
-#endif
-#include "gettextP.h"
-
-#ifdef _LIBC
-/* We have to handle multi-threaded applications. */
-# include <bits/libc-lock.h>
-#else
-/* Provide dummy implementation if this is outside glibc. */
-# define __libc_rwlock_define(CLASS, NAME)
-# define __libc_rwlock_wrlock(NAME)
-# define __libc_rwlock_unlock(NAME)
-#endif
-
-/* The internal variables in the standalone libintl.a must have different
- names than the internal variables in GNU libc, otherwise programs
- using libintl.a cannot be linked statically. */
-#if !defined _LIBC
-# define _nl_default_dirname libintl_nl_default_dirname
-# define _nl_domain_bindings libintl_nl_domain_bindings
-#endif
-
-/* Some compilers, like SunOS4 cc, don't have offsetof in <stddef.h>. */
-#ifndef offsetof
-# define offsetof(type,ident) ((size_t)&(((type*)0)->ident))
-#endif
-
-/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
-
-/* Contains the default location of the message catalogs. */
-extern const char _nl_default_dirname[];
-#ifdef _LIBC
-extern const char _nl_default_dirname_internal[] attribute_hidden;
-#else
-# define INTUSE(name) name
-#endif
-
-/* List with bindings of specific domains. */
-extern struct binding *_nl_domain_bindings;
-
-/* Lock variable to protect the global data in the gettext implementation. */
-__libc_rwlock_define (extern, _nl_state_lock attribute_hidden)
-
-
-/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem. They must not clash
- with existing names and they should follow ANSI C. But this source
- code is also used in GNU C Library where the names have a __
- prefix. So we have to make a difference here. */
-#ifdef _LIBC
-# define BINDTEXTDOMAIN __bindtextdomain
-# define BIND_TEXTDOMAIN_CODESET __bind_textdomain_codeset
-# ifndef strdup
-# define strdup(str) __strdup (str)
-# endif
-#else
-# define BINDTEXTDOMAIN libintl_bindtextdomain
-# define BIND_TEXTDOMAIN_CODESET libintl_bind_textdomain_codeset
-#endif
-
-/* Prototypes for local functions. */
-static void set_binding_values PARAMS ((const char *domainname,
- const char **dirnamep,
- const char **codesetp));
-
-/* Specifies the directory name *DIRNAMEP and the output codeset *CODESETP
- to be used for the DOMAINNAME message catalog.
- If *DIRNAMEP or *CODESETP is NULL, the corresponding attribute is not
- modified, only the current value is returned.
- If DIRNAMEP or CODESETP is NULL, the corresponding attribute is neither
- modified nor returned. */
-static void
-set_binding_values (domainname, dirnamep, codesetp)
- const char *domainname;
- const char **dirnamep;
- const char **codesetp;
-{
- struct binding *binding;
- int modified;
-
- /* Some sanity checks. */
- if (domainname == NULL || domainname[0] == '\0')
- {
- if (dirnamep)
- *dirnamep = NULL;
- if (codesetp)
- *codesetp = NULL;
- return;
- }
-
- __libc_rwlock_wrlock (_nl_state_lock);
-
- modified = 0;
-
- for (binding = _nl_domain_bindings; binding != NULL; binding = binding->next)
- {
- int compare = strcmp (domainname, binding->domainname);
- if (compare == 0)
- /* We found it! */
- break;
- if (compare < 0)
- {
- /* It is not in the list. */
- binding = NULL;
- break;
- }
- }
-
- if (binding != NULL)
- {
- if (dirnamep)
- {
- const char *dirname = *dirnamep;
-
- if (dirname == NULL)
- /* The current binding has be to returned. */
- *dirnamep = binding->dirname;
- else
- {
- /* The domain is already bound. If the new value and the old
- one are equal we simply do nothing. Otherwise replace the
- old binding. */
- char *result = binding->dirname;
- if (strcmp (dirname, result) != 0)
- {
- if (strcmp (dirname, INTUSE(_nl_default_dirname)) == 0)
- result = (char *) INTUSE(_nl_default_dirname);
- else
- {
-#if defined _LIBC || defined HAVE_STRDUP
- result = strdup (dirname);
-#else
- size_t len = strlen (dirname) + 1;
- result = (char *) malloc (len);
- if (__builtin_expect (result != NULL, 1))
- memcpy (result, dirname, len);
-#endif
- }
-
- if (__builtin_expect (result != NULL, 1))
- {
- if (binding->dirname != INTUSE(_nl_default_dirname))
- free (binding->dirname);
-
- binding->dirname = result;
- modified = 1;
- }
- }
- *dirnamep = result;
- }
- }
-
- if (codesetp)
- {
- const char *codeset = *codesetp;
-
- if (codeset == NULL)
- /* The current binding has be to returned. */
- *codesetp = binding->codeset;
- else
- {
- /* The domain is already bound. If the new value and the old
- one are equal we simply do nothing. Otherwise replace the
- old binding. */
- char *result = binding->codeset;
- if (result == NULL || strcmp (codeset, result) != 0)
- {
-#if defined _LIBC || defined HAVE_STRDUP
- result = strdup (codeset);
-#else
- size_t len = strlen (codeset) + 1;
- result = (char *) malloc (len);
- if (__builtin_expect (result != NULL, 1))
- memcpy (result, codeset, len);
-#endif
-
- if (__builtin_expect (result != NULL, 1))
- {
- if (binding->codeset != NULL)
- free (binding->codeset);
-
- binding->codeset = result;
- binding->codeset_cntr++;
- modified = 1;
- }
- }
- *codesetp = result;
- }
- }
- }
- else if ((dirnamep == NULL || *dirnamep == NULL)
- && (codesetp == NULL || *codesetp == NULL))
- {
- /* Simply return the default values. */
- if (dirnamep)
- *dirnamep = INTUSE(_nl_default_dirname);
- if (codesetp)
- *codesetp = NULL;
- }
- else
- {
- /* We have to create a new binding. */
- size_t len = strlen (domainname) + 1;
- struct binding *new_binding =
- (struct binding *) malloc (offsetof (struct binding, domainname) + len);
-
- if (__builtin_expect (new_binding == NULL, 0))
- goto failed;
-
- memcpy (new_binding->domainname, domainname, len);
-
- if (dirnamep)
- {
- const char *dirname = *dirnamep;
-
- if (dirname == NULL)
- /* The default value. */
- dirname = INTUSE(_nl_default_dirname);
- else
- {
- if (strcmp (dirname, INTUSE(_nl_default_dirname)) == 0)
- dirname = INTUSE(_nl_default_dirname);
- else
- {
- char *result;
-#if defined _LIBC || defined HAVE_STRDUP
- result = strdup (dirname);
- if (__builtin_expect (result == NULL, 0))
- goto failed_dirname;
-#else
- size_t len = strlen (dirname) + 1;
- result = (char *) malloc (len);
- if (__builtin_expect (result == NULL, 0))
- goto failed_dirname;
- memcpy (result, dirname, len);
-#endif
- dirname = result;
- }
- }
- *dirnamep = dirname;
- new_binding->dirname = (char *) dirname;
- }
- else
- /* The default value. */
- new_binding->dirname = (char *) INTUSE(_nl_default_dirname);
-
- new_binding->codeset_cntr = 0;
-
- if (codesetp)
- {
- const char *codeset = *codesetp;
-
- if (codeset != NULL)
- {
- char *result;
-
-#if defined _LIBC || defined HAVE_STRDUP
- result = strdup (codeset);
- if (__builtin_expect (result == NULL, 0))
- goto failed_codeset;
-#else
- size_t len = strlen (codeset) + 1;
- result = (char *) malloc (len);
- if (__builtin_expect (result == NULL, 0))
- goto failed_codeset;
- memcpy (result, codeset, len);
-#endif
- codeset = result;
- new_binding->codeset_cntr++;
- }
- *codesetp = codeset;
- new_binding->codeset = (char *) codeset;
- }
- else
- new_binding->codeset = NULL;
-
- /* Now enqueue it. */
- if (_nl_domain_bindings == NULL
- || strcmp (domainname, _nl_domain_bindings->domainname) < 0)
- {
- new_binding->next = _nl_domain_bindings;
- _nl_domain_bindings = new_binding;
- }
- else
- {
- binding = _nl_domain_bindings;
- while (binding->next != NULL
- && strcmp (domainname, binding->next->domainname) > 0)
- binding = binding->next;
-
- new_binding->next = binding->next;
- binding->next = new_binding;
- }
-
- modified = 1;
-
- /* Here we deal with memory allocation failures. */
- if (0)
- {
- failed_codeset:
- if (new_binding->dirname != INTUSE(_nl_default_dirname))
- free (new_binding->dirname);
- failed_dirname:
- free (new_binding);
- failed:
- if (dirnamep)
- *dirnamep = NULL;
- if (codesetp)
- *codesetp = NULL;
- }
- }
-
- /* If we modified any binding, we flush the caches. */
- if (modified)
- ++_nl_msg_cat_cntr;
-
- __libc_rwlock_unlock (_nl_state_lock);
-}
-
-/* Specify that the DOMAINNAME message catalog will be found
- in DIRNAME rather than in the system locale data base. */
-char *
-BINDTEXTDOMAIN (domainname, dirname)
- const char *domainname;
- const char *dirname;
-{
- set_binding_values (domainname, &dirname, NULL);
- return (char *) dirname;
-}
-
-/* Specify the character encoding in which the messages from the
- DOMAINNAME message catalog will be returned. */
-char *
-BIND_TEXTDOMAIN_CODESET (domainname, codeset)
- const char *domainname;
- const char *codeset;
-{
- set_binding_values (domainname, NULL, &codeset);
- return (char *) codeset;
-}
-
-#ifdef _LIBC
-/* Aliases for function names in GNU C Library. */
-weak_alias (__bindtextdomain, bindtextdomain);
-weak_alias (__bind_textdomain_codeset, bind_textdomain_codeset);
-#endif
+++ /dev/null
-#! /bin/sh
-# Output a system dependent table of character encoding aliases.
-#
-# Copyright (C) 2000-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-#
-# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
-# under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
-# by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
-# any later version.
-#
-# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
-# Library General Public License for more details.
-#
-# You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
-# License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
-# USA.
-#
-# The table consists of lines of the form
-# ALIAS CANONICAL
-#
-# ALIAS is the (system dependent) result of "nl_langinfo (CODESET)".
-# ALIAS is compared in a case sensitive way.
-#
-# CANONICAL is the GNU canonical name for this character encoding.
-# It must be an encoding supported by libiconv. Support by GNU libc is
-# also desirable. CANONICAL is case insensitive. Usually an upper case
-# MIME charset name is preferred.
-# The current list of GNU canonical charset names is as follows.
-#
-# name used by which systems a MIME name?
-# ASCII, ANSI_X3.4-1968 glibc solaris freebsd
-# ISO-8859-1 glibc aix hpux irix osf solaris freebsd yes
-# ISO-8859-2 glibc aix hpux irix osf solaris freebsd yes
-# ISO-8859-3 glibc solaris yes
-# ISO-8859-4 osf solaris freebsd yes
-# ISO-8859-5 glibc aix hpux irix osf solaris freebsd yes
-# ISO-8859-6 glibc aix hpux solaris yes
-# ISO-8859-7 glibc aix hpux irix osf solaris yes
-# ISO-8859-8 glibc aix hpux osf solaris yes
-# ISO-8859-9 glibc aix hpux irix osf solaris yes
-# ISO-8859-13 glibc
-# ISO-8859-14 glibc
-# ISO-8859-15 glibc aix osf solaris freebsd
-# KOI8-R glibc solaris freebsd yes
-# KOI8-U glibc freebsd yes
-# KOI8-T glibc
-# CP437 dos
-# CP775 dos
-# CP850 aix osf dos
-# CP852 dos
-# CP855 dos
-# CP856 aix
-# CP857 dos
-# CP861 dos
-# CP862 dos
-# CP864 dos
-# CP865 dos
-# CP866 freebsd dos
-# CP869 dos
-# CP874 woe32 dos
-# CP922 aix
-# CP932 aix woe32 dos
-# CP943 aix
-# CP949 osf woe32 dos
-# CP950 woe32 dos
-# CP1046 aix
-# CP1124 aix
-# CP1125 dos
-# CP1129 aix
-# CP1250 woe32
-# CP1251 glibc solaris woe32
-# CP1252 aix woe32
-# CP1253 woe32
-# CP1254 woe32
-# CP1255 glibc woe32
-# CP1256 woe32
-# CP1257 woe32
-# GB2312 glibc aix hpux irix solaris freebsd yes
-# EUC-JP glibc aix hpux irix osf solaris freebsd yes
-# EUC-KR glibc aix hpux irix osf solaris freebsd yes
-# EUC-TW glibc aix hpux irix osf solaris
-# BIG5 glibc aix hpux osf solaris freebsd yes
-# BIG5-HKSCS glibc solaris
-# GBK glibc aix osf solaris woe32 dos
-# GB18030 glibc solaris
-# SHIFT_JIS hpux osf solaris freebsd yes
-# JOHAB glibc solaris woe32
-# TIS-620 glibc aix hpux osf solaris
-# VISCII glibc yes
-# TCVN5712-1 glibc
-# GEORGIAN-PS glibc
-# HP-ROMAN8 hpux
-# HP-ARABIC8 hpux
-# HP-GREEK8 hpux
-# HP-HEBREW8 hpux
-# HP-TURKISH8 hpux
-# HP-KANA8 hpux
-# DEC-KANJI osf
-# DEC-HANYU osf
-# UTF-8 glibc aix hpux osf solaris yes
-#
-# Note: Names which are not marked as being a MIME name should not be used in
-# Internet protocols for information interchange (mail, news, etc.).
-#
-# Note: ASCII and ANSI_X3.4-1968 are synonymous canonical names. Applications
-# must understand both names and treat them as equivalent.
-#
-# The first argument passed to this file is the canonical host specification,
-# CPU_TYPE-MANUFACTURER-OPERATING_SYSTEM
-# or
-# CPU_TYPE-MANUFACTURER-KERNEL-OPERATING_SYSTEM
-
-host="$1"
-os=`echo "$host" | sed -e 's/^[^-]*-[^-]*-\(.*\)$/\1/'`
-echo "# This file contains a table of character encoding aliases,"
-echo "# suitable for operating system '${os}'."
-echo "# It was automatically generated from config.charset."
-# List of references, updated during installation:
-echo "# Packages using this file: "
-case "$os" in
- linux* | *-gnu*)
- # With glibc-2.1 or newer, we don't need any canonicalization,
- # because glibc has iconv and both glibc and libiconv support all
- # GNU canonical names directly. Therefore, the Makefile does not
- # need to install the alias file at all.
- # The following applies only to glibc-2.0.x and older libcs.
- echo "ISO_646.IRV:1983 ASCII"
- ;;
- aix*)
- echo "ISO8859-1 ISO-8859-1"
- echo "ISO8859-2 ISO-8859-2"
- echo "ISO8859-5 ISO-8859-5"
- echo "ISO8859-6 ISO-8859-6"
- echo "ISO8859-7 ISO-8859-7"
- echo "ISO8859-8 ISO-8859-8"
- echo "ISO8859-9 ISO-8859-9"
- echo "ISO8859-15 ISO-8859-15"
- echo "IBM-850 CP850"
- echo "IBM-856 CP856"
- echo "IBM-921 ISO-8859-13"
- echo "IBM-922 CP922"
- echo "IBM-932 CP932"
- echo "IBM-943 CP943"
- echo "IBM-1046 CP1046"
- echo "IBM-1124 CP1124"
- echo "IBM-1129 CP1129"
- echo "IBM-1252 CP1252"
- echo "IBM-eucCN GB2312"
- echo "IBM-eucJP EUC-JP"
- echo "IBM-eucKR EUC-KR"
- echo "IBM-eucTW EUC-TW"
- echo "big5 BIG5"
- echo "GBK GBK"
- echo "TIS-620 TIS-620"
- echo "UTF-8 UTF-8"
- ;;
- hpux*)
- echo "iso88591 ISO-8859-1"
- echo "iso88592 ISO-8859-2"
- echo "iso88595 ISO-8859-5"
- echo "iso88596 ISO-8859-6"
- echo "iso88597 ISO-8859-7"
- echo "iso88598 ISO-8859-8"
- echo "iso88599 ISO-8859-9"
- echo "iso885915 ISO-8859-15"
- echo "roman8 HP-ROMAN8"
- echo "arabic8 HP-ARABIC8"
- echo "greek8 HP-GREEK8"
- echo "hebrew8 HP-HEBREW8"
- echo "turkish8 HP-TURKISH8"
- echo "kana8 HP-KANA8"
- echo "tis620 TIS-620"
- echo "big5 BIG5"
- echo "eucJP EUC-JP"
- echo "eucKR EUC-KR"
- echo "eucTW EUC-TW"
- echo "hp15CN GB2312"
- #echo "ccdc ?" # what is this?
- echo "SJIS SHIFT_JIS"
- echo "utf8 UTF-8"
- ;;
- irix*)
- echo "ISO8859-1 ISO-8859-1"
- echo "ISO8859-2 ISO-8859-2"
- echo "ISO8859-5 ISO-8859-5"
- echo "ISO8859-7 ISO-8859-7"
- echo "ISO8859-9 ISO-8859-9"
- echo "eucCN GB2312"
- echo "eucJP EUC-JP"
- echo "eucKR EUC-KR"
- echo "eucTW EUC-TW"
- ;;
- osf*)
- echo "ISO8859-1 ISO-8859-1"
- echo "ISO8859-2 ISO-8859-2"
- echo "ISO8859-4 ISO-8859-4"
- echo "ISO8859-5 ISO-8859-5"
- echo "ISO8859-7 ISO-8859-7"
- echo "ISO8859-8 ISO-8859-8"
- echo "ISO8859-9 ISO-8859-9"
- echo "ISO8859-15 ISO-8859-15"
- echo "cp850 CP850"
- echo "big5 BIG5"
- echo "dechanyu DEC-HANYU"
- echo "dechanzi GB2312"
- echo "deckanji DEC-KANJI"
- echo "deckorean EUC-KR"
- echo "eucJP EUC-JP"
- echo "eucKR EUC-KR"
- echo "eucTW EUC-TW"
- echo "GBK GBK"
- echo "KSC5601 CP949"
- echo "sdeckanji EUC-JP"
- echo "SJIS SHIFT_JIS"
- echo "TACTIS TIS-620"
- echo "UTF-8 UTF-8"
- ;;
- solaris*)
- echo "646 ASCII"
- echo "ISO8859-1 ISO-8859-1"
- echo "ISO8859-2 ISO-8859-2"
- echo "ISO8859-3 ISO-8859-3"
- echo "ISO8859-4 ISO-8859-4"
- echo "ISO8859-5 ISO-8859-5"
- echo "ISO8859-6 ISO-8859-6"
- echo "ISO8859-7 ISO-8859-7"
- echo "ISO8859-8 ISO-8859-8"
- echo "ISO8859-9 ISO-8859-9"
- echo "ISO8859-15 ISO-8859-15"
- echo "koi8-r KOI8-R"
- echo "ansi-1251 CP1251"
- echo "BIG5 BIG5"
- echo "Big5-HKSCS BIG5-HKSCS"
- echo "gb2312 GB2312"
- echo "GBK GBK"
- echo "GB18030 GB18030"
- echo "cns11643 EUC-TW"
- echo "5601 EUC-KR"
- echo "ko_KR.johap92 JOHAB"
- echo "eucJP EUC-JP"
- echo "PCK SHIFT_JIS"
- echo "TIS620.2533 TIS-620"
- #echo "sun_eu_greek ?" # what is this?
- echo "UTF-8 UTF-8"
- ;;
- freebsd* | os2*)
- # FreeBSD 4.2 doesn't have nl_langinfo(CODESET); therefore
- # localcharset.c falls back to using the full locale name
- # from the environment variables.
- # Likewise for OS/2. OS/2 has XFree86 just like FreeBSD. Just
- # reuse FreeBSD's locale data for OS/2.
- echo "C ASCII"
- echo "US-ASCII ASCII"
- for l in la_LN lt_LN; do
- echo "$l.ASCII ASCII"
- done
- for l in da_DK de_AT de_CH de_DE en_AU en_CA en_GB en_US es_ES \
- fi_FI fr_BE fr_CA fr_CH fr_FR is_IS it_CH it_IT la_LN \
- lt_LN nl_BE nl_NL no_NO pt_PT sv_SE; do
- echo "$l.ISO_8859-1 ISO-8859-1"
- echo "$l.DIS_8859-15 ISO-8859-15"
- done
- for l in cs_CZ hr_HR hu_HU la_LN lt_LN pl_PL sl_SI; do
- echo "$l.ISO_8859-2 ISO-8859-2"
- done
- for l in la_LN lt_LT; do
- echo "$l.ISO_8859-4 ISO-8859-4"
- done
- for l in ru_RU ru_SU; do
- echo "$l.KOI8-R KOI8-R"
- echo "$l.ISO_8859-5 ISO-8859-5"
- echo "$l.CP866 CP866"
- done
- echo "uk_UA.KOI8-U KOI8-U"
- echo "zh_TW.BIG5 BIG5"
- echo "zh_TW.Big5 BIG5"
- echo "zh_CN.EUC GB2312"
- echo "ja_JP.EUC EUC-JP"
- echo "ja_JP.SJIS SHIFT_JIS"
- echo "ja_JP.Shift_JIS SHIFT_JIS"
- echo "ko_KR.EUC EUC-KR"
- ;;
- netbsd*)
- echo "646 ASCII"
- echo "ISO8859-1 ISO-8859-1"
- echo "ISO8859-2 ISO-8859-2"
- echo "ISO8859-4 ISO-8859-4"
- echo "ISO8859-5 ISO-8859-5"
- echo "ISO8859-15 ISO-8859-15"
- echo "eucCN GB2312"
- echo "eucJP EUC-JP"
- echo "eucKR EUC-KR"
- echo "eucTW EUC-TW"
- echo "BIG5 BIG5"
- echo "SJIS SHIFT_JIS"
- ;;
- beos*)
- # BeOS has a single locale, and it has UTF-8 encoding.
- echo "* UTF-8"
- ;;
- msdosdjgpp*)
- # DJGPP 2.03 doesn't have nl_langinfo(CODESET); therefore
- # localcharset.c falls back to using the full locale name
- # from the environment variables.
- echo "#"
- echo "# The encodings given here may not all be correct."
- echo "# If you find that the encoding given for your language and"
- echo "# country is not the one your DOS machine actually uses, just"
- echo "# correct it in this file, and send a mail to"
- echo "# Juan Manuel Guerrero <st001906@hrz1.hrz.tu-darmstadt.de>"
- echo "# and Bruno Haible <bruno@clisp.org>."
- echo "#"
- echo "C ASCII"
- # ISO-8859-1 languages
- echo "ca CP850"
- echo "ca_ES CP850"
- echo "da CP865" # not CP850 ??
- echo "da_DK CP865" # not CP850 ??
- echo "de CP850"
- echo "de_AT CP850"
- echo "de_CH CP850"
- echo "de_DE CP850"
- echo "en CP850"
- echo "en_AU CP850" # not CP437 ??
- echo "en_CA CP850"
- echo "en_GB CP850"
- echo "en_NZ CP437"
- echo "en_US CP437"
- echo "en_ZA CP850" # not CP437 ??
- echo "es CP850"
- echo "es_AR CP850"
- echo "es_BO CP850"
- echo "es_CL CP850"
- echo "es_CO CP850"
- echo "es_CR CP850"
- echo "es_CU CP850"
- echo "es_DO CP850"
- echo "es_EC CP850"
- echo "es_ES CP850"
- echo "es_GT CP850"
- echo "es_HN CP850"
- echo "es_MX CP850"
- echo "es_NI CP850"
- echo "es_PA CP850"
- echo "es_PY CP850"
- echo "es_PE CP850"
- echo "es_SV CP850"
- echo "es_UY CP850"
- echo "es_VE CP850"
- echo "et CP850"
- echo "et_EE CP850"
- echo "eu CP850"
- echo "eu_ES CP850"
- echo "fi CP850"
- echo "fi_FI CP850"
- echo "fr CP850"
- echo "fr_BE CP850"
- echo "fr_CA CP850"
- echo "fr_CH CP850"
- echo "fr_FR CP850"
- echo "ga CP850"
- echo "ga_IE CP850"
- echo "gd CP850"
- echo "gd_GB CP850"
- echo "gl CP850"
- echo "gl_ES CP850"
- echo "id CP850" # not CP437 ??
- echo "id_ID CP850" # not CP437 ??
- echo "is CP861" # not CP850 ??
- echo "is_IS CP861" # not CP850 ??
- echo "it CP850"
- echo "it_CH CP850"
- echo "it_IT CP850"
- echo "lt CP775"
- echo "lt_LT CP775"
- echo "lv CP775"
- echo "lv_LV CP775"
- echo "nb CP865" # not CP850 ??
- echo "nb_NO CP865" # not CP850 ??
- echo "nl CP850"
- echo "nl_BE CP850"
- echo "nl_NL CP850"
- echo "nn CP865" # not CP850 ??
- echo "nn_NO CP865" # not CP850 ??
- echo "no CP865" # not CP850 ??
- echo "no_NO CP865" # not CP850 ??
- echo "pt CP850"
- echo "pt_BR CP850"
- echo "pt_PT CP850"
- echo "sv CP850"
- echo "sv_SE CP850"
- # ISO-8859-2 languages
- echo "cs CP852"
- echo "cs_CZ CP852"
- echo "hr CP852"
- echo "hr_HR CP852"
- echo "hu CP852"
- echo "hu_HU CP852"
- echo "pl CP852"
- echo "pl_PL CP852"
- echo "ro CP852"
- echo "ro_RO CP852"
- echo "sk CP852"
- echo "sk_SK CP852"
- echo "sl CP852"
- echo "sl_SI CP852"
- echo "sq CP852"
- echo "sq_AL CP852"
- echo "sr CP852" # CP852 or CP866 or CP855 ??
- echo "sr_YU CP852" # CP852 or CP866 or CP855 ??
- # ISO-8859-3 languages
- echo "mt CP850"
- echo "mt_MT CP850"
- # ISO-8859-5 languages
- echo "be CP866"
- echo "be_BE CP866"
- echo "bg CP866" # not CP855 ??
- echo "bg_BG CP866" # not CP855 ??
- echo "mk CP866" # not CP855 ??
- echo "mk_MK CP866" # not CP855 ??
- echo "ru CP866"
- echo "ru_RU CP866"
- echo "uk CP1125"
- echo "uk_UA CP1125"
- # ISO-8859-6 languages
- echo "ar CP864"
- echo "ar_AE CP864"
- echo "ar_DZ CP864"
- echo "ar_EG CP864"
- echo "ar_IQ CP864"
- echo "ar_IR CP864"
- echo "ar_JO CP864"
- echo "ar_KW CP864"
- echo "ar_MA CP864"
- echo "ar_OM CP864"
- echo "ar_QA CP864"
- echo "ar_SA CP864"
- echo "ar_SY CP864"
- # ISO-8859-7 languages
- echo "el CP869"
- echo "el_GR CP869"
- # ISO-8859-8 languages
- echo "he CP862"
- echo "he_IL CP862"
- # ISO-8859-9 languages
- echo "tr CP857"
- echo "tr_TR CP857"
- # Japanese
- echo "ja CP932"
- echo "ja_JP CP932"
- # Chinese
- echo "zh_CN GBK"
- echo "zh_TW CP950" # not CP938 ??
- # Korean
- echo "kr CP949" # not CP934 ??
- echo "kr_KR CP949" # not CP934 ??
- # Thai
- echo "th CP874"
- echo "th_TH CP874"
- # Other
- echo "eo CP850"
- echo "eo_EO CP850"
- ;;
-esac
+++ /dev/null
-/* Implementation of the dcgettext(3) function.
- Copyright (C) 1995-1999, 2000, 2001, 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
- This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
- under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
- by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
- any later version.
-
- This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
- Library General Public License for more details.
-
- You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
- License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
- USA. */
-
-#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
-# include <config.h>
-#endif
-
-#include "gettextP.h"
-#ifdef _LIBC
-# include <libintl.h>
-#else
-# include "libgnuintl.h"
-#endif
-
-/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
-
-/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem. They must not clash
- with existing names and they should follow ANSI C. But this source
- code is also used in GNU C Library where the names have a __
- prefix. So we have to make a difference here. */
-#ifdef _LIBC
-# define DCGETTEXT __dcgettext
-# define DCIGETTEXT __dcigettext
-#else
-# define DCGETTEXT libintl_dcgettext
-# define DCIGETTEXT libintl_dcigettext
-#endif
-
-/* Look up MSGID in the DOMAINNAME message catalog for the current CATEGORY
- locale. */
-char *
-DCGETTEXT (domainname, msgid, category)
- const char *domainname;
- const char *msgid;
- int category;
-{
- return DCIGETTEXT (domainname, msgid, NULL, 0, 0, category);
-}
-
-#ifdef _LIBC
-/* Alias for function name in GNU C Library. */
-INTDEF(__dcgettext)
-weak_alias (__dcgettext, dcgettext);
-#endif
+++ /dev/null
-/* Implementation of the internal dcigettext function.
- Copyright (C) 1995-1999, 2000-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
- This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
- under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
- by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
- any later version.
-
- This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
- Library General Public License for more details.
-
- You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
- License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
- USA. */
-
-/* Tell glibc's <string.h> to provide a prototype for mempcpy().
- This must come before <config.h> because <config.h> may include
- <features.h>, and once <features.h> has been included, it's too late. */
-#ifndef _GNU_SOURCE
-# define _GNU_SOURCE 1
-#endif
-
-#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
-# include <config.h>
-#endif
-
-#include <sys/types.h>
-
-#ifdef __GNUC__
-# define alloca __builtin_alloca
-# define HAVE_ALLOCA 1
-#else
-# ifdef _MSC_VER
-# include <malloc.h>
-# define alloca _alloca
-# else
-# if defined HAVE_ALLOCA_H || defined _LIBC
-# include <alloca.h>
-# else
-# ifdef _AIX
- #pragma alloca
-# else
-# ifndef alloca
-char *alloca ();
-# endif
-# endif
-# endif
-# endif
-#endif
-
-#include <errno.h>
-#ifndef errno
-extern int errno;
-#endif
-#ifndef __set_errno
-# define __set_errno(val) errno = (val)
-#endif
-
-#include <stddef.h>
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#include <string.h>
-
-#if defined HAVE_UNISTD_H || defined _LIBC
-# include <unistd.h>
-#endif
-
-#include <locale.h>
-
-#ifdef _LIBC
- /* Guess whether integer division by zero raises signal SIGFPE.
- Set to 1 only if you know for sure. In case of doubt, set to 0. */
-# if defined __alpha__ || defined __arm__ || defined __i386__ \
- || defined __m68k__ || defined __s390__
-# define INTDIV0_RAISES_SIGFPE 1
-# else
-# define INTDIV0_RAISES_SIGFPE 0
-# endif
-#endif
-#if !INTDIV0_RAISES_SIGFPE
-# include <signal.h>
-#endif
-
-#if defined HAVE_SYS_PARAM_H || defined _LIBC
-# include <sys/param.h>
-#endif
-
-#include "gettextP.h"
-#include "plural-exp.h"
-#ifdef _LIBC
-# include <libintl.h>
-#else
-# include "libgnuintl.h"
-#endif
-#include "hash-string.h"
-
-/* Thread safetyness. */
-#ifdef _LIBC
-# include <bits/libc-lock.h>
-#else
-/* Provide dummy implementation if this is outside glibc. */
-# define __libc_lock_define_initialized(CLASS, NAME)
-# define __libc_lock_lock(NAME)
-# define __libc_lock_unlock(NAME)
-# define __libc_rwlock_define_initialized(CLASS, NAME)
-# define __libc_rwlock_rdlock(NAME)
-# define __libc_rwlock_unlock(NAME)
-#endif
-
-/* Alignment of types. */
-#if defined __GNUC__ && __GNUC__ >= 2
-# define alignof(TYPE) __alignof__ (TYPE)
-#else
-# define alignof(TYPE) \
- ((int) &((struct { char dummy1; TYPE dummy2; } *) 0)->dummy2)
-#endif
-
-/* The internal variables in the standalone libintl.a must have different
- names than the internal variables in GNU libc, otherwise programs
- using libintl.a cannot be linked statically. */
-#if !defined _LIBC
-# define _nl_default_default_domain libintl_nl_default_default_domain
-# define _nl_current_default_domain libintl_nl_current_default_domain
-# define _nl_default_dirname libintl_nl_default_dirname
-# define _nl_domain_bindings libintl_nl_domain_bindings
-#endif
-
-/* Some compilers, like SunOS4 cc, don't have offsetof in <stddef.h>. */
-#ifndef offsetof
-# define offsetof(type,ident) ((size_t)&(((type*)0)->ident))
-#endif
-
-/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
-
-#ifdef _LIBC
-/* Rename the non ANSI C functions. This is required by the standard
- because some ANSI C functions will require linking with this object
- file and the name space must not be polluted. */
-# define getcwd __getcwd
-# ifndef stpcpy
-# define stpcpy __stpcpy
-# endif
-# define tfind __tfind
-#else
-# if !defined HAVE_GETCWD
-char *getwd ();
-# define getcwd(buf, max) getwd (buf)
-# else
-char *getcwd ();
-# endif
-# ifndef HAVE_STPCPY
-static char *stpcpy PARAMS ((char *dest, const char *src));
-# endif
-# ifndef HAVE_MEMPCPY
-static void *mempcpy PARAMS ((void *dest, const void *src, size_t n));
-# endif
-#endif
-
-/* Amount to increase buffer size by in each try. */
-#define PATH_INCR 32
-
-/* The following is from pathmax.h. */
-/* Non-POSIX BSD systems might have gcc's limits.h, which doesn't define
- PATH_MAX but might cause redefinition warnings when sys/param.h is
- later included (as on MORE/BSD 4.3). */
-#if defined _POSIX_VERSION || (defined HAVE_LIMITS_H && !defined __GNUC__)
-# include <limits.h>
-#endif
-
-#ifndef _POSIX_PATH_MAX
-# define _POSIX_PATH_MAX 255
-#endif
-
-#if !defined PATH_MAX && defined _PC_PATH_MAX
-# define PATH_MAX (pathconf ("/", _PC_PATH_MAX) < 1 ? 1024 : pathconf ("/", _PC_PATH_MAX))
-#endif
-
-/* Don't include sys/param.h if it already has been. */
-#if defined HAVE_SYS_PARAM_H && !defined PATH_MAX && !defined MAXPATHLEN
-# include <sys/param.h>
-#endif
-
-#if !defined PATH_MAX && defined MAXPATHLEN
-# define PATH_MAX MAXPATHLEN
-#endif
-
-#ifndef PATH_MAX
-# define PATH_MAX _POSIX_PATH_MAX
-#endif
-
-/* Pathname support.
- ISSLASH(C) tests whether C is a directory separator character.
- IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH(P) tests whether P is an absolute path. If it is not,
- it may be concatenated to a directory pathname.
- IS_PATH_WITH_DIR(P) tests whether P contains a directory specification.
- */
-#if defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__ || defined __EMX__ || defined __DJGPP__
- /* Win32, OS/2, DOS */
-# define ISSLASH(C) ((C) == '/' || (C) == '\\')
-# define HAS_DEVICE(P) \
- ((((P)[0] >= 'A' && (P)[0] <= 'Z') || ((P)[0] >= 'a' && (P)[0] <= 'z')) \
- && (P)[1] == ':')
-# define IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH(P) (ISSLASH ((P)[0]) || HAS_DEVICE (P))
-# define IS_PATH_WITH_DIR(P) \
- (strchr (P, '/') != NULL || strchr (P, '\\') != NULL || HAS_DEVICE (P))
-#else
- /* Unix */
-# define ISSLASH(C) ((C) == '/')
-# define IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH(P) ISSLASH ((P)[0])
-# define IS_PATH_WITH_DIR(P) (strchr (P, '/') != NULL)
-#endif
-
-/* This is the type used for the search tree where known translations
- are stored. */
-struct known_translation_t
-{
- /* Domain in which to search. */
- char *domainname;
-
- /* The category. */
- int category;
-
- /* State of the catalog counter at the point the string was found. */
- int counter;
-
- /* Catalog where the string was found. */
- struct loaded_l10nfile *domain;
-
- /* And finally the translation. */
- const char *translation;
- size_t translation_length;
-
- /* Pointer to the string in question. */
- char msgid[ZERO];
-};
-
-/* Root of the search tree with known translations. We can use this
- only if the system provides the `tsearch' function family. */
-#if defined HAVE_TSEARCH || defined _LIBC
-# include <search.h>
-
-static void *root;
-
-# ifdef _LIBC
-# define tsearch __tsearch
-# endif
-
-/* Function to compare two entries in the table of known translations. */
-static int transcmp PARAMS ((const void *p1, const void *p2));
-static int
-transcmp (p1, p2)
- const void *p1;
- const void *p2;
-{
- const struct known_translation_t *s1;
- const struct known_translation_t *s2;
- int result;
-
- s1 = (const struct known_translation_t *) p1;
- s2 = (const struct known_translation_t *) p2;
-
- result = strcmp (s1->msgid, s2->msgid);
- if (result == 0)
- {
- result = strcmp (s1->domainname, s2->domainname);
- if (result == 0)
- /* We compare the category last (though this is the cheapest
- operation) since it is hopefully always the same (namely
- LC_MESSAGES). */
- result = s1->category - s2->category;
- }
-
- return result;
-}
-#endif
-
-#ifndef INTVARDEF
-# define INTVARDEF(name)
-#endif
-#ifndef INTUSE
-# define INTUSE(name) name
-#endif
-
-/* Name of the default domain used for gettext(3) prior any call to
- textdomain(3). The default value for this is "messages". */
-const char _nl_default_default_domain[] attribute_hidden = "messages";
-
-/* Value used as the default domain for gettext(3). */
-const char *_nl_current_default_domain attribute_hidden
- = _nl_default_default_domain;
-
-/* Contains the default location of the message catalogs. */
-#if defined __EMX__
-extern const char _nl_default_dirname[];
-#else
-const char _nl_default_dirname[] = LOCALEDIR;
-INTVARDEF (_nl_default_dirname)
-#endif
-
-/* List with bindings of specific domains created by bindtextdomain()
- calls. */
-struct binding *_nl_domain_bindings;
-
-/* Prototypes for local functions. */
-static char *plural_lookup PARAMS ((struct loaded_l10nfile *domain,
- unsigned long int n,
- const char *translation,
- size_t translation_len))
- internal_function;
-static const char *guess_category_value PARAMS ((int category,
- const char *categoryname))
- internal_function;
-#ifdef _LIBC
-# include "../locale/localeinfo.h"
-# define category_to_name(category) _nl_category_names[category]
-#else
-static const char *category_to_name PARAMS ((int category)) internal_function;
-#endif
-
-
-/* For those loosing systems which don't have `alloca' we have to add
- some additional code emulating it. */
-#ifdef HAVE_ALLOCA
-/* Nothing has to be done. */
-# define freea(p) /* nothing */
-# define ADD_BLOCK(list, address) /* nothing */
-# define FREE_BLOCKS(list) /* nothing */
-#else
-struct block_list
-{
- void *address;
- struct block_list *next;
-};
-# define ADD_BLOCK(list, addr) \
- do { \
- struct block_list *newp = (struct block_list *) malloc (sizeof (*newp)); \
- /* If we cannot get a free block we cannot add the new element to \
- the list. */ \
- if (newp != NULL) { \
- newp->address = (addr); \
- newp->next = (list); \
- (list) = newp; \
- } \
- } while (0)
-# define FREE_BLOCKS(list) \
- do { \
- while (list != NULL) { \
- struct block_list *old = list; \
- list = list->next; \
- free (old->address); \
- free (old); \
- } \
- } while (0)
-# undef alloca
-# define alloca(size) (malloc (size))
-# define freea(p) free (p)
-#endif /* have alloca */
-
-
-#ifdef _LIBC
-/* List of blocks allocated for translations. */
-typedef struct transmem_list
-{
- struct transmem_list *next;
- char data[ZERO];
-} transmem_block_t;
-static struct transmem_list *transmem_list;
-#else
-typedef unsigned char transmem_block_t;
-#endif
-
-
-/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem. They must not clash
- with existing names and they should follow ANSI C. But this source
- code is also used in GNU C Library where the names have a __
- prefix. So we have to make a difference here. */
-#ifdef _LIBC
-# define DCIGETTEXT __dcigettext
-#else
-# define DCIGETTEXT libintl_dcigettext
-#endif
-
-/* Lock variable to protect the global data in the gettext implementation. */
-#ifdef _LIBC
-__libc_rwlock_define_initialized (, _nl_state_lock attribute_hidden)
-#endif
-
-/* Checking whether the binaries runs SUID must be done and glibc provides
- easier methods therefore we make a difference here. */
-#ifdef _LIBC
-# define ENABLE_SECURE __libc_enable_secure
-# define DETERMINE_SECURE
-#else
-# ifndef HAVE_GETUID
-# define getuid() 0
-# endif
-# ifndef HAVE_GETGID
-# define getgid() 0
-# endif
-# ifndef HAVE_GETEUID
-# define geteuid() getuid()
-# endif
-# ifndef HAVE_GETEGID
-# define getegid() getgid()
-# endif
-static int enable_secure;
-# define ENABLE_SECURE (enable_secure == 1)
-# define DETERMINE_SECURE \
- if (enable_secure == 0) \
- { \
- if (getuid () != geteuid () || getgid () != getegid ()) \
- enable_secure = 1; \
- else \
- enable_secure = -1; \
- }
-#endif
-
-/* Get the function to evaluate the plural expression. */
-#include "eval-plural.h"
-
-/* Look up MSGID in the DOMAINNAME message catalog for the current
- CATEGORY locale and, if PLURAL is nonzero, search over string
- depending on the plural form determined by N. */
-char *
-DCIGETTEXT (domainname, msgid1, msgid2, plural, n, category)
- const char *domainname;
- const char *msgid1;
- const char *msgid2;
- int plural;
- unsigned long int n;
- int category;
-{
-#ifndef HAVE_ALLOCA
- struct block_list *block_list = NULL;
-#endif
- struct loaded_l10nfile *domain;
- struct binding *binding;
- const char *categoryname;
- const char *categoryvalue;
- char *dirname, *xdomainname;
- char *single_locale;
- char *retval;
- size_t retlen;
- int saved_errno;
-#if defined HAVE_TSEARCH || defined _LIBC
- struct known_translation_t *search;
- struct known_translation_t **foundp = NULL;
- size_t msgid_len;
-#endif
- size_t domainname_len;
-
- /* If no real MSGID is given return NULL. */
- if (msgid1 == NULL)
- return NULL;
-
-#ifdef _LIBC
- if (category < 0 || category >= __LC_LAST || category == LC_ALL)
- /* Bogus. */
- return (plural == 0
- ? (char *) msgid1
- /* Use the Germanic plural rule. */
- : n == 1 ? (char *) msgid1 : (char *) msgid2);
-#endif
-
- __libc_rwlock_rdlock (_nl_state_lock);
-
- /* If DOMAINNAME is NULL, we are interested in the default domain. If
- CATEGORY is not LC_MESSAGES this might not make much sense but the
- definition left this undefined. */
- if (domainname == NULL)
- domainname = _nl_current_default_domain;
-
- /* OS/2 specific: backward compatibility with older libintl versions */
-#ifdef LC_MESSAGES_COMPAT
- if (category == LC_MESSAGES_COMPAT)
- category = LC_MESSAGES;
-#endif
-
-#if defined HAVE_TSEARCH || defined _LIBC
- msgid_len = strlen (msgid1) + 1;
-
- /* Try to find the translation among those which we found at
- some time. */
- search = (struct known_translation_t *)
- alloca (offsetof (struct known_translation_t, msgid) + msgid_len);
- memcpy (search->msgid, msgid1, msgid_len);
- search->domainname = (char *) domainname;
- search->category = category;
-
- foundp = (struct known_translation_t **) tfind (search, &root, transcmp);
- freea (search);
- if (foundp != NULL && (*foundp)->counter == _nl_msg_cat_cntr)
- {
- /* Now deal with plural. */
- if (plural)
- retval = plural_lookup ((*foundp)->domain, n, (*foundp)->translation,
- (*foundp)->translation_length);
- else
- retval = (char *) (*foundp)->translation;
-
- __libc_rwlock_unlock (_nl_state_lock);
- return retval;
- }
-#endif
-
- /* Preserve the `errno' value. */
- saved_errno = errno;
-
- /* See whether this is a SUID binary or not. */
- DETERMINE_SECURE;
-
- /* First find matching binding. */
- for (binding = _nl_domain_bindings; binding != NULL; binding = binding->next)
- {
- int compare = strcmp (domainname, binding->domainname);
- if (compare == 0)
- /* We found it! */
- break;
- if (compare < 0)
- {
- /* It is not in the list. */
- binding = NULL;
- break;
- }
- }
-
- if (binding == NULL)
- dirname = (char *) INTUSE(_nl_default_dirname);
- else if (IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH (binding->dirname))
- dirname = binding->dirname;
- else
- {
- /* We have a relative path. Make it absolute now. */
- size_t dirname_len = strlen (binding->dirname) + 1;
- size_t path_max;
- char *ret;
-
- path_max = (unsigned int) PATH_MAX;
- path_max += 2; /* The getcwd docs say to do this. */
-
- for (;;)
- {
- dirname = (char *) alloca (path_max + dirname_len);
- ADD_BLOCK (block_list, dirname);
-
- __set_errno (0);
- ret = getcwd (dirname, path_max);
- if (ret != NULL || errno != ERANGE)
- break;
-
- path_max += path_max / 2;
- path_max += PATH_INCR;
- }
-
- if (ret == NULL)
- /* We cannot get the current working directory. Don't signal an
- error but simply return the default string. */
- goto return_untranslated;
-
- stpcpy (stpcpy (strchr (dirname, '\0'), "/"), binding->dirname);
- }
-
- /* Now determine the symbolic name of CATEGORY and its value. */
- categoryname = category_to_name (category);
- categoryvalue = guess_category_value (category, categoryname);
-
- domainname_len = strlen (domainname);
- xdomainname = (char *) alloca (strlen (categoryname)
- + domainname_len + 5);
- ADD_BLOCK (block_list, xdomainname);
-
- stpcpy (mempcpy (stpcpy (stpcpy (xdomainname, categoryname), "/"),
- domainname, domainname_len),
- ".mo");
-
- /* Creating working area. */
- single_locale = (char *) alloca (strlen (categoryvalue) + 1);
- ADD_BLOCK (block_list, single_locale);
-
-
- /* Search for the given string. This is a loop because we perhaps
- got an ordered list of languages to consider for the translation. */
- while (1)
- {
- /* Make CATEGORYVALUE point to the next element of the list. */
- while (categoryvalue[0] != '\0' && categoryvalue[0] == ':')
- ++categoryvalue;
- if (categoryvalue[0] == '\0')
- {
- /* The whole contents of CATEGORYVALUE has been searched but
- no valid entry has been found. We solve this situation
- by implicitly appending a "C" entry, i.e. no translation
- will take place. */
- single_locale[0] = 'C';
- single_locale[1] = '\0';
- }
- else
- {
- char *cp = single_locale;
- while (categoryvalue[0] != '\0' && categoryvalue[0] != ':')
- *cp++ = *categoryvalue++;
- *cp = '\0';
-
- /* When this is a SUID binary we must not allow accessing files
- outside the dedicated directories. */
- if (ENABLE_SECURE && IS_PATH_WITH_DIR (single_locale))
- /* Ingore this entry. */
- continue;
- }
-
- /* If the current locale value is C (or POSIX) we don't load a
- domain. Return the MSGID. */
- if (strcmp (single_locale, "C") == 0
- || strcmp (single_locale, "POSIX") == 0)
- break;
-
- /* Find structure describing the message catalog matching the
- DOMAINNAME and CATEGORY. */
- domain = _nl_find_domain (dirname, single_locale, xdomainname, binding);
-
- if (domain != NULL)
- {
- retval = _nl_find_msg (domain, binding, msgid1, &retlen);
-
- if (retval == NULL)
- {
- int cnt;
-
- for (cnt = 0; domain->successor[cnt] != NULL; ++cnt)
- {
- retval = _nl_find_msg (domain->successor[cnt], binding,
- msgid1, &retlen);
-
- if (retval != NULL)
- {
- domain = domain->successor[cnt];
- break;
- }
- }
- }
-
- if (retval != NULL)
- {
- /* Found the translation of MSGID1 in domain DOMAIN:
- starting at RETVAL, RETLEN bytes. */
- FREE_BLOCKS (block_list);
-#if defined HAVE_TSEARCH || defined _LIBC
- if (foundp == NULL)
- {
- /* Create a new entry and add it to the search tree. */
- struct known_translation_t *newp;
-
- newp = (struct known_translation_t *)
- malloc (offsetof (struct known_translation_t, msgid)
- + msgid_len + domainname_len + 1);
- if (newp != NULL)
- {
- newp->domainname =
- mempcpy (newp->msgid, msgid1, msgid_len);
- memcpy (newp->domainname, domainname, domainname_len + 1);
- newp->category = category;
- newp->counter = _nl_msg_cat_cntr;
- newp->domain = domain;
- newp->translation = retval;
- newp->translation_length = retlen;
-
- /* Insert the entry in the search tree. */
- foundp = (struct known_translation_t **)
- tsearch (newp, &root, transcmp);
- if (foundp == NULL
- || __builtin_expect (*foundp != newp, 0))
- /* The insert failed. */
- free (newp);
- }
- }
- else
- {
- /* We can update the existing entry. */
- (*foundp)->counter = _nl_msg_cat_cntr;
- (*foundp)->domain = domain;
- (*foundp)->translation = retval;
- (*foundp)->translation_length = retlen;
- }
-#endif
- __set_errno (saved_errno);
-
- /* Now deal with plural. */
- if (plural)
- retval = plural_lookup (domain, n, retval, retlen);
-
- __libc_rwlock_unlock (_nl_state_lock);
- return retval;
- }
- }
- }
-
- return_untranslated:
- /* Return the untranslated MSGID. */
- FREE_BLOCKS (block_list);
- __libc_rwlock_unlock (_nl_state_lock);
-#ifndef _LIBC
- if (!ENABLE_SECURE)
- {
- extern void _nl_log_untranslated PARAMS ((const char *logfilename,
- const char *domainname,
- const char *msgid1,
- const char *msgid2,
- int plural));
- const char *logfilename = getenv ("GETTEXT_LOG_UNTRANSLATED");
-
- if (logfilename != NULL && logfilename[0] != '\0')
- _nl_log_untranslated (logfilename, domainname, msgid1, msgid2, plural);
- }
-#endif
- __set_errno (saved_errno);
- return (plural == 0
- ? (char *) msgid1
- /* Use the Germanic plural rule. */
- : n == 1 ? (char *) msgid1 : (char *) msgid2);
-}
-
-
-char *
-internal_function
-_nl_find_msg (domain_file, domainbinding, msgid, lengthp)
- struct loaded_l10nfile *domain_file;
- struct binding *domainbinding;
- const char *msgid;
- size_t *lengthp;
-{
- struct loaded_domain *domain;
- nls_uint32 nstrings;
- size_t act;
- char *result;
- size_t resultlen;
-
- if (domain_file->decided == 0)
- _nl_load_domain (domain_file, domainbinding);
-
- if (domain_file->data == NULL)
- return NULL;
-
- domain = (struct loaded_domain *) domain_file->data;
-
- nstrings = domain->nstrings;
-
- /* Locate the MSGID and its translation. */
- if (domain->hash_tab != NULL)
- {
- /* Use the hashing table. */
- nls_uint32 len = strlen (msgid);
- nls_uint32 hash_val = hash_string (msgid);
- nls_uint32 idx = hash_val % domain->hash_size;
- nls_uint32 incr = 1 + (hash_val % (domain->hash_size - 2));
-
- while (1)
- {
- nls_uint32 nstr =
- W (domain->must_swap_hash_tab, domain->hash_tab[idx]);
-
- if (nstr == 0)
- /* Hash table entry is empty. */
- return NULL;
-
- nstr--;
-
- /* Compare msgid with the original string at index nstr.
- We compare the lengths with >=, not ==, because plural entries
- are represented by strings with an embedded NUL. */
- if (nstr < nstrings
- ? W (domain->must_swap, domain->orig_tab[nstr].length) >= len
- && (strcmp (msgid,
- domain->data + W (domain->must_swap,
- domain->orig_tab[nstr].offset))
- == 0)
- : domain->orig_sysdep_tab[nstr - nstrings].length > len
- && (strcmp (msgid,
- domain->orig_sysdep_tab[nstr - nstrings].pointer)
- == 0))
- {
- act = nstr;
- goto found;
- }
-
- if (idx >= domain->hash_size - incr)
- idx -= domain->hash_size - incr;
- else
- idx += incr;
- }
- /* NOTREACHED */
- }
- else
- {
- /* Try the default method: binary search in the sorted array of
- messages. */
- size_t top, bottom;
-
- bottom = 0;
- top = nstrings;
- while (bottom < top)
- {
- int cmp_val;
-
- act = (bottom + top) / 2;
- cmp_val = strcmp (msgid, (domain->data
- + W (domain->must_swap,
- domain->orig_tab[act].offset)));
- if (cmp_val < 0)
- top = act;
- else if (cmp_val > 0)
- bottom = act + 1;
- else
- goto found;
- }
- /* No translation was found. */
- return NULL;
- }
-
- found:
- /* The translation was found at index ACT. If we have to convert the
- string to use a different character set, this is the time. */
- if (act < nstrings)
- {
- result = (char *)
- (domain->data + W (domain->must_swap, domain->trans_tab[act].offset));
- resultlen = W (domain->must_swap, domain->trans_tab[act].length) + 1;
- }
- else
- {
- result = (char *) domain->trans_sysdep_tab[act - nstrings].pointer;
- resultlen = domain->trans_sysdep_tab[act - nstrings].length;
- }
-
-#if defined _LIBC || HAVE_ICONV
- if (domain->codeset_cntr
- != (domainbinding != NULL ? domainbinding->codeset_cntr : 0))
- {
- /* The domain's codeset has changed through bind_textdomain_codeset()
- since the message catalog was initialized or last accessed. We
- have to reinitialize the converter. */
- _nl_free_domain_conv (domain);
- _nl_init_domain_conv (domain_file, domain, domainbinding);
- }
-
- if (
-# ifdef _LIBC
- domain->conv != (__gconv_t) -1
-# else
-# if HAVE_ICONV
- domain->conv != (iconv_t) -1
-# endif
-# endif
- )
- {
- /* We are supposed to do a conversion. First allocate an
- appropriate table with the same structure as the table
- of translations in the file, where we can put the pointers
- to the converted strings in.
- There is a slight complication with plural entries. They
- are represented by consecutive NUL terminated strings. We
- handle this case by converting RESULTLEN bytes, including
- NULs. */
-
- if (domain->conv_tab == NULL
- && ((domain->conv_tab =
- (char **) calloc (nstrings + domain->n_sysdep_strings,
- sizeof (char *)))
- == NULL))
- /* Mark that we didn't succeed allocating a table. */
- domain->conv_tab = (char **) -1;
-
- if (__builtin_expect (domain->conv_tab == (char **) -1, 0))
- /* Nothing we can do, no more memory. */
- goto converted;
-
- if (domain->conv_tab[act] == NULL)
- {
- /* We haven't used this string so far, so it is not
- translated yet. Do this now. */
- /* We use a bit more efficient memory handling.
- We allocate always larger blocks which get used over
- time. This is faster than many small allocations. */
- __libc_lock_define_initialized (static, lock)
-# define INITIAL_BLOCK_SIZE 4080
- static unsigned char *freemem;
- static size_t freemem_size;
-
- const unsigned char *inbuf;
- unsigned char *outbuf;
- int malloc_count;
-# ifndef _LIBC
- transmem_block_t *transmem_list = NULL;
-# endif
-
- __libc_lock_lock (lock);
-
- inbuf = (const unsigned char *) result;
- outbuf = freemem + sizeof (size_t);
-
- malloc_count = 0;
- while (1)
- {
- transmem_block_t *newmem;
-# ifdef _LIBC
- size_t non_reversible;
- int res;
-
- if (freemem_size < sizeof (size_t))
- goto resize_freemem;
-
- res = __gconv (domain->conv,
- &inbuf, inbuf + resultlen,
- &outbuf,
- outbuf + freemem_size - sizeof (size_t),
- &non_reversible);
-
- if (res == __GCONV_OK || res == __GCONV_EMPTY_INPUT)
- break;
-
- if (res != __GCONV_FULL_OUTPUT)
- {
- __libc_lock_unlock (lock);
- goto converted;
- }
-
- inbuf = result;
-# else
-# if HAVE_ICONV
- const char *inptr = (const char *) inbuf;
- size_t inleft = resultlen;
- char *outptr = (char *) outbuf;
- size_t outleft;
-
- if (freemem_size < sizeof (size_t))
- goto resize_freemem;
-
- outleft = freemem_size - sizeof (size_t);
- if (iconv (domain->conv,
- (ICONV_CONST char **) &inptr, &inleft,
- &outptr, &outleft)
- != (size_t) (-1))
- {
- outbuf = (unsigned char *) outptr;
- break;
- }
- if (errno != E2BIG)
- {
- __libc_lock_unlock (lock);
- goto converted;
- }
-# endif
-# endif
-
- resize_freemem:
- /* We must allocate a new buffer or resize the old one. */
- if (malloc_count > 0)
- {
- ++malloc_count;
- freemem_size = malloc_count * INITIAL_BLOCK_SIZE;
- newmem = (transmem_block_t *) realloc (transmem_list,
- freemem_size);
-# ifdef _LIBC
- if (newmem != NULL)
- transmem_list = transmem_list->next;
- else
- {
- struct transmem_list *old = transmem_list;
-
- transmem_list = transmem_list->next;
- free (old);
- }
-# endif
- }
- else
- {
- malloc_count = 1;
- freemem_size = INITIAL_BLOCK_SIZE;
- newmem = (transmem_block_t *) malloc (freemem_size);
- }
- if (__builtin_expect (newmem == NULL, 0))
- {
- freemem = NULL;
- freemem_size = 0;
- __libc_lock_unlock (lock);
- goto converted;
- }
-
-# ifdef _LIBC
- /* Add the block to the list of blocks we have to free
- at some point. */
- newmem->next = transmem_list;
- transmem_list = newmem;
-
- freemem = newmem->data;
- freemem_size -= offsetof (struct transmem_list, data);
-# else
- transmem_list = newmem;
- freemem = newmem;
-# endif
-
- outbuf = freemem + sizeof (size_t);
- }
-
- /* We have now in our buffer a converted string. Put this
- into the table of conversions. */
- *(size_t *) freemem = outbuf - freemem - sizeof (size_t);
- domain->conv_tab[act] = (char *) freemem;
- /* Shrink freemem, but keep it aligned. */
- freemem_size -= outbuf - freemem;
- freemem = outbuf;
- freemem += freemem_size & (alignof (size_t) - 1);
- freemem_size = freemem_size & ~ (alignof (size_t) - 1);
-
- __libc_lock_unlock (lock);
- }
-
- /* Now domain->conv_tab[act] contains the translation of all
- the plural variants. */
- result = domain->conv_tab[act] + sizeof (size_t);
- resultlen = *(size_t *) domain->conv_tab[act];
- }
-
- converted:
- /* The result string is converted. */
-
-#endif /* _LIBC || HAVE_ICONV */
-
- *lengthp = resultlen;
- return result;
-}
-
-
-/* Look up a plural variant. */
-static char *
-internal_function
-plural_lookup (domain, n, translation, translation_len)
- struct loaded_l10nfile *domain;
- unsigned long int n;
- const char *translation;
- size_t translation_len;
-{
- struct loaded_domain *domaindata = (struct loaded_domain *) domain->data;
- unsigned long int index;
- const char *p;
-
- index = plural_eval (domaindata->plural, n);
- if (index >= domaindata->nplurals)
- /* This should never happen. It means the plural expression and the
- given maximum value do not match. */
- index = 0;
-
- /* Skip INDEX strings at TRANSLATION. */
- p = translation;
- while (index-- > 0)
- {
-#ifdef _LIBC
- p = __rawmemchr (p, '\0');
-#else
- p = strchr (p, '\0');
-#endif
- /* And skip over the NUL byte. */
- p++;
-
- if (p >= translation + translation_len)
- /* This should never happen. It means the plural expression
- evaluated to a value larger than the number of variants
- available for MSGID1. */
- return (char *) translation;
- }
- return (char *) p;
-}
-
-#ifndef _LIBC
-/* Return string representation of locale CATEGORY. */
-static const char *
-internal_function
-category_to_name (category)
- int category;
-{
- const char *retval;
-
- switch (category)
- {
-#ifdef LC_COLLATE
- case LC_COLLATE:
- retval = "LC_COLLATE";
- break;
-#endif
-#ifdef LC_CTYPE
- case LC_CTYPE:
- retval = "LC_CTYPE";
- break;
-#endif
-#ifdef LC_MONETARY
- case LC_MONETARY:
- retval = "LC_MONETARY";
- break;
-#endif
-#ifdef LC_NUMERIC
- case LC_NUMERIC:
- retval = "LC_NUMERIC";
- break;
-#endif
-#ifdef LC_TIME
- case LC_TIME:
- retval = "LC_TIME";
- break;
-#endif
-#ifdef LC_MESSAGES
- case LC_MESSAGES:
- retval = "LC_MESSAGES";
- break;
-#endif
-#ifdef LC_RESPONSE
- case LC_RESPONSE:
- retval = "LC_RESPONSE";
- break;
-#endif
-#ifdef LC_ALL
- case LC_ALL:
- /* This might not make sense but is perhaps better than any other
- value. */
- retval = "LC_ALL";
- break;
-#endif
- default:
- /* If you have a better idea for a default value let me know. */
- retval = "LC_XXX";
- }
-
- return retval;
-}
-#endif
-
-/* Guess value of current locale from value of the environment variables. */
-static const char *
-internal_function
-guess_category_value (category, categoryname)
- int category;
- const char *categoryname;
-{
- const char *language;
- const char *retval;
-
- /* The highest priority value is the `LANGUAGE' environment
- variable. But we don't use the value if the currently selected
- locale is the C locale. This is a GNU extension. */
- language = getenv ("LANGUAGE");
- if (language != NULL && language[0] == '\0')
- language = NULL;
-
- /* We have to proceed with the POSIX methods of looking to `LC_ALL',
- `LC_xxx', and `LANG'. On some systems this can be done by the
- `setlocale' function itself. */
-#ifdef _LIBC
- retval = __current_locale_name (category);
-#else
- retval = _nl_locale_name (category, categoryname);
-#endif
-
- /* Ignore LANGUAGE if the locale is set to "C" because
- 1. "C" locale usually uses the ASCII encoding, and most international
- messages use non-ASCII characters. These characters get displayed
- as question marks (if using glibc's iconv()) or as invalid 8-bit
- characters (because other iconv()s refuse to convert most non-ASCII
- characters to ASCII). In any case, the output is ugly.
- 2. The precise output of some programs in the "C" locale is specified
- by POSIX and should not depend on environment variables like
- "LANGUAGE". We allow such programs to use gettext(). */
- return language != NULL && strcmp (retval, "C") != 0 ? language : retval;
-}
-
-/* @@ begin of epilog @@ */
-
-/* We don't want libintl.a to depend on any other library. So we
- avoid the non-standard function stpcpy. In GNU C Library this
- function is available, though. Also allow the symbol HAVE_STPCPY
- to be defined. */
-#if !_LIBC && !HAVE_STPCPY
-static char *
-stpcpy (dest, src)
- char *dest;
- const char *src;
-{
- while ((*dest++ = *src++) != '\0')
- /* Do nothing. */ ;
- return dest - 1;
-}
-#endif
-
-#if !_LIBC && !HAVE_MEMPCPY
-static void *
-mempcpy (dest, src, n)
- void *dest;
- const void *src;
- size_t n;
-{
- return (void *) ((char *) memcpy (dest, src, n) + n);
-}
-#endif
-
-
-#ifdef _LIBC
-/* If we want to free all resources we have to do some work at
- program's end. */
-libc_freeres_fn (free_mem)
-{
- void *old;
-
- while (_nl_domain_bindings != NULL)
- {
- struct binding *oldp = _nl_domain_bindings;
- _nl_domain_bindings = _nl_domain_bindings->next;
- if (oldp->dirname != INTUSE(_nl_default_dirname))
- /* Yes, this is a pointer comparison. */
- free (oldp->dirname);
- free (oldp->codeset);
- free (oldp);
- }
-
- if (_nl_current_default_domain != _nl_default_default_domain)
- /* Yes, again a pointer comparison. */
- free ((char *) _nl_current_default_domain);
-
- /* Remove the search tree with the known translations. */
- __tdestroy (root, free);
- root = NULL;
-
- while (transmem_list != NULL)
- {
- old = transmem_list;
- transmem_list = transmem_list->next;
- free (old);
- }
-}
-#endif
+++ /dev/null
-/* Implementation of the dcngettext(3) function.
- Copyright (C) 1995-1999, 2000, 2001, 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
- This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
- under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
- by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
- any later version.
-
- This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
- Library General Public License for more details.
-
- You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
- License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
- USA. */
-
-#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
-# include <config.h>
-#endif
-
-#include "gettextP.h"
-#ifdef _LIBC
-# include <libintl.h>
-#else
-# include "libgnuintl.h"
-#endif
-
-/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
-
-/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem. They must not clash
- with existing names and they should follow ANSI C. But this source
- code is also used in GNU C Library where the names have a __
- prefix. So we have to make a difference here. */
-#ifdef _LIBC
-# define DCNGETTEXT __dcngettext
-# define DCIGETTEXT __dcigettext
-#else
-# define DCNGETTEXT libintl_dcngettext
-# define DCIGETTEXT libintl_dcigettext
-#endif
-
-/* Look up MSGID in the DOMAINNAME message catalog for the current CATEGORY
- locale. */
-char *
-DCNGETTEXT (domainname, msgid1, msgid2, n, category)
- const char *domainname;
- const char *msgid1;
- const char *msgid2;
- unsigned long int n;
- int category;
-{
- return DCIGETTEXT (domainname, msgid1, msgid2, 1, n, category);
-}
-
-#ifdef _LIBC
-/* Alias for function name in GNU C Library. */
-weak_alias (__dcngettext, dcngettext);
-#endif
+++ /dev/null
-/* Implementation of the dgettext(3) function.
- Copyright (C) 1995-1997, 2000, 2001, 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
- This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
- under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
- by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
- any later version.
-
- This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
- Library General Public License for more details.
-
- You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
- License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
- USA. */
-
-#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
-# include <config.h>
-#endif
-
-#include <locale.h>
-
-#include "gettextP.h"
-#ifdef _LIBC
-# include <libintl.h>
-#else
-# include "libgnuintl.h"
-#endif
-
-/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
-
-/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem. They must not clash
- with existing names and they should follow ANSI C. But this source
- code is also used in GNU C Library where the names have a __
- prefix. So we have to make a difference here. */
-#ifdef _LIBC
-# define DGETTEXT __dgettext
-# define DCGETTEXT INTUSE(__dcgettext)
-#else
-# define DGETTEXT libintl_dgettext
-# define DCGETTEXT libintl_dcgettext
-#endif
-
-/* Look up MSGID in the DOMAINNAME message catalog of the current
- LC_MESSAGES locale. */
-char *
-DGETTEXT (domainname, msgid)
- const char *domainname;
- const char *msgid;
-{
- return DCGETTEXT (domainname, msgid, LC_MESSAGES);
-}
-
-#ifdef _LIBC
-/* Alias for function name in GNU C Library. */
-weak_alias (__dgettext, dgettext);
-#endif
+++ /dev/null
-/* Implementation of the dngettext(3) function.
- Copyright (C) 1995-1997, 2000, 2001, 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
- This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
- under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
- by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
- any later version.
-
- This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
- Library General Public License for more details.
-
- You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
- License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
- USA. */
-
-#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
-# include <config.h>
-#endif
-
-#include <locale.h>
-
-#include "gettextP.h"
-#ifdef _LIBC
-# include <libintl.h>
-#else
-# include "libgnuintl.h"
-#endif
-
-/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
-
-/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem. They must not clash
- with existing names and they should follow ANSI C. But this source
- code is also used in GNU C Library where the names have a __
- prefix. So we have to make a difference here. */
-#ifdef _LIBC
-# define DNGETTEXT __dngettext
-# define DCNGETTEXT __dcngettext
-#else
-# define DNGETTEXT libintl_dngettext
-# define DCNGETTEXT libintl_dcngettext
-#endif
-
-/* Look up MSGID in the DOMAINNAME message catalog of the current
- LC_MESSAGES locale and skip message according to the plural form. */
-char *
-DNGETTEXT (domainname, msgid1, msgid2, n)
- const char *domainname;
- const char *msgid1;
- const char *msgid2;
- unsigned long int n;
-{
- return DCNGETTEXT (domainname, msgid1, msgid2, n, LC_MESSAGES);
-}
-
-#ifdef _LIBC
-/* Alias for function name in GNU C Library. */
-weak_alias (__dngettext, dngettext);
-#endif
+++ /dev/null
-/* Plural expression evaluation.
- Copyright (C) 2000-2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
- This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
- under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
- by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
- any later version.
-
- This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
- Library General Public License for more details.
-
- You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
- License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
- USA. */
-
-#ifndef STATIC
-#define STATIC static
-#endif
-
-/* Evaluate the plural expression and return an index value. */
-STATIC unsigned long int plural_eval PARAMS ((struct expression *pexp,
- unsigned long int n))
- internal_function;
-
-STATIC
-unsigned long int
-internal_function
-plural_eval (pexp, n)
- struct expression *pexp;
- unsigned long int n;
-{
- switch (pexp->nargs)
- {
- case 0:
- switch (pexp->operation)
- {
- case var:
- return n;
- case num:
- return pexp->val.num;
- default:
- break;
- }
- /* NOTREACHED */
- break;
- case 1:
- {
- /* pexp->operation must be lnot. */
- unsigned long int arg = plural_eval (pexp->val.args[0], n);
- return ! arg;
- }
- case 2:
- {
- unsigned long int leftarg = plural_eval (pexp->val.args[0], n);
- if (pexp->operation == lor)
- return leftarg || plural_eval (pexp->val.args[1], n);
- else if (pexp->operation == land)
- return leftarg && plural_eval (pexp->val.args[1], n);
- else
- {
- unsigned long int rightarg = plural_eval (pexp->val.args[1], n);
-
- switch (pexp->operation)
- {
- case mult:
- return leftarg * rightarg;
- case divide:
-#if !INTDIV0_RAISES_SIGFPE
- if (rightarg == 0)
- raise (SIGFPE);
-#endif
- return leftarg / rightarg;
- case module:
-#if !INTDIV0_RAISES_SIGFPE
- if (rightarg == 0)
- raise (SIGFPE);
-#endif
- return leftarg % rightarg;
- case plus:
- return leftarg + rightarg;
- case minus:
- return leftarg - rightarg;
- case less_than:
- return leftarg < rightarg;
- case greater_than:
- return leftarg > rightarg;
- case less_or_equal:
- return leftarg <= rightarg;
- case greater_or_equal:
- return leftarg >= rightarg;
- case equal:
- return leftarg == rightarg;
- case not_equal:
- return leftarg != rightarg;
- default:
- break;
- }
- }
- /* NOTREACHED */
- break;
- }
- case 3:
- {
- /* pexp->operation must be qmop. */
- unsigned long int boolarg = plural_eval (pexp->val.args[0], n);
- return plural_eval (pexp->val.args[boolarg ? 1 : 2], n);
- }
- }
- /* NOTREACHED */
- return 0;
-}
+++ /dev/null
-/* Copyright (C) 1995-1998, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
- Contributed by Ulrich Drepper <drepper@gnu.ai.mit.edu>, 1995.
-
- This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
- under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
- by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
- any later version.
-
- This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
- Library General Public License for more details.
-
- You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
- License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
- USA. */
-
-#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
-# include <config.h>
-#endif
-
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#include <string.h>
-#include <sys/types.h>
-
-#include "loadinfo.h"
-
-/* On some strange systems still no definition of NULL is found. Sigh! */
-#ifndef NULL
-# if defined __STDC__ && __STDC__
-# define NULL ((void *) 0)
-# else
-# define NULL 0
-# endif
-#endif
-
-/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
-
-char *
-_nl_find_language (name)
- const char *name;
-{
- while (name[0] != '\0' && name[0] != '_' && name[0] != '@'
- && name[0] != '+' && name[0] != ',')
- ++name;
-
- return (char *) name;
-}
-
-
-int
-_nl_explode_name (name, language, modifier, territory, codeset,
- normalized_codeset, special, sponsor, revision)
- char *name;
- const char **language;
- const char **modifier;
- const char **territory;
- const char **codeset;
- const char **normalized_codeset;
- const char **special;
- const char **sponsor;
- const char **revision;
-{
- enum { undecided, xpg, cen } syntax;
- char *cp;
- int mask;
-
- *modifier = NULL;
- *territory = NULL;
- *codeset = NULL;
- *normalized_codeset = NULL;
- *special = NULL;
- *sponsor = NULL;
- *revision = NULL;
-
- /* Now we determine the single parts of the locale name. First
- look for the language. Termination symbols are `_' and `@' if
- we use XPG4 style, and `_', `+', and `,' if we use CEN syntax. */
- mask = 0;
- syntax = undecided;
- *language = cp = name;
- cp = _nl_find_language (*language);
-
- if (*language == cp)
- /* This does not make sense: language has to be specified. Use
- this entry as it is without exploding. Perhaps it is an alias. */
- cp = strchr (*language, '\0');
- else if (cp[0] == '_')
- {
- /* Next is the territory. */
- cp[0] = '\0';
- *territory = ++cp;
-
- while (cp[0] != '\0' && cp[0] != '.' && cp[0] != '@'
- && cp[0] != '+' && cp[0] != ',' && cp[0] != '_')
- ++cp;
-
- mask |= TERRITORY;
-
- if (cp[0] == '.')
- {
- /* Next is the codeset. */
- syntax = xpg;
- cp[0] = '\0';
- *codeset = ++cp;
-
- while (cp[0] != '\0' && cp[0] != '@')
- ++cp;
-
- mask |= XPG_CODESET;
-
- if (*codeset != cp && (*codeset)[0] != '\0')
- {
- *normalized_codeset = _nl_normalize_codeset (*codeset,
- cp - *codeset);
- if (strcmp (*codeset, *normalized_codeset) == 0)
- free ((char *) *normalized_codeset);
- else
- mask |= XPG_NORM_CODESET;
- }
- }
- }
-
- if (cp[0] == '@' || (syntax != xpg && cp[0] == '+'))
- {
- /* Next is the modifier. */
- syntax = cp[0] == '@' ? xpg : cen;
- cp[0] = '\0';
- *modifier = ++cp;
-
- while (syntax == cen && cp[0] != '\0' && cp[0] != '+'
- && cp[0] != ',' && cp[0] != '_')
- ++cp;
-
- mask |= XPG_MODIFIER | CEN_AUDIENCE;
- }
-
- if (syntax != xpg && (cp[0] == '+' || cp[0] == ',' || cp[0] == '_'))
- {
- syntax = cen;
-
- if (cp[0] == '+')
- {
- /* Next is special application (CEN syntax). */
- cp[0] = '\0';
- *special = ++cp;
-
- while (cp[0] != '\0' && cp[0] != ',' && cp[0] != '_')
- ++cp;
-
- mask |= CEN_SPECIAL;
- }
-
- if (cp[0] == ',')
- {
- /* Next is sponsor (CEN syntax). */
- cp[0] = '\0';
- *sponsor = ++cp;
-
- while (cp[0] != '\0' && cp[0] != '_')
- ++cp;
-
- mask |= CEN_SPONSOR;
- }
-
- if (cp[0] == '_')
- {
- /* Next is revision (CEN syntax). */
- cp[0] = '\0';
- *revision = ++cp;
-
- mask |= CEN_REVISION;
- }
- }
-
- /* For CEN syntax values it might be important to have the
- separator character in the file name, not for XPG syntax. */
- if (syntax == xpg)
- {
- if (*territory != NULL && (*territory)[0] == '\0')
- mask &= ~TERRITORY;
-
- if (*codeset != NULL && (*codeset)[0] == '\0')
- mask &= ~XPG_CODESET;
-
- if (*modifier != NULL && (*modifier)[0] == '\0')
- mask &= ~XPG_MODIFIER;
- }
-
- return mask;
-}
+++ /dev/null
-/* Handle list of needed message catalogs
- Copyright (C) 1995-1999, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
- Written by Ulrich Drepper <drepper@gnu.org>, 1995.
-
- This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
- under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
- by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
- any later version.
-
- This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
- Library General Public License for more details.
-
- You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
- License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
- USA. */
-
-#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
-# include <config.h>
-#endif
-
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include <sys/types.h>
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#include <string.h>
-
-#if defined HAVE_UNISTD_H || defined _LIBC
-# include <unistd.h>
-#endif
-
-#include "gettextP.h"
-#ifdef _LIBC
-# include <libintl.h>
-#else
-# include "libgnuintl.h"
-#endif
-
-/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
-/* List of already loaded domains. */
-static struct loaded_l10nfile *_nl_loaded_domains;
-
-
-/* Return a data structure describing the message catalog described by
- the DOMAINNAME and CATEGORY parameters with respect to the currently
- established bindings. */
-struct loaded_l10nfile *
-internal_function
-_nl_find_domain (dirname, locale, domainname, domainbinding)
- const char *dirname;
- char *locale;
- const char *domainname;
- struct binding *domainbinding;
-{
- struct loaded_l10nfile *retval;
- const char *language;
- const char *modifier;
- const char *territory;
- const char *codeset;
- const char *normalized_codeset;
- const char *special;
- const char *sponsor;
- const char *revision;
- const char *alias_value;
- int mask;
-
- /* LOCALE can consist of up to four recognized parts for the XPG syntax:
-
- language[_territory[.codeset]][@modifier]
-
- and six parts for the CEN syntax:
-
- language[_territory][+audience][+special][,[sponsor][_revision]]
-
- Beside the first part all of them are allowed to be missing. If
- the full specified locale is not found, the less specific one are
- looked for. The various parts will be stripped off according to
- the following order:
- (1) revision
- (2) sponsor
- (3) special
- (4) codeset
- (5) normalized codeset
- (6) territory
- (7) audience/modifier
- */
-
- /* If we have already tested for this locale entry there has to
- be one data set in the list of loaded domains. */
- retval = _nl_make_l10nflist (&_nl_loaded_domains, dirname,
- strlen (dirname) + 1, 0, locale, NULL, NULL,
- NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, domainname, 0);
- if (retval != NULL)
- {
- /* We know something about this locale. */
- int cnt;
-
- if (retval->decided == 0)
- _nl_load_domain (retval, domainbinding);
-
- if (retval->data != NULL)
- return retval;
-
- for (cnt = 0; retval->successor[cnt] != NULL; ++cnt)
- {
- if (retval->successor[cnt]->decided == 0)
- _nl_load_domain (retval->successor[cnt], domainbinding);
-
- if (retval->successor[cnt]->data != NULL)
- break;
- }
- return cnt >= 0 ? retval : NULL;
- /* NOTREACHED */
- }
-
- /* See whether the locale value is an alias. If yes its value
- *overwrites* the alias name. No test for the original value is
- done. */
- alias_value = _nl_expand_alias (locale);
- if (alias_value != NULL)
- {
-#if defined _LIBC || defined HAVE_STRDUP
- locale = strdup (alias_value);
- if (locale == NULL)
- return NULL;
-#else
- size_t len = strlen (alias_value) + 1;
- locale = (char *) malloc (len);
- if (locale == NULL)
- return NULL;
-
- memcpy (locale, alias_value, len);
-#endif
- }
-
- /* Now we determine the single parts of the locale name. First
- look for the language. Termination symbols are `_' and `@' if
- we use XPG4 style, and `_', `+', and `,' if we use CEN syntax. */
- mask = _nl_explode_name (locale, &language, &modifier, &territory,
- &codeset, &normalized_codeset, &special,
- &sponsor, &revision);
-
- /* Create all possible locale entries which might be interested in
- generalization. */
- retval = _nl_make_l10nflist (&_nl_loaded_domains, dirname,
- strlen (dirname) + 1, mask, language, territory,
- codeset, normalized_codeset, modifier, special,
- sponsor, revision, domainname, 1);
- if (retval == NULL)
- /* This means we are out of core. */
- return NULL;
-
- if (retval->decided == 0)
- _nl_load_domain (retval, domainbinding);
- if (retval->data == NULL)
- {
- int cnt;
- for (cnt = 0; retval->successor[cnt] != NULL; ++cnt)
- {
- if (retval->successor[cnt]->decided == 0)
- _nl_load_domain (retval->successor[cnt], domainbinding);
- if (retval->successor[cnt]->data != NULL)
- break;
- }
- }
-
- /* The room for an alias was dynamically allocated. Free it now. */
- if (alias_value != NULL)
- free (locale);
-
- /* The space for normalized_codeset is dynamically allocated. Free it. */
- if (mask & XPG_NORM_CODESET)
- free ((void *) normalized_codeset);
-
- return retval;
-}
-
-
-#ifdef _LIBC
-libc_freeres_fn (free_mem)
-{
- struct loaded_l10nfile *runp = _nl_loaded_domains;
-
- while (runp != NULL)
- {
- struct loaded_l10nfile *here = runp;
- if (runp->data != NULL)
- _nl_unload_domain ((struct loaded_domain *) runp->data);
- runp = runp->next;
- free ((char *) here->filename);
- free (here);
- }
-}
-#endif
+++ /dev/null
-/* Implementation of gettext(3) function.
- Copyright (C) 1995, 1997, 2000, 2001, 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
- This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
- under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
- by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
- any later version.
-
- This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
- Library General Public License for more details.
-
- You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
- License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
- USA. */
-
-#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
-# include <config.h>
-#endif
-
-#ifdef _LIBC
-# define __need_NULL
-# include <stddef.h>
-#else
-# include <stdlib.h> /* Just for NULL. */
-#endif
-
-#include "gettextP.h"
-#ifdef _LIBC
-# include <libintl.h>
-#else
-# include "libgnuintl.h"
-#endif
-
-/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
-
-/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem. They must not clash
- with existing names and they should follow ANSI C. But this source
- code is also used in GNU C Library where the names have a __
- prefix. So we have to make a difference here. */
-#ifdef _LIBC
-# define GETTEXT __gettext
-# define DCGETTEXT INTUSE(__dcgettext)
-#else
-# define GETTEXT libintl_gettext
-# define DCGETTEXT libintl_dcgettext
-#endif
-
-/* Look up MSGID in the current default message catalog for the current
- LC_MESSAGES locale. If not found, returns MSGID itself (the default
- text). */
-char *
-GETTEXT (msgid)
- const char *msgid;
-{
- return DCGETTEXT (NULL, msgid, LC_MESSAGES);
-}
-
-#ifdef _LIBC
-/* Alias for function name in GNU C Library. */
-weak_alias (__gettext, gettext);
-#endif
+++ /dev/null
-/* Header describing internals of libintl library.
- Copyright (C) 1995-1999, 2000-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
- Written by Ulrich Drepper <drepper@cygnus.com>, 1995.
-
- This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
- under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
- by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
- any later version.
-
- This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
- Library General Public License for more details.
-
- You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
- License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
- USA. */
-
-#ifndef _GETTEXTP_H
-#define _GETTEXTP_H
-
-#include <stddef.h> /* Get size_t. */
-
-#ifdef _LIBC
-# include "../iconv/gconv_int.h"
-#else
-# if HAVE_ICONV
-# include <iconv.h>
-# endif
-#endif
-
-#include "loadinfo.h"
-
-#include "gmo.h" /* Get nls_uint32. */
-
-/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
-
-#ifndef PARAMS
-# if __STDC__ || defined __GNUC__ || defined __SUNPRO_C || defined __cplusplus || __PROTOTYPES
-# define PARAMS(args) args
-# else
-# define PARAMS(args) ()
-# endif
-#endif
-
-#ifndef internal_function
-# define internal_function
-#endif
-
-#ifndef attribute_hidden
-# define attribute_hidden
-#endif
-
-/* Tell the compiler when a conditional or integer expression is
- almost always true or almost always false. */
-#ifndef HAVE_BUILTIN_EXPECT
-# define __builtin_expect(expr, val) (expr)
-#endif
-
-#ifndef W
-# define W(flag, data) ((flag) ? SWAP (data) : (data))
-#endif
-
-
-#ifdef _LIBC
-# include <byteswap.h>
-# define SWAP(i) bswap_32 (i)
-#else
-static inline nls_uint32
-SWAP (i)
- nls_uint32 i;
-{
- return (i << 24) | ((i & 0xff00) << 8) | ((i >> 8) & 0xff00) | (i >> 24);
-}
-#endif
-
-
-/* In-memory representation of system dependent string. */
-struct sysdep_string_desc
-{
- /* Length of addressed string, including the trailing NUL. */
- size_t length;
- /* Pointer to addressed string. */
- const char *pointer;
-};
-
-/* The representation of an opened message catalog. */
-struct loaded_domain
-{
- /* Pointer to memory containing the .mo file. */
- const char *data;
- /* 1 if the memory is mmap()ed, 0 if the memory is malloc()ed. */
- int use_mmap;
- /* Size of mmap()ed memory. */
- size_t mmap_size;
- /* 1 if the .mo file uses a different endianness than this machine. */
- int must_swap;
- /* Pointer to additional malloc()ed memory. */
- void *malloced;
-
- /* Number of static strings pairs. */
- nls_uint32 nstrings;
- /* Pointer to descriptors of original strings in the file. */
- const struct string_desc *orig_tab;
- /* Pointer to descriptors of translated strings in the file. */
- const struct string_desc *trans_tab;
-
- /* Number of system dependent strings pairs. */
- nls_uint32 n_sysdep_strings;
- /* Pointer to descriptors of original sysdep strings. */
- const struct sysdep_string_desc *orig_sysdep_tab;
- /* Pointer to descriptors of translated sysdep strings. */
- const struct sysdep_string_desc *trans_sysdep_tab;
-
- /* Size of hash table. */
- nls_uint32 hash_size;
- /* Pointer to hash table. */
- const nls_uint32 *hash_tab;
- /* 1 if the hash table uses a different endianness than this machine. */
- int must_swap_hash_tab;
-
- int codeset_cntr;
-#ifdef _LIBC
- __gconv_t conv;
-#else
-# if HAVE_ICONV
- iconv_t conv;
-# endif
-#endif
- char **conv_tab;
-
- struct expression *plural;
- unsigned long int nplurals;
-};
-
-/* We want to allocate a string at the end of the struct. But ISO C
- doesn't allow zero sized arrays. */
-#ifdef __GNUC__
-# define ZERO 0
-#else
-# define ZERO 1
-#endif
-
-/* A set of settings bound to a message domain. Used to store settings
- from bindtextdomain() and bind_textdomain_codeset(). */
-struct binding
-{
- struct binding *next;
- char *dirname;
- int codeset_cntr; /* Incremented each time codeset changes. */
- char *codeset;
- char domainname[ZERO];
-};
-
-/* A counter which is incremented each time some previous translations
- become invalid.
- This variable is part of the external ABI of the GNU libintl. */
-extern int _nl_msg_cat_cntr;
-
-#ifndef _LIBC
-const char *_nl_locale_name PARAMS ((int category, const char *categoryname));
-#endif
-
-struct loaded_l10nfile *_nl_find_domain PARAMS ((const char *__dirname,
- char *__locale,
- const char *__domainname,
- struct binding *__domainbinding))
- internal_function;
-void _nl_load_domain PARAMS ((struct loaded_l10nfile *__domain,
- struct binding *__domainbinding))
- internal_function;
-void _nl_unload_domain PARAMS ((struct loaded_domain *__domain))
- internal_function;
-const char *_nl_init_domain_conv PARAMS ((struct loaded_l10nfile *__domain_file,
- struct loaded_domain *__domain,
- struct binding *__domainbinding))
- internal_function;
-void _nl_free_domain_conv PARAMS ((struct loaded_domain *__domain))
- internal_function;
-
-char *_nl_find_msg PARAMS ((struct loaded_l10nfile *domain_file,
- struct binding *domainbinding,
- const char *msgid, size_t *lengthp))
- internal_function;
-
-#ifdef _LIBC
-extern char *__gettext PARAMS ((const char *__msgid));
-extern char *__dgettext PARAMS ((const char *__domainname,
- const char *__msgid));
-extern char *__dcgettext PARAMS ((const char *__domainname,
- const char *__msgid, int __category));
-extern char *__ngettext PARAMS ((const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2,
- unsigned long int __n));
-extern char *__dngettext PARAMS ((const char *__domainname,
- const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2,
- unsigned long int n));
-extern char *__dcngettext PARAMS ((const char *__domainname,
- const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2,
- unsigned long int __n, int __category));
-extern char *__dcigettext PARAMS ((const char *__domainname,
- const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2,
- int __plural, unsigned long int __n,
- int __category));
-extern char *__textdomain PARAMS ((const char *__domainname));
-extern char *__bindtextdomain PARAMS ((const char *__domainname,
- const char *__dirname));
-extern char *__bind_textdomain_codeset PARAMS ((const char *__domainname,
- const char *__codeset));
-#else
-/* Declare the exported libintl_* functions, in a way that allows us to
- call them under their real name. */
-# define _INTL_REDIRECT_MACROS
-# include "libgnuintl.h"
-extern char *libintl_dcigettext PARAMS ((const char *__domainname,
- const char *__msgid1,
- const char *__msgid2,
- int __plural, unsigned long int __n,
- int __category));
-#endif
-
-/* @@ begin of epilog @@ */
-
-#endif /* gettextP.h */
+++ /dev/null
-/* Description of GNU message catalog format: general file layout.
- Copyright (C) 1995, 1997, 2000-2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
- This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
- under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
- by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
- any later version.
-
- This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
- Library General Public License for more details.
-
- You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
- License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
- USA. */
-
-#ifndef _GETTEXT_H
-#define _GETTEXT_H 1
-
-#include <limits.h>
-
-/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
-
-/* The magic number of the GNU message catalog format. */
-#define _MAGIC 0x950412de
-#define _MAGIC_SWAPPED 0xde120495
-
-/* Revision number of the currently used .mo (binary) file format. */
-#define MO_REVISION_NUMBER 0
-
-/* The following contortions are an attempt to use the C preprocessor
- to determine an unsigned integral type that is 32 bits wide. An
- alternative approach is to use autoconf's AC_CHECK_SIZEOF macro, but
- as of version autoconf-2.13, the AC_CHECK_SIZEOF macro doesn't work
- when cross-compiling. */
-
-#if __STDC__
-# define UINT_MAX_32_BITS 4294967295U
-#else
-# define UINT_MAX_32_BITS 0xFFFFFFFF
-#endif
-
-/* If UINT_MAX isn't defined, assume it's a 32-bit type.
- This should be valid for all systems GNU cares about because
- that doesn't include 16-bit systems, and only modern systems
- (that certainly have <limits.h>) have 64+-bit integral types. */
-
-#ifndef UINT_MAX
-# define UINT_MAX UINT_MAX_32_BITS
-#endif
-
-#if UINT_MAX == UINT_MAX_32_BITS
-typedef unsigned nls_uint32;
-#else
-# if USHRT_MAX == UINT_MAX_32_BITS
-typedef unsigned short nls_uint32;
-# else
-# if ULONG_MAX == UINT_MAX_32_BITS
-typedef unsigned long nls_uint32;
-# else
- /* The following line is intended to throw an error. Using #error is
- not portable enough. */
- "Cannot determine unsigned 32-bit data type."
-# endif
-# endif
-#endif
-
-
-/* Header for binary .mo file format. */
-struct mo_file_header
-{
- /* The magic number. */
- nls_uint32 magic;
- /* The revision number of the file format. */
- nls_uint32 revision;
-
- /* The following are only used in .mo files with major revision 0. */
-
- /* The number of strings pairs. */
- nls_uint32 nstrings;
- /* Offset of table with start offsets of original strings. */
- nls_uint32 orig_tab_offset;
- /* Offset of table with start offsets of translated strings. */
- nls_uint32 trans_tab_offset;
- /* Size of hash table. */
- nls_uint32 hash_tab_size;
- /* Offset of first hash table entry. */
- nls_uint32 hash_tab_offset;
-
- /* The following are only used in .mo files with minor revision >= 1. */
-
- /* The number of system dependent segments. */
- nls_uint32 n_sysdep_segments;
- /* Offset of table describing system dependent segments. */
- nls_uint32 sysdep_segments_offset;
- /* The number of system dependent strings pairs. */
- nls_uint32 n_sysdep_strings;
- /* Offset of table with start offsets of original sysdep strings. */
- nls_uint32 orig_sysdep_tab_offset;
- /* Offset of table with start offsets of translated sysdep strings. */
- nls_uint32 trans_sysdep_tab_offset;
-};
-
-/* Descriptor for static string contained in the binary .mo file. */
-struct string_desc
-{
- /* Length of addressed string, not including the trailing NUL. */
- nls_uint32 length;
- /* Offset of string in file. */
- nls_uint32 offset;
-};
-
-/* The following are only used in .mo files with minor revision >= 1. */
-
-/* Descriptor for system dependent string segment. */
-struct sysdep_segment
-{
- /* Length of addressed string, including the trailing NUL. */
- nls_uint32 length;
- /* Offset of string in file. */
- nls_uint32 offset;
-};
-
-/* Descriptor for system dependent string. */
-struct sysdep_string
-{
- /* Offset of static string segments in file. */
- nls_uint32 offset;
- /* Alternating sequence of static and system dependent segments.
- The last segment is a static segment, including the trailing NUL. */
- struct segment_pair
- {
- /* Size of static segment. */
- nls_uint32 segsize;
- /* Reference to system dependent string segment, or ~0 at the end. */
- nls_uint32 sysdepref;
- } segments[1];
-};
-
-/* Marker for the end of the segments[] array. This has the value 0xFFFFFFFF,
- regardless whether 'int' is 16 bit, 32 bit, or 64 bit. */
-#define SEGMENTS_END ((nls_uint32) ~0)
-
-/* @@ begin of epilog @@ */
-
-#endif /* gettext.h */
+++ /dev/null
-/* Description of GNU message catalog format: string hashing function.
- Copyright (C) 1995, 1997, 1998, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
- This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
- under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
- by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
- any later version.
-
- This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
- Library General Public License for more details.
-
- You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
- License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
- USA. */
-
-/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
-
-#ifndef PARAMS
-# if __STDC__ || defined __GNUC__ || defined __SUNPRO_C || defined __cplusplus || __PROTOTYPES
-# define PARAMS(Args) Args
-# else
-# define PARAMS(Args) ()
-# endif
-#endif
-
-/* We assume to have `unsigned long int' value with at least 32 bits. */
-#define HASHWORDBITS 32
-
-
-/* Defines the so called `hashpjw' function by P.J. Weinberger
- [see Aho/Sethi/Ullman, COMPILERS: Principles, Techniques and Tools,
- 1986, 1987 Bell Telephone Laboratories, Inc.] */
-static unsigned long int hash_string PARAMS ((const char *__str_param));
-
-static inline unsigned long int
-hash_string (str_param)
- const char *str_param;
-{
- unsigned long int hval, g;
- const char *str = str_param;
-
- /* Compute the hash value for the given string. */
- hval = 0;
- while (*str != '\0')
- {
- hval <<= 4;
- hval += (unsigned long int) *str++;
- g = hval & ((unsigned long int) 0xf << (HASHWORDBITS - 4));
- if (g != 0)
- {
- hval ^= g >> (HASHWORDBITS - 8);
- hval ^= g;
- }
- }
- return hval;
-}
+++ /dev/null
-/* intl-compat.c - Stub functions to call gettext functions from GNU gettext
- Library.
- Copyright (C) 1995, 2000-2003 Software Foundation, Inc.
-
- This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
- under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
- by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
- any later version.
-
- This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
- Library General Public License for more details.
-
- You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
- License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
- USA. */
-
-#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
-# include <config.h>
-#endif
-
-#include "gettextP.h"
-
-/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
-
-/* This file redirects the gettext functions (without prefix) to those
- defined in the included GNU libintl library (with "libintl_" prefix).
- It is compiled into libintl in order to make the AM_GNU_GETTEXT test
- of gettext <= 0.11.2 work with the libintl library >= 0.11.3 which
- has the redirections primarily in the <libintl.h> include file.
- It is also compiled into libgnuintl so that libgnuintl.so can be used
- as LD_PRELOADable library on glibc systems, to provide the extra
- features that the functions in the libc don't have (namely, logging). */
-
-
-#undef gettext
-#undef dgettext
-#undef dcgettext
-#undef ngettext
-#undef dngettext
-#undef dcngettext
-#undef textdomain
-#undef bindtextdomain
-#undef bind_textdomain_codeset
-
-
-/* When building a DLL, we must export some functions. Note that because
- the functions are only defined for binary backward compatibility, we
- don't need to use __declspec(dllimport) in any case. */
-#if defined _MSC_VER && BUILDING_DLL
-# define DLL_EXPORTED __declspec(dllexport)
-#else
-# define DLL_EXPORTED
-#endif
-
-
-DLL_EXPORTED
-char *
-gettext (msgid)
- const char *msgid;
-{
- return libintl_gettext (msgid);
-}
-
-
-DLL_EXPORTED
-char *
-dgettext (domainname, msgid)
- const char *domainname;
- const char *msgid;
-{
- return libintl_dgettext (domainname, msgid);
-}
-
-
-DLL_EXPORTED
-char *
-dcgettext (domainname, msgid, category)
- const char *domainname;
- const char *msgid;
- int category;
-{
- return libintl_dcgettext (domainname, msgid, category);
-}
-
-
-DLL_EXPORTED
-char *
-ngettext (msgid1, msgid2, n)
- const char *msgid1;
- const char *msgid2;
- unsigned long int n;
-{
- return libintl_ngettext (msgid1, msgid2, n);
-}
-
-
-DLL_EXPORTED
-char *
-dngettext (domainname, msgid1, msgid2, n)
- const char *domainname;
- const char *msgid1;
- const char *msgid2;
- unsigned long int n;
-{
- return libintl_dngettext (domainname, msgid1, msgid2, n);
-}
-
-
-DLL_EXPORTED
-char *
-dcngettext (domainname, msgid1, msgid2, n, category)
- const char *domainname;
- const char *msgid1;
- const char *msgid2;
- unsigned long int n;
- int category;
-{
- return libintl_dcngettext (domainname, msgid1, msgid2, n, category);
-}
-
-
-DLL_EXPORTED
-char *
-textdomain (domainname)
- const char *domainname;
-{
- return libintl_textdomain (domainname);
-}
-
-
-DLL_EXPORTED
-char *
-bindtextdomain (domainname, dirname)
- const char *domainname;
- const char *dirname;
-{
- return libintl_bindtextdomain (domainname, dirname);
-}
-
-
-DLL_EXPORTED
-char *
-bind_textdomain_codeset (domainname, codeset)
- const char *domainname;
- const char *codeset;
-{
- return libintl_bind_textdomain_codeset (domainname, codeset);
-}
+++ /dev/null
-/* Copyright (C) 1995-1999, 2000, 2001, 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
- Contributed by Ulrich Drepper <drepper@gnu.ai.mit.edu>, 1995.
-
- This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
- under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
- by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
- any later version.
-
- This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
- Library General Public License for more details.
-
- You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
- License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
- USA. */
-
-/* Tell glibc's <string.h> to provide a prototype for stpcpy().
- This must come before <config.h> because <config.h> may include
- <features.h>, and once <features.h> has been included, it's too late. */
-#ifndef _GNU_SOURCE
-# define _GNU_SOURCE 1
-#endif
-
-#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
-# include <config.h>
-#endif
-
-#include <string.h>
-
-#if defined _LIBC || defined HAVE_ARGZ_H
-# include <argz.h>
-#endif
-#include <ctype.h>
-#include <sys/types.h>
-#include <stdlib.h>
-
-#include "loadinfo.h"
-
-/* On some strange systems still no definition of NULL is found. Sigh! */
-#ifndef NULL
-# if defined __STDC__ && __STDC__
-# define NULL ((void *) 0)
-# else
-# define NULL 0
-# endif
-#endif
-
-/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
-
-#ifdef _LIBC
-/* Rename the non ANSI C functions. This is required by the standard
- because some ANSI C functions will require linking with this object
- file and the name space must not be polluted. */
-# ifndef stpcpy
-# define stpcpy(dest, src) __stpcpy(dest, src)
-# endif
-#else
-# ifndef HAVE_STPCPY
-static char *stpcpy PARAMS ((char *dest, const char *src));
-# endif
-#endif
-
-/* Pathname support.
- ISSLASH(C) tests whether C is a directory separator character.
- IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH(P) tests whether P is an absolute path. If it is not,
- it may be concatenated to a directory pathname.
- */
-#if defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__ || defined __EMX__ || defined __DJGPP__
- /* Win32, OS/2, DOS */
-# define ISSLASH(C) ((C) == '/' || (C) == '\\')
-# define HAS_DEVICE(P) \
- ((((P)[0] >= 'A' && (P)[0] <= 'Z') || ((P)[0] >= 'a' && (P)[0] <= 'z')) \
- && (P)[1] == ':')
-# define IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH(P) (ISSLASH ((P)[0]) || HAS_DEVICE (P))
-#else
- /* Unix */
-# define ISSLASH(C) ((C) == '/')
-# define IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH(P) ISSLASH ((P)[0])
-#endif
-
-/* Define function which are usually not available. */
-
-#if !defined _LIBC && !defined HAVE___ARGZ_COUNT
-/* Returns the number of strings in ARGZ. */
-static size_t argz_count__ PARAMS ((const char *argz, size_t len));
-
-static size_t
-argz_count__ (argz, len)
- const char *argz;
- size_t len;
-{
- size_t count = 0;
- while (len > 0)
- {
- size_t part_len = strlen (argz);
- argz += part_len + 1;
- len -= part_len + 1;
- count++;
- }
- return count;
-}
-# undef __argz_count
-# define __argz_count(argz, len) argz_count__ (argz, len)
-#else
-# ifdef _LIBC
-# define __argz_count(argz, len) INTUSE(__argz_count) (argz, len)
-# endif
-#endif /* !_LIBC && !HAVE___ARGZ_COUNT */
-
-#if !defined _LIBC && !defined HAVE___ARGZ_STRINGIFY
-/* Make '\0' separated arg vector ARGZ printable by converting all the '\0's
- except the last into the character SEP. */
-static void argz_stringify__ PARAMS ((char *argz, size_t len, int sep));
-
-static void
-argz_stringify__ (argz, len, sep)
- char *argz;
- size_t len;
- int sep;
-{
- while (len > 0)
- {
- size_t part_len = strlen (argz);
- argz += part_len;
- len -= part_len + 1;
- if (len > 0)
- *argz++ = sep;
- }
-}
-# undef __argz_stringify
-# define __argz_stringify(argz, len, sep) argz_stringify__ (argz, len, sep)
-#else
-# ifdef _LIBC
-# define __argz_stringify(argz, len, sep) \
- INTUSE(__argz_stringify) (argz, len, sep)
-# endif
-#endif /* !_LIBC && !HAVE___ARGZ_STRINGIFY */
-
-#if !defined _LIBC && !defined HAVE___ARGZ_NEXT
-static char *argz_next__ PARAMS ((char *argz, size_t argz_len,
- const char *entry));
-
-static char *
-argz_next__ (argz, argz_len, entry)
- char *argz;
- size_t argz_len;
- const char *entry;
-{
- if (entry)
- {
- if (entry < argz + argz_len)
- entry = strchr (entry, '\0') + 1;
-
- return entry >= argz + argz_len ? NULL : (char *) entry;
- }
- else
- if (argz_len > 0)
- return argz;
- else
- return 0;
-}
-# undef __argz_next
-# define __argz_next(argz, len, entry) argz_next__ (argz, len, entry)
-#endif /* !_LIBC && !HAVE___ARGZ_NEXT */
-
-
-/* Return number of bits set in X. */
-static int pop PARAMS ((int x));
-
-static inline int
-pop (x)
- int x;
-{
- /* We assume that no more than 16 bits are used. */
- x = ((x & ~0x5555) >> 1) + (x & 0x5555);
- x = ((x & ~0x3333) >> 2) + (x & 0x3333);
- x = ((x >> 4) + x) & 0x0f0f;
- x = ((x >> 8) + x) & 0xff;
-
- return x;
-}
-
-\f
-struct loaded_l10nfile *
-_nl_make_l10nflist (l10nfile_list, dirlist, dirlist_len, mask, language,
- territory, codeset, normalized_codeset, modifier, special,
- sponsor, revision, filename, do_allocate)
- struct loaded_l10nfile **l10nfile_list;
- const char *dirlist;
- size_t dirlist_len;
- int mask;
- const char *language;
- const char *territory;
- const char *codeset;
- const char *normalized_codeset;
- const char *modifier;
- const char *special;
- const char *sponsor;
- const char *revision;
- const char *filename;
- int do_allocate;
-{
- char *abs_filename;
- struct loaded_l10nfile **lastp;
- struct loaded_l10nfile *retval;
- char *cp;
- size_t dirlist_count;
- size_t entries;
- int cnt;
-
- /* If LANGUAGE contains an absolute directory specification, we ignore
- DIRLIST. */
- if (IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH (language))
- dirlist_len = 0;
-
- /* Allocate room for the full file name. */
- abs_filename = (char *) malloc (dirlist_len
- + strlen (language)
- + ((mask & TERRITORY) != 0
- ? strlen (territory) + 1 : 0)
- + ((mask & XPG_CODESET) != 0
- ? strlen (codeset) + 1 : 0)
- + ((mask & XPG_NORM_CODESET) != 0
- ? strlen (normalized_codeset) + 1 : 0)
- + (((mask & XPG_MODIFIER) != 0
- || (mask & CEN_AUDIENCE) != 0)
- ? strlen (modifier) + 1 : 0)
- + ((mask & CEN_SPECIAL) != 0
- ? strlen (special) + 1 : 0)
- + (((mask & CEN_SPONSOR) != 0
- || (mask & CEN_REVISION) != 0)
- ? (1 + ((mask & CEN_SPONSOR) != 0
- ? strlen (sponsor) : 0)
- + ((mask & CEN_REVISION) != 0
- ? strlen (revision) + 1 : 0)) : 0)
- + 1 + strlen (filename) + 1);
-
- if (abs_filename == NULL)
- return NULL;
-
- /* Construct file name. */
- cp = abs_filename;
- if (dirlist_len > 0)
- {
- memcpy (cp, dirlist, dirlist_len);
- __argz_stringify (cp, dirlist_len, PATH_SEPARATOR);
- cp += dirlist_len;
- cp[-1] = '/';
- }
-
- cp = stpcpy (cp, language);
-
- if ((mask & TERRITORY) != 0)
- {
- *cp++ = '_';
- cp = stpcpy (cp, territory);
- }
- if ((mask & XPG_CODESET) != 0)
- {
- *cp++ = '.';
- cp = stpcpy (cp, codeset);
- }
- if ((mask & XPG_NORM_CODESET) != 0)
- {
- *cp++ = '.';
- cp = stpcpy (cp, normalized_codeset);
- }
- if ((mask & (XPG_MODIFIER | CEN_AUDIENCE)) != 0)
- {
- /* This component can be part of both syntaces but has different
- leading characters. For CEN we use `+', else `@'. */
- *cp++ = (mask & CEN_AUDIENCE) != 0 ? '+' : '@';
- cp = stpcpy (cp, modifier);
- }
- if ((mask & CEN_SPECIAL) != 0)
- {
- *cp++ = '+';
- cp = stpcpy (cp, special);
- }
- if ((mask & (CEN_SPONSOR | CEN_REVISION)) != 0)
- {
- *cp++ = ',';
- if ((mask & CEN_SPONSOR) != 0)
- cp = stpcpy (cp, sponsor);
- if ((mask & CEN_REVISION) != 0)
- {
- *cp++ = '_';
- cp = stpcpy (cp, revision);
- }
- }
-
- *cp++ = '/';
- stpcpy (cp, filename);
-
- /* Look in list of already loaded domains whether it is already
- available. */
- lastp = l10nfile_list;
- for (retval = *l10nfile_list; retval != NULL; retval = retval->next)
- if (retval->filename != NULL)
- {
- int compare = strcmp (retval->filename, abs_filename);
- if (compare == 0)
- /* We found it! */
- break;
- if (compare < 0)
- {
- /* It's not in the list. */
- retval = NULL;
- break;
- }
-
- lastp = &retval->next;
- }
-
- if (retval != NULL || do_allocate == 0)
- {
- free (abs_filename);
- return retval;
- }
-
- dirlist_count = (dirlist_len > 0 ? __argz_count (dirlist, dirlist_len) : 1);
-
- /* Allocate a new loaded_l10nfile. */
- retval =
- (struct loaded_l10nfile *)
- malloc (sizeof (*retval)
- + (((dirlist_count << pop (mask)) + (dirlist_count > 1 ? 1 : 0))
- * sizeof (struct loaded_l10nfile *)));
- if (retval == NULL)
- return NULL;
-
- retval->filename = abs_filename;
-
- /* We set retval->data to NULL here; it is filled in later.
- Setting retval->decided to 1 here means that retval does not
- correspond to a real file (dirlist_count > 1) or is not worth
- looking up (if an unnormalized codeset was specified). */
- retval->decided = (dirlist_count > 1
- || ((mask & XPG_CODESET) != 0
- && (mask & XPG_NORM_CODESET) != 0));
- retval->data = NULL;
-
- retval->next = *lastp;
- *lastp = retval;
-
- entries = 0;
- /* Recurse to fill the inheritance list of RETVAL.
- If the DIRLIST is a real list (i.e. DIRLIST_COUNT > 1), the RETVAL
- entry does not correspond to a real file; retval->filename contains
- colons. In this case we loop across all elements of DIRLIST and
- across all bit patterns dominated by MASK.
- If the DIRLIST is a single directory or entirely redundant (i.e.
- DIRLIST_COUNT == 1), we loop across all bit patterns dominated by
- MASK, excluding MASK itself.
- In either case, we loop down from MASK to 0. This has the effect
- that the extra bits in the locale name are dropped in this order:
- first the modifier, then the territory, then the codeset, then the
- normalized_codeset. */
- for (cnt = dirlist_count > 1 ? mask : mask - 1; cnt >= 0; --cnt)
- if ((cnt & ~mask) == 0
- && ((cnt & CEN_SPECIFIC) == 0 || (cnt & XPG_SPECIFIC) == 0)
- && ((cnt & XPG_CODESET) == 0 || (cnt & XPG_NORM_CODESET) == 0))
- {
- if (dirlist_count > 1)
- {
- /* Iterate over all elements of the DIRLIST. */
- char *dir = NULL;
-
- while ((dir = __argz_next ((char *) dirlist, dirlist_len, dir))
- != NULL)
- retval->successor[entries++]
- = _nl_make_l10nflist (l10nfile_list, dir, strlen (dir) + 1,
- cnt, language, territory, codeset,
- normalized_codeset, modifier, special,
- sponsor, revision, filename, 1);
- }
- else
- retval->successor[entries++]
- = _nl_make_l10nflist (l10nfile_list, dirlist, dirlist_len,
- cnt, language, territory, codeset,
- normalized_codeset, modifier, special,
- sponsor, revision, filename, 1);
- }
- retval->successor[entries] = NULL;
-
- return retval;
-}
-\f
-/* Normalize codeset name. There is no standard for the codeset
- names. Normalization allows the user to use any of the common
- names. The return value is dynamically allocated and has to be
- freed by the caller. */
-const char *
-_nl_normalize_codeset (codeset, name_len)
- const char *codeset;
- size_t name_len;
-{
- int len = 0;
- int only_digit = 1;
- char *retval;
- char *wp;
- size_t cnt;
-
- for (cnt = 0; cnt < name_len; ++cnt)
- if (isalnum ((unsigned char) codeset[cnt]))
- {
- ++len;
-
- if (isalpha ((unsigned char) codeset[cnt]))
- only_digit = 0;
- }
-
- retval = (char *) malloc ((only_digit ? 3 : 0) + len + 1);
-
- if (retval != NULL)
- {
- if (only_digit)
- wp = stpcpy (retval, "iso");
- else
- wp = retval;
-
- for (cnt = 0; cnt < name_len; ++cnt)
- if (isalpha ((unsigned char) codeset[cnt]))
- *wp++ = tolower ((unsigned char) codeset[cnt]);
- else if (isdigit ((unsigned char) codeset[cnt]))
- *wp++ = codeset[cnt];
-
- *wp = '\0';
- }
-
- return (const char *) retval;
-}
-
-
-/* @@ begin of epilog @@ */
-
-/* We don't want libintl.a to depend on any other library. So we
- avoid the non-standard function stpcpy. In GNU C Library this
- function is available, though. Also allow the symbol HAVE_STPCPY
- to be defined. */
-#if !_LIBC && !HAVE_STPCPY
-static char *
-stpcpy (dest, src)
- char *dest;
- const char *src;
-{
- while ((*dest++ = *src++) != '\0')
- /* Do nothing. */ ;
- return dest - 1;
-}
-#endif
+++ /dev/null
-/* Message catalogs for internationalization.
- Copyright (C) 1995-1997, 2000-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
- This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
- under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
- by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
- any later version.
-
- This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
- Library General Public License for more details.
-
- You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
- License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
- USA. */
-
-#ifndef _LIBINTL_H
-#define _LIBINTL_H 1
-
-#include <locale.h>
-
-/* The LC_MESSAGES locale category is the category used by the functions
- gettext() and dgettext(). It is specified in POSIX, but not in ANSI C.
- On systems that don't define it, use an arbitrary value instead.
- On Solaris, <locale.h> defines __LOCALE_H (or _LOCALE_H in Solaris 2.5)
- then includes <libintl.h> (i.e. this file!) and then only defines
- LC_MESSAGES. To avoid a redefinition warning, don't define LC_MESSAGES
- in this case. */
-#if !defined LC_MESSAGES && !(defined __LOCALE_H || (defined _LOCALE_H && defined __sun))
-# define LC_MESSAGES 1729
-#endif
-
-/* We define an additional symbol to signal that we use the GNU
- implementation of gettext. */
-#define __USE_GNU_GETTEXT 1
-
-/* Provide information about the supported file formats. Returns the
- maximum minor revision number supported for a given major revision. */
-#define __GNU_GETTEXT_SUPPORTED_REVISION(major) \
- ((major) == 0 ? 1 : -1)
-
-/* Resolve a platform specific conflict on DJGPP. GNU gettext takes
- precedence over _conio_gettext. */
-#ifdef __DJGPP__
-# undef gettext
-#endif
-
-/* Use _INTL_PARAMS, not PARAMS, in order to avoid clashes with identifiers
- used by programs. Similarly, test __PROTOTYPES, not PROTOTYPES. */
-#ifndef _INTL_PARAMS
-# if __STDC__ || defined __GNUC__ || defined __SUNPRO_C || defined __cplusplus || __PROTOTYPES
-# define _INTL_PARAMS(args) args
-# else
-# define _INTL_PARAMS(args) ()
-# endif
-#endif
-
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-extern "C" {
-#endif
-
-
-/* We redirect the functions to those prefixed with "libintl_". This is
- necessary, because some systems define gettext/textdomain/... in the C
- library (namely, Solaris 2.4 and newer, and GNU libc 2.0 and newer).
- If we used the unprefixed names, there would be cases where the
- definition in the C library would override the one in the libintl.so
- shared library. Recall that on ELF systems, the symbols are looked
- up in the following order:
- 1. in the executable,
- 2. in the shared libraries specified on the link command line, in order,
- 3. in the dependencies of the shared libraries specified on the link
- command line,
- 4. in the dlopen()ed shared libraries, in the order in which they were
- dlopen()ed.
- The definition in the C library would override the one in libintl.so if
- either
- * -lc is given on the link command line and -lintl isn't, or
- * -lc is given on the link command line before -lintl, or
- * libintl.so is a dependency of a dlopen()ed shared library but not
- linked to the executable at link time.
- Since Solaris gettext() behaves differently than GNU gettext(), this
- would be unacceptable.
-
- The redirection happens by default through macros in C, so that &gettext
- is independent of the compilation unit, but through inline functions in
- C++, in order not to interfere with the name mangling of class fields or
- class methods called 'gettext'. */
-
-/* The user can define _INTL_REDIRECT_INLINE or _INTL_REDIRECT_MACROS.
- If he doesn't, we choose the method. A third possible method is
- _INTL_REDIRECT_ASM, supported only by GCC. */
-#if !(defined _INTL_REDIRECT_INLINE || defined _INTL_REDIRECT_MACROS)
-# if __GNUC__ >= 2 && !defined __APPLE_CC__ && (defined __STDC__ || defined __cplusplus)
-# define _INTL_REDIRECT_ASM
-# else
-# ifdef __cplusplus
-# define _INTL_REDIRECT_INLINE
-# else
-# define _INTL_REDIRECT_MACROS
-# endif
-# endif
-#endif
-/* Auxiliary macros. */
-#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_ASM
-# define _INTL_ASM(cname) __asm__ (_INTL_ASMNAME (__USER_LABEL_PREFIX__, #cname))
-# define _INTL_ASMNAME(prefix,cnamestring) _INTL_STRINGIFY (prefix) cnamestring
-# define _INTL_STRINGIFY(prefix) #prefix
-#else
-# define _INTL_ASM(cname)
-#endif
-
-/* Look up MSGID in the current default message catalog for the current
- LC_MESSAGES locale. If not found, returns MSGID itself (the default
- text). */
-#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_INLINE
-extern char *libintl_gettext (const char *__msgid);
-static inline char *gettext (const char *__msgid)
-{
- return libintl_gettext (__msgid);
-}
-#else
-#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_MACROS
-# define gettext libintl_gettext
-#endif
-extern char *gettext _INTL_PARAMS ((const char *__msgid))
- _INTL_ASM (libintl_gettext);
-#endif
-
-/* Look up MSGID in the DOMAINNAME message catalog for the current
- LC_MESSAGES locale. */
-#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_INLINE
-extern char *libintl_dgettext (const char *__domainname, const char *__msgid);
-static inline char *dgettext (const char *__domainname, const char *__msgid)
-{
- return libintl_dgettext (__domainname, __msgid);
-}
-#else
-#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_MACROS
-# define dgettext libintl_dgettext
-#endif
-extern char *dgettext _INTL_PARAMS ((const char *__domainname,
- const char *__msgid))
- _INTL_ASM (libintl_dgettext);
-#endif
-
-/* Look up MSGID in the DOMAINNAME message catalog for the current CATEGORY
- locale. */
-#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_INLINE
-extern char *libintl_dcgettext (const char *__domainname, const char *__msgid,
- int __category);
-static inline char *dcgettext (const char *__domainname, const char *__msgid,
- int __category)
-{
- return libintl_dcgettext (__domainname, __msgid, __category);
-}
-#else
-#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_MACROS
-# define dcgettext libintl_dcgettext
-#endif
-extern char *dcgettext _INTL_PARAMS ((const char *__domainname,
- const char *__msgid,
- int __category))
- _INTL_ASM (libintl_dcgettext);
-#endif
-
-
-/* Similar to `gettext' but select the plural form corresponding to the
- number N. */
-#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_INLINE
-extern char *libintl_ngettext (const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2,
- unsigned long int __n);
-static inline char *ngettext (const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2,
- unsigned long int __n)
-{
- return libintl_ngettext (__msgid1, __msgid2, __n);
-}
-#else
-#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_MACROS
-# define ngettext libintl_ngettext
-#endif
-extern char *ngettext _INTL_PARAMS ((const char *__msgid1,
- const char *__msgid2,
- unsigned long int __n))
- _INTL_ASM (libintl_ngettext);
-#endif
-
-/* Similar to `dgettext' but select the plural form corresponding to the
- number N. */
-#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_INLINE
-extern char *libintl_dngettext (const char *__domainname, const char *__msgid1,
- const char *__msgid2, unsigned long int __n);
-static inline char *dngettext (const char *__domainname, const char *__msgid1,
- const char *__msgid2, unsigned long int __n)
-{
- return libintl_dngettext (__domainname, __msgid1, __msgid2, __n);
-}
-#else
-#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_MACROS
-# define dngettext libintl_dngettext
-#endif
-extern char *dngettext _INTL_PARAMS ((const char *__domainname,
- const char *__msgid1,
- const char *__msgid2,
- unsigned long int __n))
- _INTL_ASM (libintl_dngettext);
-#endif
-
-/* Similar to `dcgettext' but select the plural form corresponding to the
- number N. */
-#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_INLINE
-extern char *libintl_dcngettext (const char *__domainname,
- const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2,
- unsigned long int __n, int __category);
-static inline char *dcngettext (const char *__domainname,
- const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2,
- unsigned long int __n, int __category)
-{
- return libintl_dcngettext (__domainname, __msgid1, __msgid2, __n, __category);
-}
-#else
-#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_MACROS
-# define dcngettext libintl_dcngettext
-#endif
-extern char *dcngettext _INTL_PARAMS ((const char *__domainname,
- const char *__msgid1,
- const char *__msgid2,
- unsigned long int __n,
- int __category))
- _INTL_ASM (libintl_dcngettext);
-#endif
-
-
-/* Set the current default message catalog to DOMAINNAME.
- If DOMAINNAME is null, return the current default.
- If DOMAINNAME is "", reset to the default of "messages". */
-#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_INLINE
-extern char *libintl_textdomain (const char *__domainname);
-static inline char *textdomain (const char *__domainname)
-{
- return libintl_textdomain (__domainname);
-}
-#else
-#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_MACROS
-# define textdomain libintl_textdomain
-#endif
-extern char *textdomain _INTL_PARAMS ((const char *__domainname))
- _INTL_ASM (libintl_textdomain);
-#endif
-
-/* Specify that the DOMAINNAME message catalog will be found
- in DIRNAME rather than in the system locale data base. */
-#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_INLINE
-extern char *libintl_bindtextdomain (const char *__domainname,
- const char *__dirname);
-static inline char *bindtextdomain (const char *__domainname,
- const char *__dirname)
-{
- return libintl_bindtextdomain (__domainname, __dirname);
-}
-#else
-#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_MACROS
-# define bindtextdomain libintl_bindtextdomain
-#endif
-extern char *bindtextdomain _INTL_PARAMS ((const char *__domainname,
- const char *__dirname))
- _INTL_ASM (libintl_bindtextdomain);
-#endif
-
-/* Specify the character encoding in which the messages from the
- DOMAINNAME message catalog will be returned. */
-#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_INLINE
-extern char *libintl_bind_textdomain_codeset (const char *__domainname,
- const char *__codeset);
-static inline char *bind_textdomain_codeset (const char *__domainname,
- const char *__codeset)
-{
- return libintl_bind_textdomain_codeset (__domainname, __codeset);
-}
-#else
-#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_MACROS
-# define bind_textdomain_codeset libintl_bind_textdomain_codeset
-#endif
-extern char *bind_textdomain_codeset _INTL_PARAMS ((const char *__domainname,
- const char *__codeset))
- _INTL_ASM (libintl_bind_textdomain_codeset);
-#endif
-
-
-/* Support for relocatable packages. */
-
-/* Sets the original and the current installation prefix of the package.
- Relocation simply replaces a pathname starting with the original prefix
- by the corresponding pathname with the current prefix instead. Both
- prefixes should be directory names without trailing slash (i.e. use ""
- instead of "/"). */
-#define libintl_set_relocation_prefix libintl_set_relocation_prefix
-extern void
- libintl_set_relocation_prefix _INTL_PARAMS ((const char *orig_prefix,
- const char *curr_prefix));
-
-
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-}
-#endif
-
-#endif /* libintl.h */
+++ /dev/null
-/* Copyright (C) 1996-1999, 2000-2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
- This file is part of the GNU C Library.
- Contributed by Ulrich Drepper <drepper@cygnus.com>, 1996.
-
- This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
- under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
- by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
- any later version.
-
- This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
- Library General Public License for more details.
-
- You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
- License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
- USA. */
-
-#ifndef _LOADINFO_H
-#define _LOADINFO_H 1
-
-/* Declarations of locale dependent catalog lookup functions.
- Implemented in
-
- localealias.c Possibly replace a locale name by another.
- explodename.c Split a locale name into its various fields.
- l10nflist.c Generate a list of filenames of possible message catalogs.
- finddomain.c Find and open the relevant message catalogs.
-
- The main function _nl_find_domain() in finddomain.c is declared
- in gettextP.h.
- */
-
-#ifndef PARAMS
-# if __STDC__ || defined __GNUC__ || defined __SUNPRO_C || defined __cplusplus || __PROTOTYPES
-# define PARAMS(args) args
-# else
-# define PARAMS(args) ()
-# endif
-#endif
-
-#ifndef internal_function
-# define internal_function
-#endif
-
-/* Tell the compiler when a conditional or integer expression is
- almost always true or almost always false. */
-#ifndef HAVE_BUILTIN_EXPECT
-# define __builtin_expect(expr, val) (expr)
-#endif
-
-/* Separator in PATH like lists of pathnames. */
-#if defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__ || defined __EMX__ || defined __DJGPP__
- /* Win32, OS/2, DOS */
-# define PATH_SEPARATOR ';'
-#else
- /* Unix */
-# define PATH_SEPARATOR ':'
-#endif
-
-/* Encoding of locale name parts. */
-#define CEN_REVISION 1
-#define CEN_SPONSOR 2
-#define CEN_SPECIAL 4
-#define XPG_NORM_CODESET 8
-#define XPG_CODESET 16
-#define TERRITORY 32
-#define CEN_AUDIENCE 64
-#define XPG_MODIFIER 128
-
-#define CEN_SPECIFIC (CEN_REVISION|CEN_SPONSOR|CEN_SPECIAL|CEN_AUDIENCE)
-#define XPG_SPECIFIC (XPG_CODESET|XPG_NORM_CODESET|XPG_MODIFIER)
-
-
-struct loaded_l10nfile
-{
- const char *filename;
- int decided;
-
- const void *data;
-
- struct loaded_l10nfile *next;
- struct loaded_l10nfile *successor[1];
-};
-
-
-/* Normalize codeset name. There is no standard for the codeset
- names. Normalization allows the user to use any of the common
- names. The return value is dynamically allocated and has to be
- freed by the caller. */
-extern const char *_nl_normalize_codeset PARAMS ((const char *codeset,
- size_t name_len));
-
-/* Lookup a locale dependent file.
- *L10NFILE_LIST denotes a pool of lookup results of locale dependent
- files of the same kind, sorted in decreasing order of ->filename.
- DIRLIST and DIRLIST_LEN are an argz list of directories in which to
- look, containing at least one directory (i.e. DIRLIST_LEN > 0).
- MASK, LANGUAGE, TERRITORY, CODESET, NORMALIZED_CODESET, MODIFIER,
- SPECIAL, SPONSOR, REVISION are the pieces of the locale name, as
- produced by _nl_explode_name(). FILENAME is the filename suffix.
- The return value is the lookup result, either found in *L10NFILE_LIST,
- or - if DO_ALLOCATE is nonzero - freshly allocated, or possibly NULL.
- If the return value is non-NULL, it is added to *L10NFILE_LIST, and
- its ->next field denotes the chaining inside *L10NFILE_LIST, and
- furthermore its ->successor[] field contains a list of other lookup
- results from which this lookup result inherits. */
-extern struct loaded_l10nfile *
-_nl_make_l10nflist PARAMS ((struct loaded_l10nfile **l10nfile_list,
- const char *dirlist, size_t dirlist_len, int mask,
- const char *language, const char *territory,
- const char *codeset,
- const char *normalized_codeset,
- const char *modifier, const char *special,
- const char *sponsor, const char *revision,
- const char *filename, int do_allocate));
-
-/* Lookup the real locale name for a locale alias NAME, or NULL if
- NAME is not a locale alias (but possibly a real locale name).
- The return value is statically allocated and must not be freed. */
-extern const char *_nl_expand_alias PARAMS ((const char *name));
-
-/* Split a locale name NAME into its pieces: language, modifier,
- territory, codeset, special, sponsor, revision.
- NAME gets destructively modified: NUL bytes are inserted here and
- there. *LANGUAGE gets assigned NAME. Each of *MODIFIER, *TERRITORY,
- *CODESET, *SPECIAL, *SPONSOR, *REVISION gets assigned either a
- pointer into the old NAME string, or NULL. *NORMALIZED_CODESET
- gets assigned the expanded *CODESET, if it is different from *CODESET;
- this one is dynamically allocated and has to be freed by the caller.
- The return value is a bitmask, where each bit corresponds to one
- filled-in value:
- XPG_MODIFIER, CEN_AUDIENCE for *MODIFIER,
- TERRITORY for *TERRITORY,
- XPG_CODESET for *CODESET,
- XPG_NORM_CODESET for *NORMALIZED_CODESET,
- CEN_SPECIAL for *SPECIAL,
- CEN_SPONSOR for *SPONSOR,
- CEN_REVISION for *REVISION.
- */
-extern int _nl_explode_name PARAMS ((char *name, const char **language,
- const char **modifier,
- const char **territory,
- const char **codeset,
- const char **normalized_codeset,
- const char **special,
- const char **sponsor,
- const char **revision));
-
-/* Split a locale name NAME into a leading language part and all the
- rest. Return a pointer to the first character after the language,
- i.e. to the first byte of the rest. */
-extern char *_nl_find_language PARAMS ((const char *name));
-
-#endif /* loadinfo.h */
+++ /dev/null
-/* Load needed message catalogs.
- Copyright (C) 1995-1999, 2000-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
- This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
- under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
- by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
- any later version.
-
- This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
- Library General Public License for more details.
-
- You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
- License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
- USA. */
-
-/* Tell glibc's <string.h> to provide a prototype for mempcpy().
- This must come before <config.h> because <config.h> may include
- <features.h>, and once <features.h> has been included, it's too late. */
-#ifndef _GNU_SOURCE
-# define _GNU_SOURCE 1
-#endif
-
-#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
-# include <config.h>
-#endif
-
-#include <ctype.h>
-#include <errno.h>
-#include <fcntl.h>
-#include <sys/types.h>
-#include <sys/stat.h>
-
-#ifdef __GNUC__
-# undef alloca
-# define alloca __builtin_alloca
-# define HAVE_ALLOCA 1
-#else
-# ifdef _MSC_VER
-# include <malloc.h>
-# define alloca _alloca
-# else
-# if defined HAVE_ALLOCA_H || defined _LIBC
-# include <alloca.h>
-# else
-# ifdef _AIX
- #pragma alloca
-# else
-# ifndef alloca
-char *alloca ();
-# endif
-# endif
-# endif
-# endif
-#endif
-
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#include <string.h>
-
-#if defined HAVE_UNISTD_H || defined _LIBC
-# include <unistd.h>
-#endif
-
-#ifdef _LIBC
-# include <langinfo.h>
-# include <locale.h>
-#endif
-
-#if (defined HAVE_MMAP && defined HAVE_MUNMAP && !defined DISALLOW_MMAP) \
- || (defined _LIBC && defined _POSIX_MAPPED_FILES)
-# include <sys/mman.h>
-# undef HAVE_MMAP
-# define HAVE_MMAP 1
-#else
-# undef HAVE_MMAP
-#endif
-
-#if defined HAVE_STDINT_H_WITH_UINTMAX || defined _LIBC
-# include <stdint.h>
-#endif
-#if defined HAVE_INTTYPES_H || defined _LIBC
-# include <inttypes.h>
-#endif
-
-#include "gmo.h"
-#include "gettextP.h"
-#include "hash-string.h"
-#include "plural-exp.h"
-
-#ifdef _LIBC
-# include "../locale/localeinfo.h"
-#endif
-
-/* Provide fallback values for macros that ought to be defined in <inttypes.h>.
- Note that our fallback values need not be literal strings, because we don't
- use them with preprocessor string concatenation. */
-#if !defined PRId8 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
-# undef PRId8
-# define PRId8 "d"
-#endif
-#if !defined PRIi8 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
-# undef PRIi8
-# define PRIi8 "i"
-#endif
-#if !defined PRIo8 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
-# undef PRIo8
-# define PRIo8 "o"
-#endif
-#if !defined PRIu8 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
-# undef PRIu8
-# define PRIu8 "u"
-#endif
-#if !defined PRIx8 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
-# undef PRIx8
-# define PRIx8 "x"
-#endif
-#if !defined PRIX8 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
-# undef PRIX8
-# define PRIX8 "X"
-#endif
-#if !defined PRId16 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
-# undef PRId16
-# define PRId16 "d"
-#endif
-#if !defined PRIi16 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
-# undef PRIi16
-# define PRIi16 "i"
-#endif
-#if !defined PRIo16 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
-# undef PRIo16
-# define PRIo16 "o"
-#endif
-#if !defined PRIu16 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
-# undef PRIu16
-# define PRIu16 "u"
-#endif
-#if !defined PRIx16 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
-# undef PRIx16
-# define PRIx16 "x"
-#endif
-#if !defined PRIX16 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
-# undef PRIX16
-# define PRIX16 "X"
-#endif
-#if !defined PRId32 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
-# undef PRId32
-# define PRId32 "d"
-#endif
-#if !defined PRIi32 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
-# undef PRIi32
-# define PRIi32 "i"
-#endif
-#if !defined PRIo32 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
-# undef PRIo32
-# define PRIo32 "o"
-#endif
-#if !defined PRIu32 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
-# undef PRIu32
-# define PRIu32 "u"
-#endif
-#if !defined PRIx32 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
-# undef PRIx32
-# define PRIx32 "x"
-#endif
-#if !defined PRIX32 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
-# undef PRIX32
-# define PRIX32 "X"
-#endif
-#if !defined PRId64 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
-# undef PRId64
-# define PRId64 (sizeof (long) == 8 ? "ld" : "lld")
-#endif
-#if !defined PRIi64 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
-# undef PRIi64
-# define PRIi64 (sizeof (long) == 8 ? "li" : "lli")
-#endif
-#if !defined PRIo64 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
-# undef PRIo64
-# define PRIo64 (sizeof (long) == 8 ? "lo" : "llo")
-#endif
-#if !defined PRIu64 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
-# undef PRIu64
-# define PRIu64 (sizeof (long) == 8 ? "lu" : "llu")
-#endif
-#if !defined PRIx64 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
-# undef PRIx64
-# define PRIx64 (sizeof (long) == 8 ? "lx" : "llx")
-#endif
-#if !defined PRIX64 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
-# undef PRIX64
-# define PRIX64 (sizeof (long) == 8 ? "lX" : "llX")
-#endif
-#if !defined PRIdLEAST8 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
-# undef PRIdLEAST8
-# define PRIdLEAST8 "d"
-#endif
-#if !defined PRIiLEAST8 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
-# undef PRIiLEAST8
-# define PRIiLEAST8 "i"
-#endif
-#if !defined PRIoLEAST8 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
-# undef PRIoLEAST8
-# define PRIoLEAST8 "o"
-#endif
-#if !defined PRIuLEAST8 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
-# undef PRIuLEAST8
-# define PRIuLEAST8 "u"
-#endif
-#if !defined PRIxLEAST8 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
-# undef PRIxLEAST8
-# define PRIxLEAST8 "x"
-#endif
-#if !defined PRIXLEAST8 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
-# undef PRIXLEAST8
-# define PRIXLEAST8 "X"
-#endif
-#if !defined PRIdLEAST16 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
-# undef PRIdLEAST16
-# define PRIdLEAST16 "d"
-#endif
-#if !defined PRIiLEAST16 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
-# undef PRIiLEAST16
-# define PRIiLEAST16 "i"
-#endif
-#if !defined PRIoLEAST16 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
-# undef PRIoLEAST16
-# define PRIoLEAST16 "o"
-#endif
-#if !defined PRIuLEAST16 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
-# undef PRIuLEAST16
-# define PRIuLEAST16 "u"
-#endif
-#if !defined PRIxLEAST16 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
-# undef PRIxLEAST16
-# define PRIxLEAST16 "x"
-#endif
-#if !defined PRIXLEAST16 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
-# undef PRIXLEAST16
-# define PRIXLEAST16 "X"
-#endif
-#if !defined PRIdLEAST32 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
-# undef PRIdLEAST32
-# define PRIdLEAST32 "d"
-#endif
-#if !defined PRIiLEAST32 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
-# undef PRIiLEAST32
-# define PRIiLEAST32 "i"
-#endif
-#if !defined PRIoLEAST32 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
-# undef PRIoLEAST32
-# define PRIoLEAST32 "o"
-#endif
-#if !defined PRIuLEAST32 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
-# undef PRIuLEAST32
-# define PRIuLEAST32 "u"
-#endif
-#if !defined PRIxLEAST32 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
-# undef PRIxLEAST32
-# define PRIxLEAST32 "x"
-#endif
-#if !defined PRIXLEAST32 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
-# undef PRIXLEAST32
-# define PRIXLEAST32 "X"
-#endif
-#if !defined PRIdLEAST64 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
-# undef PRIdLEAST64
-# define PRIdLEAST64 PRId64
-#endif
-#if !defined PRIiLEAST64 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
-# undef PRIiLEAST64
-# define PRIiLEAST64 PRIi64
-#endif
-#if !defined PRIoLEAST64 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
-# undef PRIoLEAST64
-# define PRIoLEAST64 PRIo64
-#endif
-#if !defined PRIuLEAST64 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
-# undef PRIuLEAST64
-# define PRIuLEAST64 PRIu64
-#endif
-#if !defined PRIxLEAST64 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
-# undef PRIxLEAST64
-# define PRIxLEAST64 PRIx64
-#endif
-#if !defined PRIXLEAST64 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
-# undef PRIXLEAST64
-# define PRIXLEAST64 PRIX64
-#endif
-#if !defined PRIdFAST8 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
-# undef PRIdFAST8
-# define PRIdFAST8 "d"
-#endif
-#if !defined PRIiFAST8 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
-# undef PRIiFAST8
-# define PRIiFAST8 "i"
-#endif
-#if !defined PRIoFAST8 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
-# undef PRIoFAST8
-# define PRIoFAST8 "o"
-#endif
-#if !defined PRIuFAST8 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
-# undef PRIuFAST8
-# define PRIuFAST8 "u"
-#endif
-#if !defined PRIxFAST8 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
-# undef PRIxFAST8
-# define PRIxFAST8 "x"
-#endif
-#if !defined PRIXFAST8 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
-# undef PRIXFAST8
-# define PRIXFAST8 "X"
-#endif
-#if !defined PRIdFAST16 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
-# undef PRIdFAST16
-# define PRIdFAST16 "d"
-#endif
-#if !defined PRIiFAST16 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
-# undef PRIiFAST16
-# define PRIiFAST16 "i"
-#endif
-#if !defined PRIoFAST16 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
-# undef PRIoFAST16
-# define PRIoFAST16 "o"
-#endif
-#if !defined PRIuFAST16 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
-# undef PRIuFAST16
-# define PRIuFAST16 "u"
-#endif
-#if !defined PRIxFAST16 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
-# undef PRIxFAST16
-# define PRIxFAST16 "x"
-#endif
-#if !defined PRIXFAST16 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
-# undef PRIXFAST16
-# define PRIXFAST16 "X"
-#endif
-#if !defined PRIdFAST32 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
-# undef PRIdFAST32
-# define PRIdFAST32 "d"
-#endif
-#if !defined PRIiFAST32 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
-# undef PRIiFAST32
-# define PRIiFAST32 "i"
-#endif
-#if !defined PRIoFAST32 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
-# undef PRIoFAST32
-# define PRIoFAST32 "o"
-#endif
-#if !defined PRIuFAST32 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
-# undef PRIuFAST32
-# define PRIuFAST32 "u"
-#endif
-#if !defined PRIxFAST32 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
-# undef PRIxFAST32
-# define PRIxFAST32 "x"
-#endif
-#if !defined PRIXFAST32 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
-# undef PRIXFAST32
-# define PRIXFAST32 "X"
-#endif
-#if !defined PRIdFAST64 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
-# undef PRIdFAST64
-# define PRIdFAST64 PRId64
-#endif
-#if !defined PRIiFAST64 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
-# undef PRIiFAST64
-# define PRIiFAST64 PRIi64
-#endif
-#if !defined PRIoFAST64 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
-# undef PRIoFAST64
-# define PRIoFAST64 PRIo64
-#endif
-#if !defined PRIuFAST64 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
-# undef PRIuFAST64
-# define PRIuFAST64 PRIu64
-#endif
-#if !defined PRIxFAST64 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
-# undef PRIxFAST64
-# define PRIxFAST64 PRIx64
-#endif
-#if !defined PRIXFAST64 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
-# undef PRIXFAST64
-# define PRIXFAST64 PRIX64
-#endif
-#if !defined PRIdMAX || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
-# undef PRIdMAX
-# define PRIdMAX (sizeof (uintmax_t) == sizeof (long) ? "ld" : "lld")
-#endif
-#if !defined PRIiMAX || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
-# undef PRIiMAX
-# define PRIiMAX (sizeof (uintmax_t) == sizeof (long) ? "li" : "lli")
-#endif
-#if !defined PRIoMAX || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
-# undef PRIoMAX
-# define PRIoMAX (sizeof (uintmax_t) == sizeof (long) ? "lo" : "llo")
-#endif
-#if !defined PRIuMAX || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
-# undef PRIuMAX
-# define PRIuMAX (sizeof (uintmax_t) == sizeof (long) ? "lu" : "llu")
-#endif
-#if !defined PRIxMAX || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
-# undef PRIxMAX
-# define PRIxMAX (sizeof (uintmax_t) == sizeof (long) ? "lx" : "llx")
-#endif
-#if !defined PRIXMAX || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
-# undef PRIXMAX
-# define PRIXMAX (sizeof (uintmax_t) == sizeof (long) ? "lX" : "llX")
-#endif
-#if !defined PRIdPTR || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
-# undef PRIdPTR
-# define PRIdPTR \
- (sizeof (void *) == sizeof (long) ? "ld" : \
- sizeof (void *) == sizeof (int) ? "d" : \
- "lld")
-#endif
-#if !defined PRIiPTR || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
-# undef PRIiPTR
-# define PRIiPTR \
- (sizeof (void *) == sizeof (long) ? "li" : \
- sizeof (void *) == sizeof (int) ? "i" : \
- "lli")
-#endif
-#if !defined PRIoPTR || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
-# undef PRIoPTR
-# define PRIoPTR \
- (sizeof (void *) == sizeof (long) ? "lo" : \
- sizeof (void *) == sizeof (int) ? "o" : \
- "llo")
-#endif
-#if !defined PRIuPTR || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
-# undef PRIuPTR
-# define PRIuPTR \
- (sizeof (void *) == sizeof (long) ? "lu" : \
- sizeof (void *) == sizeof (int) ? "u" : \
- "llu")
-#endif
-#if !defined PRIxPTR || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
-# undef PRIxPTR
-# define PRIxPTR \
- (sizeof (void *) == sizeof (long) ? "lx" : \
- sizeof (void *) == sizeof (int) ? "x" : \
- "llx")
-#endif
-#if !defined PRIXPTR || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN
-# undef PRIXPTR
-# define PRIXPTR \
- (sizeof (void *) == sizeof (long) ? "lX" : \
- sizeof (void *) == sizeof (int) ? "X" : \
- "llX")
-#endif
-
-/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
-
-#ifdef _LIBC
-/* Rename the non ISO C functions. This is required by the standard
- because some ISO C functions will require linking with this object
- file and the name space must not be polluted. */
-# define open __open
-# define close __close
-# define read __read
-# define mmap __mmap
-# define munmap __munmap
-#endif
-
-/* For those losing systems which don't have `alloca' we have to add
- some additional code emulating it. */
-#ifdef HAVE_ALLOCA
-# define freea(p) /* nothing */
-#else
-# define alloca(n) malloc (n)
-# define freea(p) free (p)
-#endif
-
-/* For systems that distinguish between text and binary I/O.
- O_BINARY is usually declared in <fcntl.h>. */
-#if !defined O_BINARY && defined _O_BINARY
- /* For MSC-compatible compilers. */
-# define O_BINARY _O_BINARY
-# define O_TEXT _O_TEXT
-#endif
-#ifdef __BEOS__
- /* BeOS 5 has O_BINARY and O_TEXT, but they have no effect. */
-# undef O_BINARY
-# undef O_TEXT
-#endif
-/* On reasonable systems, binary I/O is the default. */
-#ifndef O_BINARY
-# define O_BINARY 0
-#endif
-
-
-/* Prototypes for local functions. Needed to ensure compiler checking of
- function argument counts despite of K&R C function definition syntax. */
-static const char *get_sysdep_segment_value PARAMS ((const char *name));
-
-
-/* We need a sign, whether a new catalog was loaded, which can be associated
- with all translations. This is important if the translations are
- cached by one of GCC's features. */
-int _nl_msg_cat_cntr;
-
-
-/* Expand a system dependent string segment. Return NULL if unsupported. */
-static const char *
-get_sysdep_segment_value (name)
- const char *name;
-{
- /* Test for an ISO C 99 section 7.8.1 format string directive.
- Syntax:
- P R I { d | i | o | u | x | X }
- { { | LEAST | FAST } { 8 | 16 | 32 | 64 } | MAX | PTR } */
- /* We don't use a table of 14 times 6 'const char *' strings here, because
- data relocations cost startup time. */
- if (name[0] == 'P' && name[1] == 'R' && name[2] == 'I')
- {
- if (name[3] == 'd' || name[3] == 'i' || name[3] == 'o' || name[3] == 'u'
- || name[3] == 'x' || name[3] == 'X')
- {
- if (name[4] == '8' && name[5] == '\0')
- {
- if (name[3] == 'd')
- return PRId8;
- if (name[3] == 'i')
- return PRIi8;
- if (name[3] == 'o')
- return PRIo8;
- if (name[3] == 'u')
- return PRIu8;
- if (name[3] == 'x')
- return PRIx8;
- if (name[3] == 'X')
- return PRIX8;
- abort ();
- }
- if (name[4] == '1' && name[5] == '6' && name[6] == '\0')
- {
- if (name[3] == 'd')
- return PRId16;
- if (name[3] == 'i')
- return PRIi16;
- if (name[3] == 'o')
- return PRIo16;
- if (name[3] == 'u')
- return PRIu16;
- if (name[3] == 'x')
- return PRIx16;
- if (name[3] == 'X')
- return PRIX16;
- abort ();
- }
- if (name[4] == '3' && name[5] == '2' && name[6] == '\0')
- {
- if (name[3] == 'd')
- return PRId32;
- if (name[3] == 'i')
- return PRIi32;
- if (name[3] == 'o')
- return PRIo32;
- if (name[3] == 'u')
- return PRIu32;
- if (name[3] == 'x')
- return PRIx32;
- if (name[3] == 'X')
- return PRIX32;
- abort ();
- }
- if (name[4] == '6' && name[5] == '4' && name[6] == '\0')
- {
- if (name[3] == 'd')
- return PRId64;
- if (name[3] == 'i')
- return PRIi64;
- if (name[3] == 'o')
- return PRIo64;
- if (name[3] == 'u')
- return PRIu64;
- if (name[3] == 'x')
- return PRIx64;
- if (name[3] == 'X')
- return PRIX64;
- abort ();
- }
- if (name[4] == 'L' && name[5] == 'E' && name[6] == 'A'
- && name[7] == 'S' && name[8] == 'T')
- {
- if (name[9] == '8' && name[10] == '\0')
- {
- if (name[3] == 'd')
- return PRIdLEAST8;
- if (name[3] == 'i')
- return PRIiLEAST8;
- if (name[3] == 'o')
- return PRIoLEAST8;
- if (name[3] == 'u')
- return PRIuLEAST8;
- if (name[3] == 'x')
- return PRIxLEAST8;
- if (name[3] == 'X')
- return PRIXLEAST8;
- abort ();
- }
- if (name[9] == '1' && name[10] == '6' && name[11] == '\0')
- {
- if (name[3] == 'd')
- return PRIdLEAST16;
- if (name[3] == 'i')
- return PRIiLEAST16;
- if (name[3] == 'o')
- return PRIoLEAST16;
- if (name[3] == 'u')
- return PRIuLEAST16;
- if (name[3] == 'x')
- return PRIxLEAST16;
- if (name[3] == 'X')
- return PRIXLEAST16;
- abort ();
- }
- if (name[9] == '3' && name[10] == '2' && name[11] == '\0')
- {
- if (name[3] == 'd')
- return PRIdLEAST32;
- if (name[3] == 'i')
- return PRIiLEAST32;
- if (name[3] == 'o')
- return PRIoLEAST32;
- if (name[3] == 'u')
- return PRIuLEAST32;
- if (name[3] == 'x')
- return PRIxLEAST32;
- if (name[3] == 'X')
- return PRIXLEAST32;
- abort ();
- }
- if (name[9] == '6' && name[10] == '4' && name[11] == '\0')
- {
- if (name[3] == 'd')
- return PRIdLEAST64;
- if (name[3] == 'i')
- return PRIiLEAST64;
- if (name[3] == 'o')
- return PRIoLEAST64;
- if (name[3] == 'u')
- return PRIuLEAST64;
- if (name[3] == 'x')
- return PRIxLEAST64;
- if (name[3] == 'X')
- return PRIXLEAST64;
- abort ();
- }
- }
- if (name[4] == 'F' && name[5] == 'A' && name[6] == 'S'
- && name[7] == 'T')
- {
- if (name[8] == '8' && name[9] == '\0')
- {
- if (name[3] == 'd')
- return PRIdFAST8;
- if (name[3] == 'i')
- return PRIiFAST8;
- if (name[3] == 'o')
- return PRIoFAST8;
- if (name[3] == 'u')
- return PRIuFAST8;
- if (name[3] == 'x')
- return PRIxFAST8;
- if (name[3] == 'X')
- return PRIXFAST8;
- abort ();
- }
- if (name[8] == '1' && name[9] == '6' && name[10] == '\0')
- {
- if (name[3] == 'd')
- return PRIdFAST16;
- if (name[3] == 'i')
- return PRIiFAST16;
- if (name[3] == 'o')
- return PRIoFAST16;
- if (name[3] == 'u')
- return PRIuFAST16;
- if (name[3] == 'x')
- return PRIxFAST16;
- if (name[3] == 'X')
- return PRIXFAST16;
- abort ();
- }
- if (name[8] == '3' && name[9] == '2' && name[10] == '\0')
- {
- if (name[3] == 'd')
- return PRIdFAST32;
- if (name[3] == 'i')
- return PRIiFAST32;
- if (name[3] == 'o')
- return PRIoFAST32;
- if (name[3] == 'u')
- return PRIuFAST32;
- if (name[3] == 'x')
- return PRIxFAST32;
- if (name[3] == 'X')
- return PRIXFAST32;
- abort ();
- }
- if (name[8] == '6' && name[9] == '4' && name[10] == '\0')
- {
- if (name[3] == 'd')
- return PRIdFAST64;
- if (name[3] == 'i')
- return PRIiFAST64;
- if (name[3] == 'o')
- return PRIoFAST64;
- if (name[3] == 'u')
- return PRIuFAST64;
- if (name[3] == 'x')
- return PRIxFAST64;
- if (name[3] == 'X')
- return PRIXFAST64;
- abort ();
- }
- }
- if (name[4] == 'M' && name[5] == 'A' && name[6] == 'X'
- && name[7] == '\0')
- {
- if (name[3] == 'd')
- return PRIdMAX;
- if (name[3] == 'i')
- return PRIiMAX;
- if (name[3] == 'o')
- return PRIoMAX;
- if (name[3] == 'u')
- return PRIuMAX;
- if (name[3] == 'x')
- return PRIxMAX;
- if (name[3] == 'X')
- return PRIXMAX;
- abort ();
- }
- if (name[4] == 'P' && name[5] == 'T' && name[6] == 'R'
- && name[7] == '\0')
- {
- if (name[3] == 'd')
- return PRIdPTR;
- if (name[3] == 'i')
- return PRIiPTR;
- if (name[3] == 'o')
- return PRIoPTR;
- if (name[3] == 'u')
- return PRIuPTR;
- if (name[3] == 'x')
- return PRIxPTR;
- if (name[3] == 'X')
- return PRIXPTR;
- abort ();
- }
- }
- }
- /* Other system dependent strings are not valid. */
- return NULL;
-}
-
-/* Initialize the codeset dependent parts of an opened message catalog.
- Return the header entry. */
-const char *
-internal_function
-_nl_init_domain_conv (domain_file, domain, domainbinding)
- struct loaded_l10nfile *domain_file;
- struct loaded_domain *domain;
- struct binding *domainbinding;
-{
- /* Find out about the character set the file is encoded with.
- This can be found (in textual form) in the entry "". If this
- entry does not exist or if this does not contain the `charset='
- information, we will assume the charset matches the one the
- current locale and we don't have to perform any conversion. */
- char *nullentry;
- size_t nullentrylen;
-
- /* Preinitialize fields, to avoid recursion during _nl_find_msg. */
- domain->codeset_cntr =
- (domainbinding != NULL ? domainbinding->codeset_cntr : 0);
-#ifdef _LIBC
- domain->conv = (__gconv_t) -1;
-#else
-# if HAVE_ICONV
- domain->conv = (iconv_t) -1;
-# endif
-#endif
- domain->conv_tab = NULL;
-
- /* Get the header entry. */
- nullentry = _nl_find_msg (domain_file, domainbinding, "", &nullentrylen);
-
- if (nullentry != NULL)
- {
-#if defined _LIBC || HAVE_ICONV
- const char *charsetstr;
-
- charsetstr = strstr (nullentry, "charset=");
- if (charsetstr != NULL)
- {
- size_t len;
- char *charset;
- const char *outcharset;
-
- charsetstr += strlen ("charset=");
- len = strcspn (charsetstr, " \t\n");
-
- charset = (char *) alloca (len + 1);
-# if defined _LIBC || HAVE_MEMPCPY
- *((char *) mempcpy (charset, charsetstr, len)) = '\0';
-# else
- memcpy (charset, charsetstr, len);
- charset[len] = '\0';
-# endif
-
- /* The output charset should normally be determined by the
- locale. But sometimes the locale is not used or not correctly
- set up, so we provide a possibility for the user to override
- this. Moreover, the value specified through
- bind_textdomain_codeset overrides both. */
- if (domainbinding != NULL && domainbinding->codeset != NULL)
- outcharset = domainbinding->codeset;
- else
- {
- outcharset = getenv ("OUTPUT_CHARSET");
- if (outcharset == NULL || outcharset[0] == '\0')
- {
-# ifdef _LIBC
- outcharset = _NL_CURRENT (LC_CTYPE, CODESET);
-# else
-# if HAVE_ICONV
- extern const char *locale_charset PARAMS ((void));
- outcharset = locale_charset ();
-# endif
-# endif
- }
- }
-
-# ifdef _LIBC
- /* We always want to use transliteration. */
- outcharset = norm_add_slashes (outcharset, "TRANSLIT");
- charset = norm_add_slashes (charset, NULL);
- if (__gconv_open (outcharset, charset, &domain->conv,
- GCONV_AVOID_NOCONV)
- != __GCONV_OK)
- domain->conv = (__gconv_t) -1;
-# else
-# if HAVE_ICONV
- /* When using GNU libc >= 2.2 or GNU libiconv >= 1.5,
- we want to use transliteration. */
-# if (__GLIBC__ == 2 && __GLIBC_MINOR__ >= 2) || __GLIBC__ > 2 \
- || _LIBICONV_VERSION >= 0x0105
- if (strchr (outcharset, '/') == NULL)
- {
- char *tmp;
-
- len = strlen (outcharset);
- tmp = (char *) alloca (len + 10 + 1);
- memcpy (tmp, outcharset, len);
- memcpy (tmp + len, "//TRANSLIT", 10 + 1);
- outcharset = tmp;
-
- domain->conv = iconv_open (outcharset, charset);
-
- freea (outcharset);
- }
- else
-# endif
- domain->conv = iconv_open (outcharset, charset);
-# endif
-# endif
-
- freea (charset);
- }
-#endif /* _LIBC || HAVE_ICONV */
- }
-
- return nullentry;
-}
-
-/* Frees the codeset dependent parts of an opened message catalog. */
-void
-internal_function
-_nl_free_domain_conv (domain)
- struct loaded_domain *domain;
-{
- if (domain->conv_tab != NULL && domain->conv_tab != (char **) -1)
- free (domain->conv_tab);
-
-#ifdef _LIBC
- if (domain->conv != (__gconv_t) -1)
- __gconv_close (domain->conv);
-#else
-# if HAVE_ICONV
- if (domain->conv != (iconv_t) -1)
- iconv_close (domain->conv);
-# endif
-#endif
-}
-
-/* Load the message catalogs specified by FILENAME. If it is no valid
- message catalog do nothing. */
-void
-internal_function
-_nl_load_domain (domain_file, domainbinding)
- struct loaded_l10nfile *domain_file;
- struct binding *domainbinding;
-{
- int fd;
- size_t size;
-#ifdef _LIBC
- struct stat64 st;
-#else
- struct stat st;
-#endif
- struct mo_file_header *data = (struct mo_file_header *) -1;
- int use_mmap = 0;
- struct loaded_domain *domain;
- int revision;
- const char *nullentry;
-
- domain_file->decided = 1;
- domain_file->data = NULL;
-
- /* Note that it would be useless to store domainbinding in domain_file
- because domainbinding might be == NULL now but != NULL later (after
- a call to bind_textdomain_codeset). */
-
- /* If the record does not represent a valid locale the FILENAME
- might be NULL. This can happen when according to the given
- specification the locale file name is different for XPG and CEN
- syntax. */
- if (domain_file->filename == NULL)
- return;
-
- /* Try to open the addressed file. */
- fd = open (domain_file->filename, O_RDONLY | O_BINARY);
- if (fd == -1)
- return;
-
- /* We must know about the size of the file. */
- if (
-#ifdef _LIBC
- __builtin_expect (fstat64 (fd, &st) != 0, 0)
-#else
- __builtin_expect (fstat (fd, &st) != 0, 0)
-#endif
- || __builtin_expect ((size = (size_t) st.st_size) != st.st_size, 0)
- || __builtin_expect (size < sizeof (struct mo_file_header), 0))
- {
- /* Something went wrong. */
- close (fd);
- return;
- }
-
-#ifdef HAVE_MMAP
- /* Now we are ready to load the file. If mmap() is available we try
- this first. If not available or it failed we try to load it. */
- data = (struct mo_file_header *) mmap (NULL, size, PROT_READ,
- MAP_PRIVATE, fd, 0);
-
- if (__builtin_expect (data != (struct mo_file_header *) -1, 1))
- {
- /* mmap() call was successful. */
- close (fd);
- use_mmap = 1;
- }
-#endif
-
- /* If the data is not yet available (i.e. mmap'ed) we try to load
- it manually. */
- if (data == (struct mo_file_header *) -1)
- {
- size_t to_read;
- char *read_ptr;
-
- data = (struct mo_file_header *) malloc (size);
- if (data == NULL)
- return;
-
- to_read = size;
- read_ptr = (char *) data;
- do
- {
- long int nb = (long int) read (fd, read_ptr, to_read);
- if (nb <= 0)
- {
-#ifdef EINTR
- if (nb == -1 && errno == EINTR)
- continue;
-#endif
- close (fd);
- return;
- }
- read_ptr += nb;
- to_read -= nb;
- }
- while (to_read > 0);
-
- close (fd);
- }
-
- /* Using the magic number we can test whether it really is a message
- catalog file. */
- if (__builtin_expect (data->magic != _MAGIC && data->magic != _MAGIC_SWAPPED,
- 0))
- {
- /* The magic number is wrong: not a message catalog file. */
-#ifdef HAVE_MMAP
- if (use_mmap)
- munmap ((caddr_t) data, size);
- else
-#endif
- free (data);
- return;
- }
-
- domain = (struct loaded_domain *) malloc (sizeof (struct loaded_domain));
- if (domain == NULL)
- return;
- domain_file->data = domain;
-
- domain->data = (char *) data;
- domain->use_mmap = use_mmap;
- domain->mmap_size = size;
- domain->must_swap = data->magic != _MAGIC;
- domain->malloced = NULL;
-
- /* Fill in the information about the available tables. */
- revision = W (domain->must_swap, data->revision);
- /* We support only the major revision 0. */
- switch (revision >> 16)
- {
- case 0:
- domain->nstrings = W (domain->must_swap, data->nstrings);
- domain->orig_tab = (const struct string_desc *)
- ((char *) data + W (domain->must_swap, data->orig_tab_offset));
- domain->trans_tab = (const struct string_desc *)
- ((char *) data + W (domain->must_swap, data->trans_tab_offset));
- domain->hash_size = W (domain->must_swap, data->hash_tab_size);
- domain->hash_tab =
- (domain->hash_size > 2
- ? (const nls_uint32 *)
- ((char *) data + W (domain->must_swap, data->hash_tab_offset))
- : NULL);
- domain->must_swap_hash_tab = domain->must_swap;
-
- /* Now dispatch on the minor revision. */
- switch (revision & 0xffff)
- {
- case 0:
- domain->n_sysdep_strings = 0;
- domain->orig_sysdep_tab = NULL;
- domain->trans_sysdep_tab = NULL;
- break;
- case 1:
- default:
- {
- nls_uint32 n_sysdep_strings;
-
- if (domain->hash_tab == NULL)
- /* This is invalid. These minor revisions need a hash table. */
- goto invalid;
-
- n_sysdep_strings =
- W (domain->must_swap, data->n_sysdep_strings);
- if (n_sysdep_strings > 0)
- {
- nls_uint32 n_sysdep_segments;
- const struct sysdep_segment *sysdep_segments;
- const char **sysdep_segment_values;
- const nls_uint32 *orig_sysdep_tab;
- const nls_uint32 *trans_sysdep_tab;
- size_t memneed;
- char *mem;
- struct sysdep_string_desc *inmem_orig_sysdep_tab;
- struct sysdep_string_desc *inmem_trans_sysdep_tab;
- nls_uint32 *inmem_hash_tab;
- unsigned int i;
-
- /* Get the values of the system dependent segments. */
- n_sysdep_segments =
- W (domain->must_swap, data->n_sysdep_segments);
- sysdep_segments = (const struct sysdep_segment *)
- ((char *) data
- + W (domain->must_swap, data->sysdep_segments_offset));
- sysdep_segment_values =
- alloca (n_sysdep_segments * sizeof (const char *));
- for (i = 0; i < n_sysdep_segments; i++)
- {
- const char *name =
- (char *) data
- + W (domain->must_swap, sysdep_segments[i].offset);
- nls_uint32 namelen =
- W (domain->must_swap, sysdep_segments[i].length);
-
- if (!(namelen > 0 && name[namelen - 1] == '\0'))
- {
- freea (sysdep_segment_values);
- goto invalid;
- }
-
- sysdep_segment_values[i] = get_sysdep_segment_value (name);
- }
-
- orig_sysdep_tab = (const nls_uint32 *)
- ((char *) data
- + W (domain->must_swap, data->orig_sysdep_tab_offset));
- trans_sysdep_tab = (const nls_uint32 *)
- ((char *) data
- + W (domain->must_swap, data->trans_sysdep_tab_offset));
-
- /* Compute the amount of additional memory needed for the
- system dependent strings and the augmented hash table. */
- memneed = 2 * n_sysdep_strings
- * sizeof (struct sysdep_string_desc)
- + domain->hash_size * sizeof (nls_uint32);
- for (i = 0; i < 2 * n_sysdep_strings; i++)
- {
- const struct sysdep_string *sysdep_string =
- (const struct sysdep_string *)
- ((char *) data
- + W (domain->must_swap,
- i < n_sysdep_strings
- ? orig_sysdep_tab[i]
- : trans_sysdep_tab[i - n_sysdep_strings]));
- size_t need = 0;
- const struct segment_pair *p = sysdep_string->segments;
-
- if (W (domain->must_swap, p->sysdepref) != SEGMENTS_END)
- for (p = sysdep_string->segments;; p++)
- {
- nls_uint32 sysdepref;
-
- need += W (domain->must_swap, p->segsize);
-
- sysdepref = W (domain->must_swap, p->sysdepref);
- if (sysdepref == SEGMENTS_END)
- break;
-
- if (sysdepref >= n_sysdep_segments)
- {
- /* Invalid. */
- freea (sysdep_segment_values);
- goto invalid;
- }
-
- need += strlen (sysdep_segment_values[sysdepref]);
- }
-
- memneed += need;
- }
-
- /* Allocate additional memory. */
- mem = (char *) malloc (memneed);
- if (mem == NULL)
- goto invalid;
-
- domain->malloced = mem;
- inmem_orig_sysdep_tab = (struct sysdep_string_desc *) mem;
- mem += n_sysdep_strings * sizeof (struct sysdep_string_desc);
- inmem_trans_sysdep_tab = (struct sysdep_string_desc *) mem;
- mem += n_sysdep_strings * sizeof (struct sysdep_string_desc);
- inmem_hash_tab = (nls_uint32 *) mem;
- mem += domain->hash_size * sizeof (nls_uint32);
-
- /* Compute the system dependent strings. */
- for (i = 0; i < 2 * n_sysdep_strings; i++)
- {
- const struct sysdep_string *sysdep_string =
- (const struct sysdep_string *)
- ((char *) data
- + W (domain->must_swap,
- i < n_sysdep_strings
- ? orig_sysdep_tab[i]
- : trans_sysdep_tab[i - n_sysdep_strings]));
- const char *static_segments =
- (char *) data
- + W (domain->must_swap, sysdep_string->offset);
- const struct segment_pair *p = sysdep_string->segments;
-
- /* Concatenate the segments, and fill
- inmem_orig_sysdep_tab[i] (for i < n_sysdep_strings) and
- inmem_trans_sysdep_tab[i-n_sysdep_strings] (for
- i >= n_sysdep_strings). */
-
- if (W (domain->must_swap, p->sysdepref) == SEGMENTS_END)
- {
- /* Only one static segment. */
- inmem_orig_sysdep_tab[i].length =
- W (domain->must_swap, p->segsize);
- inmem_orig_sysdep_tab[i].pointer = static_segments;
- }
- else
- {
- inmem_orig_sysdep_tab[i].pointer = mem;
-
- for (p = sysdep_string->segments;; p++)
- {
- nls_uint32 segsize =
- W (domain->must_swap, p->segsize);
- nls_uint32 sysdepref =
- W (domain->must_swap, p->sysdepref);
- size_t n;
-
- if (segsize > 0)
- {
- memcpy (mem, static_segments, segsize);
- mem += segsize;
- static_segments += segsize;
- }
-
- if (sysdepref == SEGMENTS_END)
- break;
-
- n = strlen (sysdep_segment_values[sysdepref]);
- memcpy (mem, sysdep_segment_values[sysdepref], n);
- mem += n;
- }
-
- inmem_orig_sysdep_tab[i].length =
- mem - inmem_orig_sysdep_tab[i].pointer;
- }
- }
-
- /* Compute the augmented hash table. */
- for (i = 0; i < domain->hash_size; i++)
- inmem_hash_tab[i] =
- W (domain->must_swap_hash_tab, domain->hash_tab[i]);
- for (i = 0; i < n_sysdep_strings; i++)
- {
- const char *msgid = inmem_orig_sysdep_tab[i].pointer;
- nls_uint32 hash_val = hash_string (msgid);
- nls_uint32 idx = hash_val % domain->hash_size;
- nls_uint32 incr = 1 + (hash_val % (domain->hash_size - 2));
-
- for (;;)
- {
- if (inmem_hash_tab[idx] == 0)
- {
- /* Hash table entry is empty. Use it. */
- inmem_hash_tab[idx] = 1 + domain->nstrings + i;
- break;
- }
-
- if (idx >= domain->hash_size - incr)
- idx -= domain->hash_size - incr;
- else
- idx += incr;
- }
- }
-
- freea (sysdep_segment_values);
-
- domain->n_sysdep_strings = n_sysdep_strings;
- domain->orig_sysdep_tab = inmem_orig_sysdep_tab;
- domain->trans_sysdep_tab = inmem_trans_sysdep_tab;
-
- domain->hash_tab = inmem_hash_tab;
- domain->must_swap_hash_tab = 0;
- }
- else
- {
- domain->n_sysdep_strings = 0;
- domain->orig_sysdep_tab = NULL;
- domain->trans_sysdep_tab = NULL;
- }
- }
- break;
- }
- break;
- default:
- /* This is an invalid revision. */
- invalid:
- /* This is an invalid .mo file. */
- if (domain->malloced)
- free (domain->malloced);
-#ifdef HAVE_MMAP
- if (use_mmap)
- munmap ((caddr_t) data, size);
- else
-#endif
- free (data);
- free (domain);
- domain_file->data = NULL;
- return;
- }
-
- /* Now initialize the character set converter from the character set
- the file is encoded with (found in the header entry) to the domain's
- specified character set or the locale's character set. */
- nullentry = _nl_init_domain_conv (domain_file, domain, domainbinding);
-
- /* Also look for a plural specification. */
- EXTRACT_PLURAL_EXPRESSION (nullentry, &domain->plural, &domain->nplurals);
-}
-
-
-#ifdef _LIBC
-void
-internal_function
-_nl_unload_domain (domain)
- struct loaded_domain *domain;
-{
- if (domain->plural != &__gettext_germanic_plural)
- __gettext_free_exp (domain->plural);
-
- _nl_free_domain_conv (domain);
-
- if (domain->malloced)
- free (domain->malloced);
-
-# ifdef _POSIX_MAPPED_FILES
- if (domain->use_mmap)
- munmap ((caddr_t) domain->data, domain->mmap_size);
- else
-# endif /* _POSIX_MAPPED_FILES */
- free ((void *) domain->data);
-
- free (domain);
-}
-#endif
+++ /dev/null
-/* Determine a canonical name for the current locale's character encoding.
-
- Copyright (C) 2000-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
- This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
- under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
- by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
- any later version.
-
- This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
- Library General Public License for more details.
-
- You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
- License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
- USA. */
-
-/* Written by Bruno Haible <bruno@clisp.org>. */
-
-#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
-# include <config.h>
-#endif
-
-/* Specification. */
-#include "localcharset.h"
-
-#if HAVE_STDDEF_H
-# include <stddef.h>
-#endif
-
-#include <stdio.h>
-#if HAVE_STRING_H
-# include <string.h>
-#else
-# include <strings.h>
-#endif
-#if HAVE_STDLIB_H
-# include <stdlib.h>
-#endif
-
-#if defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__
-# undef WIN32 /* avoid warning on mingw32 */
-# define WIN32
-#endif
-
-#if defined __EMX__
-/* Assume EMX program runs on OS/2, even if compiled under DOS. */
-# define OS2
-#endif
-
-#if !defined WIN32
-# if HAVE_LANGINFO_CODESET
-# include <langinfo.h>
-# else
-# if HAVE_SETLOCALE
-# include <locale.h>
-# endif
-# endif
-#elif defined WIN32
-# define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN
-# include <windows.h>
-#endif
-#if defined OS2
-# define INCL_DOS
-# include <os2.h>
-#endif
-
-#if ENABLE_RELOCATABLE
-# include "relocatable.h"
-#else
-# define relocate(pathname) (pathname)
-#endif
-
-#if defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__ || defined __EMX__ || defined __DJGPP__
- /* Win32, OS/2, DOS */
-# define ISSLASH(C) ((C) == '/' || (C) == '\\')
-#endif
-
-#ifndef DIRECTORY_SEPARATOR
-# define DIRECTORY_SEPARATOR '/'
-#endif
-
-#ifndef ISSLASH
-# define ISSLASH(C) ((C) == DIRECTORY_SEPARATOR)
-#endif
-
-#ifdef HAVE_GETC_UNLOCKED
-# undef getc
-# define getc getc_unlocked
-#endif
-
-/* The following static variable is declared 'volatile' to avoid a
- possible multithread problem in the function get_charset_aliases. If we
- are running in a threaded environment, and if two threads initialize
- 'charset_aliases' simultaneously, both will produce the same value,
- and everything will be ok if the two assignments to 'charset_aliases'
- are atomic. But I don't know what will happen if the two assignments mix. */
-#if __STDC__ != 1
-# define volatile /* empty */
-#endif
-/* Pointer to the contents of the charset.alias file, if it has already been
- read, else NULL. Its format is:
- ALIAS_1 '\0' CANONICAL_1 '\0' ... ALIAS_n '\0' CANONICAL_n '\0' '\0' */
-static const char * volatile charset_aliases;
-
-/* Return a pointer to the contents of the charset.alias file. */
-static const char *
-get_charset_aliases ()
-{
- const char *cp;
-
- cp = charset_aliases;
- if (cp == NULL)
- {
-#if !(defined VMS || defined WIN32)
- FILE *fp;
- const char *dir = relocate (LIBDIR);
- const char *base = "charset.alias";
- char *file_name;
-
- /* Concatenate dir and base into freshly allocated file_name. */
- {
- size_t dir_len = strlen (dir);
- size_t base_len = strlen (base);
- int add_slash = (dir_len > 0 && !ISSLASH (dir[dir_len - 1]));
- file_name = (char *) malloc (dir_len + add_slash + base_len + 1);
- if (file_name != NULL)
- {
- memcpy (file_name, dir, dir_len);
- if (add_slash)
- file_name[dir_len] = DIRECTORY_SEPARATOR;
- memcpy (file_name + dir_len + add_slash, base, base_len + 1);
- }
- }
-
- if (file_name == NULL || (fp = fopen (file_name, "r")) == NULL)
- /* Out of memory or file not found, treat it as empty. */
- cp = "";
- else
- {
- /* Parse the file's contents. */
- int c;
- char buf1[50+1];
- char buf2[50+1];
- char *res_ptr = NULL;
- size_t res_size = 0;
- size_t l1, l2;
-
- for (;;)
- {
- c = getc (fp);
- if (c == EOF)
- break;
- if (c == '\n' || c == ' ' || c == '\t')
- continue;
- if (c == '#')
- {
- /* Skip comment, to end of line. */
- do
- c = getc (fp);
- while (!(c == EOF || c == '\n'));
- if (c == EOF)
- break;
- continue;
- }
- ungetc (c, fp);
- if (fscanf (fp, "%50s %50s", buf1, buf2) < 2)
- break;
- l1 = strlen (buf1);
- l2 = strlen (buf2);
- if (res_size == 0)
- {
- res_size = l1 + 1 + l2 + 1;
- res_ptr = (char *) malloc (res_size + 1);
- }
- else
- {
- res_size += l1 + 1 + l2 + 1;
- res_ptr = (char *) realloc (res_ptr, res_size + 1);
- }
- if (res_ptr == NULL)
- {
- /* Out of memory. */
- res_size = 0;
- break;
- }
- strcpy (res_ptr + res_size - (l2 + 1) - (l1 + 1), buf1);
- strcpy (res_ptr + res_size - (l2 + 1), buf2);
- }
- fclose (fp);
- if (res_size == 0)
- cp = "";
- else
- {
- *(res_ptr + res_size) = '\0';
- cp = res_ptr;
- }
- }
-
- if (file_name != NULL)
- free (file_name);
-
-#else
-
-# if defined VMS
- /* To avoid the troubles of an extra file charset.alias_vms in the
- sources of many GNU packages, simply inline the aliases here. */
- /* The list of encodings is taken from the OpenVMS 7.3-1 documentation
- "Compaq C Run-Time Library Reference Manual for OpenVMS systems"
- section 10.7 "Handling Different Character Sets". */
- cp = "ISO8859-1" "\0" "ISO-8859-1" "\0"
- "ISO8859-2" "\0" "ISO-8859-2" "\0"
- "ISO8859-5" "\0" "ISO-8859-5" "\0"
- "ISO8859-7" "\0" "ISO-8859-7" "\0"
- "ISO8859-8" "\0" "ISO-8859-8" "\0"
- "ISO8859-9" "\0" "ISO-8859-9" "\0"
- /* Japanese */
- "eucJP" "\0" "EUC-JP" "\0"
- "SJIS" "\0" "SHIFT_JIS" "\0"
- "DECKANJI" "\0" "DEC-KANJI" "\0"
- "SDECKANJI" "\0" "EUC-JP" "\0"
- /* Chinese */
- "eucTW" "\0" "EUC-TW" "\0"
- "DECHANYU" "\0" "DEC-HANYU" "\0"
- "DECHANZI" "\0" "GB2312" "\0"
- /* Korean */
- "DECKOREAN" "\0" "EUC-KR" "\0";
-# endif
-
-# if defined WIN32
- /* To avoid the troubles of installing a separate file in the same
- directory as the DLL and of retrieving the DLL's directory at
- runtime, simply inline the aliases here. */
-
- cp = "CP936" "\0" "GBK" "\0"
- "CP1361" "\0" "JOHAB" "\0"
- "CP20127" "\0" "ASCII" "\0"
- "CP20866" "\0" "KOI8-R" "\0"
- "CP21866" "\0" "KOI8-RU" "\0"
- "CP28591" "\0" "ISO-8859-1" "\0"
- "CP28592" "\0" "ISO-8859-2" "\0"
- "CP28593" "\0" "ISO-8859-3" "\0"
- "CP28594" "\0" "ISO-8859-4" "\0"
- "CP28595" "\0" "ISO-8859-5" "\0"
- "CP28596" "\0" "ISO-8859-6" "\0"
- "CP28597" "\0" "ISO-8859-7" "\0"
- "CP28598" "\0" "ISO-8859-8" "\0"
- "CP28599" "\0" "ISO-8859-9" "\0"
- "CP28605" "\0" "ISO-8859-15" "\0";
-# endif
-#endif
-
- charset_aliases = cp;
- }
-
- return cp;
-}
-
-/* Determine the current locale's character encoding, and canonicalize it
- into one of the canonical names listed in config.charset.
- The result must not be freed; it is statically allocated.
- If the canonical name cannot be determined, the result is a non-canonical
- name. */
-
-#ifdef STATIC
-STATIC
-#endif
-const char *
-locale_charset ()
-{
- const char *codeset;
- const char *aliases;
-
-#if !(defined WIN32 || defined OS2)
-
-# if HAVE_LANGINFO_CODESET
-
- /* Most systems support nl_langinfo (CODESET) nowadays. */
- codeset = nl_langinfo (CODESET);
-
-# else
-
- /* On old systems which lack it, use setlocale or getenv. */
- const char *locale = NULL;
-
- /* But most old systems don't have a complete set of locales. Some
- (like SunOS 4 or DJGPP) have only the C locale. Therefore we don't
- use setlocale here; it would return "C" when it doesn't support the
- locale name the user has set. */
-# if HAVE_SETLOCALE && 0
- locale = setlocale (LC_CTYPE, NULL);
-# endif
- if (locale == NULL || locale[0] == '\0')
- {
- locale = getenv ("LC_ALL");
- if (locale == NULL || locale[0] == '\0')
- {
- locale = getenv ("LC_CTYPE");
- if (locale == NULL || locale[0] == '\0')
- locale = getenv ("LANG");
- }
- }
-
- /* On some old systems, one used to set locale = "iso8859_1". On others,
- you set it to "language_COUNTRY.charset". In any case, we resolve it
- through the charset.alias file. */
- codeset = locale;
-
-# endif
-
-#elif defined WIN32
-
- static char buf[2 + 10 + 1];
-
- /* Woe32 has a function returning the locale's codepage as a number. */
- sprintf (buf, "CP%u", GetACP ());
- codeset = buf;
-
-#elif defined OS2
-
- const char *locale;
- static char buf[2 + 10 + 1];
- ULONG cp[3];
- ULONG cplen;
-
- /* Allow user to override the codeset, as set in the operating system,
- with standard language environment variables. */
- locale = getenv ("LC_ALL");
- if (locale == NULL || locale[0] == '\0')
- {
- locale = getenv ("LC_CTYPE");
- if (locale == NULL || locale[0] == '\0')
- locale = getenv ("LANG");
- }
- if (locale != NULL && locale[0] != '\0')
- {
- /* If the locale name contains an encoding after the dot, return it. */
- const char *dot = strchr (locale, '.');
-
- if (dot != NULL)
- {
- const char *modifier;
-
- dot++;
- /* Look for the possible @... trailer and remove it, if any. */
- modifier = strchr (dot, '@');
- if (modifier == NULL)
- return dot;
- if (modifier - dot < sizeof (buf))
- {
- memcpy (buf, dot, modifier - dot);
- buf [modifier - dot] = '\0';
- return buf;
- }
- }
-
- /* Resolve through the charset.alias file. */
- codeset = locale;
- }
- else
- {
- /* OS/2 has a function returning the locale's codepage as a number. */
- if (DosQueryCp (sizeof (cp), cp, &cplen))
- codeset = "";
- else
- {
- sprintf (buf, "CP%u", cp[0]);
- codeset = buf;
- }
- }
-
-#endif
-
- if (codeset == NULL)
- /* The canonical name cannot be determined. */
- codeset = "";
-
- /* Resolve alias. */
- for (aliases = get_charset_aliases ();
- *aliases != '\0';
- aliases += strlen (aliases) + 1, aliases += strlen (aliases) + 1)
- if (strcmp (codeset, aliases) == 0
- || (aliases[0] == '*' && aliases[1] == '\0'))
- {
- codeset = aliases + strlen (aliases) + 1;
- break;
- }
-
- /* Don't return an empty string. GNU libc and GNU libiconv interpret
- the empty string as denoting "the locale's character encoding",
- thus GNU libiconv would call this function a second time. */
- if (codeset[0] == '\0')
- codeset = "ASCII";
-
- return codeset;
-}
+++ /dev/null
-/* Determine a canonical name for the current locale's character encoding.
- Copyright (C) 2000-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
- This file is part of the GNU CHARSET Library.
-
- This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
- under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
- by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
- any later version.
-
- This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
- Library General Public License for more details.
-
- You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
- License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
- USA. */
-
-#ifndef _LOCALCHARSET_H
-#define _LOCALCHARSET_H
-
-
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-extern "C" {
-#endif
-
-
-/* Determine the current locale's character encoding, and canonicalize it
- into one of the canonical names listed in config.charset.
- The result must not be freed; it is statically allocated.
- If the canonical name cannot be determined, the result is a non-canonical
- name. */
-extern const char * locale_charset (void);
-
-
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-}
-#endif
-
-
-#endif /* _LOCALCHARSET_H */
+++ /dev/null
-# Locale name alias data base.
-# Copyright (C) 1996,1997,1998,1999,2000,2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-#
-# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
-# under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
-# by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
-# any later version.
-#
-# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
-# Library General Public License for more details.
-#
-# You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
-# License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
-# USA.
-
-# The format of this file is the same as for the corresponding file of
-# the X Window System, which normally can be found in
-# /usr/lib/X11/locale/locale.alias
-# A single line contains two fields: an alias and a substitution value.
-# All entries are case independent.
-
-# Note: This file is far from being complete. If you have a value for
-# your own site which you think might be useful for others too, share
-# it with the rest of us. Send it using the `glibcbug' script to
-# bugs@gnu.org.
-
-# Packages using this file:
-
-bokmal no_NO.ISO-8859-1
-bokmål no_NO.ISO-8859-1
-catalan ca_ES.ISO-8859-1
-croatian hr_HR.ISO-8859-2
-czech cs_CZ.ISO-8859-2
-danish da_DK.ISO-8859-1
-dansk da_DK.ISO-8859-1
-deutsch de_DE.ISO-8859-1
-dutch nl_NL.ISO-8859-1
-eesti et_EE.ISO-8859-1
-estonian et_EE.ISO-8859-1
-finnish fi_FI.ISO-8859-1
-français fr_FR.ISO-8859-1
-french fr_FR.ISO-8859-1
-galego gl_ES.ISO-8859-1
-galician gl_ES.ISO-8859-1
-german de_DE.ISO-8859-1
-greek el_GR.ISO-8859-7
-hebrew he_IL.ISO-8859-8
-hrvatski hr_HR.ISO-8859-2
-hungarian hu_HU.ISO-8859-2
-icelandic is_IS.ISO-8859-1
-italian it_IT.ISO-8859-1
-japanese ja_JP.eucJP
-japanese.euc ja_JP.eucJP
-ja_JP ja_JP.eucJP
-ja_JP.ujis ja_JP.eucJP
-japanese.sjis ja_JP.SJIS
-korean ko_KR.eucKR
-korean.euc ko_KR.eucKR
-ko_KR ko_KR.eucKR
-lithuanian lt_LT.ISO-8859-13
-nb_NO no_NO.ISO-8859-1
-nb_NO.ISO-8859-1 no_NO.ISO-8859-1
-norwegian no_NO.ISO-8859-1
-nynorsk nn_NO.ISO-8859-1
-polish pl_PL.ISO-8859-2
-portuguese pt_PT.ISO-8859-1
-romanian ro_RO.ISO-8859-2
-russian ru_RU.ISO-8859-5
-slovak sk_SK.ISO-8859-2
-slovene sl_SI.ISO-8859-2
-slovenian sl_SI.ISO-8859-2
-spanish es_ES.ISO-8859-1
-swedish sv_SE.ISO-8859-1
-thai th_TH.TIS-620
-turkish tr_TR.ISO-8859-9
+++ /dev/null
-/* Handle aliases for locale names.
- Copyright (C) 1995-1999, 2000-2001, 2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
- This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
- under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
- by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
- any later version.
-
- This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
- Library General Public License for more details.
-
- You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
- License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
- USA. */
-
-/* Tell glibc's <string.h> to provide a prototype for mempcpy().
- This must come before <config.h> because <config.h> may include
- <features.h>, and once <features.h> has been included, it's too late. */
-#ifndef _GNU_SOURCE
-# define _GNU_SOURCE 1
-#endif
-
-#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
-# include <config.h>
-#endif
-
-#include <ctype.h>
-#include <stdio.h>
-#if defined _LIBC || defined HAVE___FSETLOCKING
-# include <stdio_ext.h>
-#endif
-#include <sys/types.h>
-
-#ifdef __GNUC__
-# undef alloca
-# define alloca __builtin_alloca
-# define HAVE_ALLOCA 1
-#else
-# ifdef _MSC_VER
-# include <malloc.h>
-# define alloca _alloca
-# else
-# if defined HAVE_ALLOCA_H || defined _LIBC
-# include <alloca.h>
-# else
-# ifdef _AIX
- #pragma alloca
-# else
-# ifndef alloca
-char *alloca ();
-# endif
-# endif
-# endif
-# endif
-#endif
-
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#include <string.h>
-
-#include "gettextP.h"
-
-#if ENABLE_RELOCATABLE
-# include "relocatable.h"
-#else
-# define relocate(pathname) (pathname)
-#endif
-
-/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
-
-#ifdef _LIBC
-/* Rename the non ANSI C functions. This is required by the standard
- because some ANSI C functions will require linking with this object
- file and the name space must not be polluted. */
-# define strcasecmp __strcasecmp
-
-# ifndef mempcpy
-# define mempcpy __mempcpy
-# endif
-# define HAVE_MEMPCPY 1
-# define HAVE___FSETLOCKING 1
-
-/* We need locking here since we can be called from different places. */
-# include <bits/libc-lock.h>
-
-__libc_lock_define_initialized (static, lock);
-#endif
-
-#ifndef internal_function
-# define internal_function
-#endif
-
-/* Some optimizations for glibc. */
-#ifdef _LIBC
-# define FEOF(fp) feof_unlocked (fp)
-# define FGETS(buf, n, fp) fgets_unlocked (buf, n, fp)
-#else
-# define FEOF(fp) feof (fp)
-# define FGETS(buf, n, fp) fgets (buf, n, fp)
-#endif
-
-/* For those losing systems which don't have `alloca' we have to add
- some additional code emulating it. */
-#ifdef HAVE_ALLOCA
-# define freea(p) /* nothing */
-#else
-# define alloca(n) malloc (n)
-# define freea(p) free (p)
-#endif
-
-#if defined _LIBC_REENTRANT || defined HAVE_FGETS_UNLOCKED
-# undef fgets
-# define fgets(buf, len, s) fgets_unlocked (buf, len, s)
-#endif
-#if defined _LIBC_REENTRANT || defined HAVE_FEOF_UNLOCKED
-# undef feof
-# define feof(s) feof_unlocked (s)
-#endif
-
-
-struct alias_map
-{
- const char *alias;
- const char *value;
-};
-
-
-#ifndef _LIBC
-# define libc_freeres_ptr(decl) decl
-#endif
-
-libc_freeres_ptr (static char *string_space);
-static size_t string_space_act;
-static size_t string_space_max;
-libc_freeres_ptr (static struct alias_map *map);
-static size_t nmap;
-static size_t maxmap;
-
-
-/* Prototypes for local functions. */
-static size_t read_alias_file PARAMS ((const char *fname, int fname_len))
- internal_function;
-static int extend_alias_table PARAMS ((void));
-static int alias_compare PARAMS ((const struct alias_map *map1,
- const struct alias_map *map2));
-
-
-const char *
-_nl_expand_alias (name)
- const char *name;
-{
- static const char *locale_alias_path;
- struct alias_map *retval;
- const char *result = NULL;
- size_t added;
-
-#ifdef _LIBC
- __libc_lock_lock (lock);
-#endif
-
- if (locale_alias_path == NULL)
- locale_alias_path = LOCALE_ALIAS_PATH;
-
- do
- {
- struct alias_map item;
-
- item.alias = name;
-
- if (nmap > 0)
- retval = (struct alias_map *) bsearch (&item, map, nmap,
- sizeof (struct alias_map),
- (int (*) PARAMS ((const void *,
- const void *))
- ) alias_compare);
- else
- retval = NULL;
-
- /* We really found an alias. Return the value. */
- if (retval != NULL)
- {
- result = retval->value;
- break;
- }
-
- /* Perhaps we can find another alias file. */
- added = 0;
- while (added == 0 && locale_alias_path[0] != '\0')
- {
- const char *start;
-
- while (locale_alias_path[0] == PATH_SEPARATOR)
- ++locale_alias_path;
- start = locale_alias_path;
-
- while (locale_alias_path[0] != '\0'
- && locale_alias_path[0] != PATH_SEPARATOR)
- ++locale_alias_path;
-
- if (start < locale_alias_path)
- added = read_alias_file (start, locale_alias_path - start);
- }
- }
- while (added != 0);
-
-#ifdef _LIBC
- __libc_lock_unlock (lock);
-#endif
-
- return result;
-}
-
-
-static size_t
-internal_function
-read_alias_file (fname, fname_len)
- const char *fname;
- int fname_len;
-{
- FILE *fp;
- char *full_fname;
- size_t added;
- static const char aliasfile[] = "/locale.alias";
-
- full_fname = (char *) alloca (fname_len + sizeof aliasfile);
-#ifdef HAVE_MEMPCPY
- mempcpy (mempcpy (full_fname, fname, fname_len),
- aliasfile, sizeof aliasfile);
-#else
- memcpy (full_fname, fname, fname_len);
- memcpy (&full_fname[fname_len], aliasfile, sizeof aliasfile);
-#endif
-
- fp = fopen (relocate (full_fname), "r");
- freea (full_fname);
- if (fp == NULL)
- return 0;
-
-#ifdef HAVE___FSETLOCKING
- /* No threads present. */
- __fsetlocking (fp, FSETLOCKING_BYCALLER);
-#endif
-
- added = 0;
- while (!FEOF (fp))
- {
- /* It is a reasonable approach to use a fix buffer here because
- a) we are only interested in the first two fields
- b) these fields must be usable as file names and so must not
- be that long
- We avoid a multi-kilobyte buffer here since this would use up
- stack space which we might not have if the program ran out of
- memory. */
- char buf[400];
- char *alias;
- char *value;
- char *cp;
-
- if (FGETS (buf, sizeof buf, fp) == NULL)
- /* EOF reached. */
- break;
-
- cp = buf;
- /* Ignore leading white space. */
- while (isspace ((unsigned char) cp[0]))
- ++cp;
-
- /* A leading '#' signals a comment line. */
- if (cp[0] != '\0' && cp[0] != '#')
- {
- alias = cp++;
- while (cp[0] != '\0' && !isspace ((unsigned char) cp[0]))
- ++cp;
- /* Terminate alias name. */
- if (cp[0] != '\0')
- *cp++ = '\0';
-
- /* Now look for the beginning of the value. */
- while (isspace ((unsigned char) cp[0]))
- ++cp;
-
- if (cp[0] != '\0')
- {
- size_t alias_len;
- size_t value_len;
-
- value = cp++;
- while (cp[0] != '\0' && !isspace ((unsigned char) cp[0]))
- ++cp;
- /* Terminate value. */
- if (cp[0] == '\n')
- {
- /* This has to be done to make the following test
- for the end of line possible. We are looking for
- the terminating '\n' which do not overwrite here. */
- *cp++ = '\0';
- *cp = '\n';
- }
- else if (cp[0] != '\0')
- *cp++ = '\0';
-
- if (nmap >= maxmap)
- if (__builtin_expect (extend_alias_table (), 0))
- return added;
-
- alias_len = strlen (alias) + 1;
- value_len = strlen (value) + 1;
-
- if (string_space_act + alias_len + value_len > string_space_max)
- {
- /* Increase size of memory pool. */
- size_t new_size = (string_space_max
- + (alias_len + value_len > 1024
- ? alias_len + value_len : 1024));
- char *new_pool = (char *) realloc (string_space, new_size);
- if (new_pool == NULL)
- return added;
-
- if (__builtin_expect (string_space != new_pool, 0))
- {
- size_t i;
-
- for (i = 0; i < nmap; i++)
- {
- map[i].alias += new_pool - string_space;
- map[i].value += new_pool - string_space;
- }
- }
-
- string_space = new_pool;
- string_space_max = new_size;
- }
-
- map[nmap].alias = memcpy (&string_space[string_space_act],
- alias, alias_len);
- string_space_act += alias_len;
-
- map[nmap].value = memcpy (&string_space[string_space_act],
- value, value_len);
- string_space_act += value_len;
-
- ++nmap;
- ++added;
- }
- }
-
- /* Possibly not the whole line fits into the buffer. Ignore
- the rest of the line. */
- while (strchr (buf, '\n') == NULL)
- if (FGETS (buf, sizeof buf, fp) == NULL)
- /* Make sure the inner loop will be left. The outer loop
- will exit at the `feof' test. */
- break;
- }
-
- /* Should we test for ferror()? I think we have to silently ignore
- errors. --drepper */
- fclose (fp);
-
- if (added > 0)
- qsort (map, nmap, sizeof (struct alias_map),
- (int (*) PARAMS ((const void *, const void *))) alias_compare);
-
- return added;
-}
-
-
-static int
-extend_alias_table ()
-{
- size_t new_size;
- struct alias_map *new_map;
-
- new_size = maxmap == 0 ? 100 : 2 * maxmap;
- new_map = (struct alias_map *) realloc (map, (new_size
- * sizeof (struct alias_map)));
- if (new_map == NULL)
- /* Simply don't extend: we don't have any more core. */
- return -1;
-
- map = new_map;
- maxmap = new_size;
- return 0;
-}
-
-
-static int
-alias_compare (map1, map2)
- const struct alias_map *map1;
- const struct alias_map *map2;
-{
-#if defined _LIBC || defined HAVE_STRCASECMP
- return strcasecmp (map1->alias, map2->alias);
-#else
- const unsigned char *p1 = (const unsigned char *) map1->alias;
- const unsigned char *p2 = (const unsigned char *) map2->alias;
- unsigned char c1, c2;
-
- if (p1 == p2)
- return 0;
-
- do
- {
- /* I know this seems to be odd but the tolower() function in
- some systems libc cannot handle nonalpha characters. */
- c1 = isupper (*p1) ? tolower (*p1) : *p1;
- c2 = isupper (*p2) ? tolower (*p2) : *p2;
- if (c1 == '\0')
- break;
- ++p1;
- ++p2;
- }
- while (c1 == c2);
-
- return c1 - c2;
-#endif
-}
+++ /dev/null
-/* Determine the current selected locale.
- Copyright (C) 1995-1999, 2000-2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
- This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
- under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
- by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
- any later version.
-
- This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
- Library General Public License for more details.
-
- You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
- License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
- USA. */
-
-/* Written by Ulrich Drepper <drepper@gnu.org>, 1995. */
-/* Win32 code written by Tor Lillqvist <tml@iki.fi>. */
-
-#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
-# include <config.h>
-#endif
-
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#include <locale.h>
-
-#if defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__
-# undef WIN32 /* avoid warning on mingw32 */
-# define WIN32
-#endif
-
-#ifdef WIN32
-# define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN
-# include <windows.h>
-/* Mingw headers don't have latest language and sublanguage codes. */
-# ifndef LANG_AFRIKAANS
-# define LANG_AFRIKAANS 0x36
-# endif
-# ifndef LANG_ALBANIAN
-# define LANG_ALBANIAN 0x1c
-# endif
-# ifndef LANG_ARABIC
-# define LANG_ARABIC 0x01
-# endif
-# ifndef LANG_ARMENIAN
-# define LANG_ARMENIAN 0x2b
-# endif
-# ifndef LANG_ASSAMESE
-# define LANG_ASSAMESE 0x4d
-# endif
-# ifndef LANG_AZERI
-# define LANG_AZERI 0x2c
-# endif
-# ifndef LANG_BASQUE
-# define LANG_BASQUE 0x2d
-# endif
-# ifndef LANG_BELARUSIAN
-# define LANG_BELARUSIAN 0x23
-# endif
-# ifndef LANG_BENGALI
-# define LANG_BENGALI 0x45
-# endif
-# ifndef LANG_CATALAN
-# define LANG_CATALAN 0x03
-# endif
-# ifndef LANG_DIVEHI
-# define LANG_DIVEHI 0x65
-# endif
-# ifndef LANG_ESTONIAN
-# define LANG_ESTONIAN 0x25
-# endif
-# ifndef LANG_FAEROESE
-# define LANG_FAEROESE 0x38
-# endif
-# ifndef LANG_FARSI
-# define LANG_FARSI 0x29
-# endif
-# ifndef LANG_GALICIAN
-# define LANG_GALICIAN 0x56
-# endif
-# ifndef LANG_GEORGIAN
-# define LANG_GEORGIAN 0x37
-# endif
-# ifndef LANG_GUJARATI
-# define LANG_GUJARATI 0x47
-# endif
-# ifndef LANG_HEBREW
-# define LANG_HEBREW 0x0d
-# endif
-# ifndef LANG_HINDI
-# define LANG_HINDI 0x39
-# endif
-# ifndef LANG_INDONESIAN
-# define LANG_INDONESIAN 0x21
-# endif
-# ifndef LANG_KANNADA
-# define LANG_KANNADA 0x4b
-# endif
-# ifndef LANG_KASHMIRI
-# define LANG_KASHMIRI 0x60
-# endif
-# ifndef LANG_KAZAK
-# define LANG_KAZAK 0x3f
-# endif
-# ifndef LANG_KONKANI
-# define LANG_KONKANI 0x57
-# endif
-# ifndef LANG_KYRGYZ
-# define LANG_KYRGYZ 0x40
-# endif
-# ifndef LANG_LATVIAN
-# define LANG_LATVIAN 0x26
-# endif
-# ifndef LANG_LITHUANIAN
-# define LANG_LITHUANIAN 0x27
-# endif
-# ifndef LANG_MACEDONIAN
-# define LANG_MACEDONIAN 0x2f
-# endif
-# ifndef LANG_MALAY
-# define LANG_MALAY 0x3e
-# endif
-# ifndef LANG_MALAYALAM
-# define LANG_MALAYALAM 0x4c
-# endif
-# ifndef LANG_MANIPURI
-# define LANG_MANIPURI 0x58
-# endif
-# ifndef LANG_MARATHI
-# define LANG_MARATHI 0x4e
-# endif
-# ifndef LANG_MONGOLIAN
-# define LANG_MONGOLIAN 0x50
-# endif
-# ifndef LANG_NEPALI
-# define LANG_NEPALI 0x61
-# endif
-# ifndef LANG_ORIYA
-# define LANG_ORIYA 0x48
-# endif
-# ifndef LANG_PUNJABI
-# define LANG_PUNJABI 0x46
-# endif
-# ifndef LANG_SANSKRIT
-# define LANG_SANSKRIT 0x4f
-# endif
-# ifndef LANG_SERBIAN
-# define LANG_SERBIAN 0x1a
-# endif
-# ifndef LANG_SINDHI
-# define LANG_SINDHI 0x59
-# endif
-# ifndef LANG_SLOVAK
-# define LANG_SLOVAK 0x1b
-# endif
-# ifndef LANG_SORBIAN
-# define LANG_SORBIAN 0x2e
-# endif
-# ifndef LANG_SWAHILI
-# define LANG_SWAHILI 0x41
-# endif
-# ifndef LANG_SYRIAC
-# define LANG_SYRIAC 0x5a
-# endif
-# ifndef LANG_TAMIL
-# define LANG_TAMIL 0x49
-# endif
-# ifndef LANG_TATAR
-# define LANG_TATAR 0x44
-# endif
-# ifndef LANG_TELUGU
-# define LANG_TELUGU 0x4a
-# endif
-# ifndef LANG_THAI
-# define LANG_THAI 0x1e
-# endif
-# ifndef LANG_UKRAINIAN
-# define LANG_UKRAINIAN 0x22
-# endif
-# ifndef LANG_URDU
-# define LANG_URDU 0x20
-# endif
-# ifndef LANG_UZBEK
-# define LANG_UZBEK 0x43
-# endif
-# ifndef LANG_VIETNAMESE
-# define LANG_VIETNAMESE 0x2a
-# endif
-# ifndef SUBLANG_ARABIC_SAUDI_ARABIA
-# define SUBLANG_ARABIC_SAUDI_ARABIA 0x01
-# endif
-# ifndef SUBLANG_ARABIC_IRAQ
-# define SUBLANG_ARABIC_IRAQ 0x02
-# endif
-# ifndef SUBLANG_ARABIC_EGYPT
-# define SUBLANG_ARABIC_EGYPT 0x03
-# endif
-# ifndef SUBLANG_ARABIC_LIBYA
-# define SUBLANG_ARABIC_LIBYA 0x04
-# endif
-# ifndef SUBLANG_ARABIC_ALGERIA
-# define SUBLANG_ARABIC_ALGERIA 0x05
-# endif
-# ifndef SUBLANG_ARABIC_MOROCCO
-# define SUBLANG_ARABIC_MOROCCO 0x06
-# endif
-# ifndef SUBLANG_ARABIC_TUNISIA
-# define SUBLANG_ARABIC_TUNISIA 0x07
-# endif
-# ifndef SUBLANG_ARABIC_OMAN
-# define SUBLANG_ARABIC_OMAN 0x08
-# endif
-# ifndef SUBLANG_ARABIC_YEMEN
-# define SUBLANG_ARABIC_YEMEN 0x09
-# endif
-# ifndef SUBLANG_ARABIC_SYRIA
-# define SUBLANG_ARABIC_SYRIA 0x0a
-# endif
-# ifndef SUBLANG_ARABIC_JORDAN
-# define SUBLANG_ARABIC_JORDAN 0x0b
-# endif
-# ifndef SUBLANG_ARABIC_LEBANON
-# define SUBLANG_ARABIC_LEBANON 0x0c
-# endif
-# ifndef SUBLANG_ARABIC_KUWAIT
-# define SUBLANG_ARABIC_KUWAIT 0x0d
-# endif
-# ifndef SUBLANG_ARABIC_UAE
-# define SUBLANG_ARABIC_UAE 0x0e
-# endif
-# ifndef SUBLANG_ARABIC_BAHRAIN
-# define SUBLANG_ARABIC_BAHRAIN 0x0f
-# endif
-# ifndef SUBLANG_ARABIC_QATAR
-# define SUBLANG_ARABIC_QATAR 0x10
-# endif
-# ifndef SUBLANG_AZERI_LATIN
-# define SUBLANG_AZERI_LATIN 0x01
-# endif
-# ifndef SUBLANG_AZERI_CYRILLIC
-# define SUBLANG_AZERI_CYRILLIC 0x02
-# endif
-# ifndef SUBLANG_CHINESE_MACAU
-# define SUBLANG_CHINESE_MACAU 0x05
-# endif
-# ifndef SUBLANG_ENGLISH_SOUTH_AFRICA
-# define SUBLANG_ENGLISH_SOUTH_AFRICA 0x07
-# endif
-# ifndef SUBLANG_ENGLISH_JAMAICA
-# define SUBLANG_ENGLISH_JAMAICA 0x08
-# endif
-# ifndef SUBLANG_ENGLISH_CARIBBEAN
-# define SUBLANG_ENGLISH_CARIBBEAN 0x09
-# endif
-# ifndef SUBLANG_ENGLISH_BELIZE
-# define SUBLANG_ENGLISH_BELIZE 0x0a
-# endif
-# ifndef SUBLANG_ENGLISH_TRINIDAD
-# define SUBLANG_ENGLISH_TRINIDAD 0x0b
-# endif
-# ifndef SUBLANG_ENGLISH_ZIMBABWE
-# define SUBLANG_ENGLISH_ZIMBABWE 0x0c
-# endif
-# ifndef SUBLANG_ENGLISH_PHILIPPINES
-# define SUBLANG_ENGLISH_PHILIPPINES 0x0d
-# endif
-# ifndef SUBLANG_FRENCH_LUXEMBOURG
-# define SUBLANG_FRENCH_LUXEMBOURG 0x05
-# endif
-# ifndef SUBLANG_FRENCH_MONACO
-# define SUBLANG_FRENCH_MONACO 0x06
-# endif
-# ifndef SUBLANG_GERMAN_LUXEMBOURG
-# define SUBLANG_GERMAN_LUXEMBOURG 0x04
-# endif
-# ifndef SUBLANG_GERMAN_LIECHTENSTEIN
-# define SUBLANG_GERMAN_LIECHTENSTEIN 0x05
-# endif
-# ifndef SUBLANG_KASHMIRI_INDIA
-# define SUBLANG_KASHMIRI_INDIA 0x02
-# endif
-# ifndef SUBLANG_MALAY_MALAYSIA
-# define SUBLANG_MALAY_MALAYSIA 0x01
-# endif
-# ifndef SUBLANG_MALAY_BRUNEI_DARUSSALAM
-# define SUBLANG_MALAY_BRUNEI_DARUSSALAM 0x02
-# endif
-# ifndef SUBLANG_NEPALI_INDIA
-# define SUBLANG_NEPALI_INDIA 0x02
-# endif
-# ifndef SUBLANG_SERBIAN_LATIN
-# define SUBLANG_SERBIAN_LATIN 0x02
-# endif
-# ifndef SUBLANG_SERBIAN_CYRILLIC
-# define SUBLANG_SERBIAN_CYRILLIC 0x03
-# endif
-# ifndef SUBLANG_SPANISH_GUATEMALA
-# define SUBLANG_SPANISH_GUATEMALA 0x04
-# endif
-# ifndef SUBLANG_SPANISH_COSTA_RICA
-# define SUBLANG_SPANISH_COSTA_RICA 0x05
-# endif
-# ifndef SUBLANG_SPANISH_PANAMA
-# define SUBLANG_SPANISH_PANAMA 0x06
-# endif
-# ifndef SUBLANG_SPANISH_DOMINICAN_REPUBLIC
-# define SUBLANG_SPANISH_DOMINICAN_REPUBLIC 0x07
-# endif
-# ifndef SUBLANG_SPANISH_VENEZUELA
-# define SUBLANG_SPANISH_VENEZUELA 0x08
-# endif
-# ifndef SUBLANG_SPANISH_COLOMBIA
-# define SUBLANG_SPANISH_COLOMBIA 0x09
-# endif
-# ifndef SUBLANG_SPANISH_PERU
-# define SUBLANG_SPANISH_PERU 0x0a
-# endif
-# ifndef SUBLANG_SPANISH_ARGENTINA
-# define SUBLANG_SPANISH_ARGENTINA 0x0b
-# endif
-# ifndef SUBLANG_SPANISH_ECUADOR
-# define SUBLANG_SPANISH_ECUADOR 0x0c
-# endif
-# ifndef SUBLANG_SPANISH_CHILE
-# define SUBLANG_SPANISH_CHILE 0x0d
-# endif
-# ifndef SUBLANG_SPANISH_URUGUAY
-# define SUBLANG_SPANISH_URUGUAY 0x0e
-# endif
-# ifndef SUBLANG_SPANISH_PARAGUAY
-# define SUBLANG_SPANISH_PARAGUAY 0x0f
-# endif
-# ifndef SUBLANG_SPANISH_BOLIVIA
-# define SUBLANG_SPANISH_BOLIVIA 0x10
-# endif
-# ifndef SUBLANG_SPANISH_EL_SALVADOR
-# define SUBLANG_SPANISH_EL_SALVADOR 0x11
-# endif
-# ifndef SUBLANG_SPANISH_HONDURAS
-# define SUBLANG_SPANISH_HONDURAS 0x12
-# endif
-# ifndef SUBLANG_SPANISH_NICARAGUA
-# define SUBLANG_SPANISH_NICARAGUA 0x13
-# endif
-# ifndef SUBLANG_SPANISH_PUERTO_RICO
-# define SUBLANG_SPANISH_PUERTO_RICO 0x14
-# endif
-# ifndef SUBLANG_SWEDISH_FINLAND
-# define SUBLANG_SWEDISH_FINLAND 0x02
-# endif
-# ifndef SUBLANG_URDU_PAKISTAN
-# define SUBLANG_URDU_PAKISTAN 0x01
-# endif
-# ifndef SUBLANG_URDU_INDIA
-# define SUBLANG_URDU_INDIA 0x02
-# endif
-# ifndef SUBLANG_UZBEK_LATIN
-# define SUBLANG_UZBEK_LATIN 0x01
-# endif
-# ifndef SUBLANG_UZBEK_CYRILLIC
-# define SUBLANG_UZBEK_CYRILLIC 0x02
-# endif
-#endif
-
-/* XPG3 defines the result of 'setlocale (category, NULL)' as:
- "Directs 'setlocale()' to query 'category' and return the current
- setting of 'local'."
- However it does not specify the exact format. Neither do SUSV2 and
- ISO C 99. So we can use this feature only on selected systems (e.g.
- those using GNU C Library). */
-#if defined _LIBC || (defined __GNU_LIBRARY__ && __GNU_LIBRARY__ >= 2)
-# define HAVE_LOCALE_NULL
-#endif
-
-/* Determine the current locale's name, and canonicalize it into XPG syntax
- language[_territory[.codeset]][@modifier]
- The codeset part in the result is not reliable; the locale_charset()
- should be used for codeset information instead.
- The result must not be freed; it is statically allocated. */
-
-const char *
-_nl_locale_name (category, categoryname)
- int category;
- const char *categoryname;
-{
- const char *retval;
-
-#ifndef WIN32
-
- /* Use the POSIX methods of looking to 'LC_ALL', 'LC_xxx', and 'LANG'.
- On some systems this can be done by the 'setlocale' function itself. */
-# if defined HAVE_SETLOCALE && defined HAVE_LC_MESSAGES && defined HAVE_LOCALE_NULL
- retval = setlocale (category, NULL);
-# else
- /* Setting of LC_ALL overwrites all other. */
- retval = getenv ("LC_ALL");
- if (retval == NULL || retval[0] == '\0')
- {
- /* Next comes the name of the desired category. */
- retval = getenv (categoryname);
- if (retval == NULL || retval[0] == '\0')
- {
- /* Last possibility is the LANG environment variable. */
- retval = getenv ("LANG");
- if (retval == NULL || retval[0] == '\0')
- /* We use C as the default domain. POSIX says this is
- implementation defined. */
- retval = "C";
- }
- }
-# endif
-
- return retval;
-
-#else /* WIN32 */
-
- /* Return an XPG style locale name language[_territory][@modifier].
- Don't even bother determining the codeset; it's not useful in this
- context, because message catalogs are not specific to a single
- codeset. */
-
- LCID lcid;
- LANGID langid;
- int primary, sub;
-
- /* Let the user override the system settings through environment
- variables, as on POSIX systems. */
- retval = getenv ("LC_ALL");
- if (retval != NULL && retval[0] != '\0')
- return retval;
- retval = getenv (categoryname);
- if (retval != NULL && retval[0] != '\0')
- return retval;
- retval = getenv ("LANG");
- if (retval != NULL && retval[0] != '\0')
- return retval;
-
- /* Use native Win32 API locale ID. */
- lcid = GetThreadLocale ();
-
- /* Strip off the sorting rules, keep only the language part. */
- langid = LANGIDFROMLCID (lcid);
-
- /* Split into language and territory part. */
- primary = PRIMARYLANGID (langid);
- sub = SUBLANGID (langid);
-
- /* Dispatch on language.
- See also http://www.unicode.org/unicode/onlinedat/languages.html .
- For details about languages, see http://www.ethnologue.com/ . */
- switch (primary)
- {
- case LANG_AFRIKAANS: return "af_ZA";
- case LANG_ALBANIAN: return "sq_AL";
- case 0x5e: /* AMHARIC */ return "am_ET";
- case LANG_ARABIC:
- switch (sub)
- {
- case SUBLANG_ARABIC_SAUDI_ARABIA: return "ar_SA";
- case SUBLANG_ARABIC_IRAQ: return "ar_IQ";
- case SUBLANG_ARABIC_EGYPT: return "ar_EG";
- case SUBLANG_ARABIC_LIBYA: return "ar_LY";
- case SUBLANG_ARABIC_ALGERIA: return "ar_DZ";
- case SUBLANG_ARABIC_MOROCCO: return "ar_MA";
- case SUBLANG_ARABIC_TUNISIA: return "ar_TN";
- case SUBLANG_ARABIC_OMAN: return "ar_OM";
- case SUBLANG_ARABIC_YEMEN: return "ar_YE";
- case SUBLANG_ARABIC_SYRIA: return "ar_SY";
- case SUBLANG_ARABIC_JORDAN: return "ar_JO";
- case SUBLANG_ARABIC_LEBANON: return "ar_LB";
- case SUBLANG_ARABIC_KUWAIT: return "ar_KW";
- case SUBLANG_ARABIC_UAE: return "ar_AE";
- case SUBLANG_ARABIC_BAHRAIN: return "ar_BH";
- case SUBLANG_ARABIC_QATAR: return "ar_QA";
- }
- return "ar";
- case LANG_ARMENIAN: return "hy_AM";
- case LANG_ASSAMESE: return "as_IN";
- case LANG_AZERI:
- switch (sub)
- {
- /* FIXME: Adjust this when Azerbaijani locales appear on Unix. */
- case SUBLANG_AZERI_LATIN: return "az_AZ@latin";
- case SUBLANG_AZERI_CYRILLIC: return "az_AZ@cyrillic";
- }
- return "az";
- case LANG_BASQUE:
- return "eu"; /* Ambiguous: could be "eu_ES" or "eu_FR". */
- case LANG_BELARUSIAN: return "be_BY";
- case LANG_BENGALI: return "bn_IN";
- case LANG_BULGARIAN: return "bg_BG";
- case 0x55: /* BURMESE */ return "my_MM";
- case 0x53: /* CAMBODIAN */ return "km_KH";
- case LANG_CATALAN: return "ca_ES";
- case 0x5c: /* CHEROKEE */ return "chr_US";
- case LANG_CHINESE:
- switch (sub)
- {
- case SUBLANG_CHINESE_TRADITIONAL: return "zh_TW";
- case SUBLANG_CHINESE_SIMPLIFIED: return "zh_CN";
- case SUBLANG_CHINESE_HONGKONG: return "zh_HK";
- case SUBLANG_CHINESE_SINGAPORE: return "zh_SG";
- case SUBLANG_CHINESE_MACAU: return "zh_MO";
- }
- return "zh";
- case LANG_CROATIAN: /* LANG_CROATIAN == LANG_SERBIAN
- * What used to be called Serbo-Croatian
- * should really now be two separate
- * languages because of political reasons.
- * (Says tml, who knows nothing about Serbian
- * or Croatian.)
- * (I can feel those flames coming already.)
- */
- switch (sub)
- {
- case SUBLANG_DEFAULT: return "hr_HR";
- case SUBLANG_SERBIAN_LATIN: return "sr_YU";
- case SUBLANG_SERBIAN_CYRILLIC: return "sr_YU@cyrillic";
- }
- return "hr";
- case LANG_CZECH: return "cs_CZ";
- case LANG_DANISH: return "da_DK";
- case LANG_DIVEHI: return "div_MV";
- case LANG_DUTCH:
- switch (sub)
- {
- case SUBLANG_DUTCH: return "nl_NL";
- case SUBLANG_DUTCH_BELGIAN: /* FLEMISH, VLAAMS */ return "nl_BE";
- }
- return "nl";
- case 0x66: /* EDO */ return "bin_NG";
- case LANG_ENGLISH:
- switch (sub)
- {
- /* SUBLANG_ENGLISH_US == SUBLANG_DEFAULT. Heh. I thought
- * English was the language spoken in England.
- * Oh well.
- */
- case SUBLANG_ENGLISH_US: return "en_US";
- case SUBLANG_ENGLISH_UK: return "en_GB";
- case SUBLANG_ENGLISH_AUS: return "en_AU";
- case SUBLANG_ENGLISH_CAN: return "en_CA";
- case SUBLANG_ENGLISH_NZ: return "en_NZ";
- case SUBLANG_ENGLISH_EIRE: return "en_IE";
- case SUBLANG_ENGLISH_SOUTH_AFRICA: return "en_ZA";
- case SUBLANG_ENGLISH_JAMAICA: return "en_JM";
- case SUBLANG_ENGLISH_CARIBBEAN: return "en_GD"; /* Grenada? */
- case SUBLANG_ENGLISH_BELIZE: return "en_BZ";
- case SUBLANG_ENGLISH_TRINIDAD: return "en_TT";
- case SUBLANG_ENGLISH_ZIMBABWE: return "en_ZW";
- case SUBLANG_ENGLISH_PHILIPPINES: return "en_PH";
- }
- return "en";
- case LANG_ESTONIAN: return "et_EE";
- case LANG_FAEROESE: return "fo_FO";
- case LANG_FARSI: return "fa_IR";
- case LANG_FINNISH: return "fi_FI";
- case LANG_FRENCH:
- switch (sub)
- {
- case SUBLANG_FRENCH: return "fr_FR";
- case SUBLANG_FRENCH_BELGIAN: /* WALLOON */ return "fr_BE";
- case SUBLANG_FRENCH_CANADIAN: return "fr_CA";
- case SUBLANG_FRENCH_SWISS: return "fr_CH";
- case SUBLANG_FRENCH_LUXEMBOURG: return "fr_LU";
- case SUBLANG_FRENCH_MONACO: return "fr_MC";
- }
- return "fr";
- case 0x62: /* FRISIAN */ return "fy_NL";
- case 0x67: /* FULFULDE */ return "ful_NG";
- case 0x3c: /* GAELIC */
- switch (sub)
- {
- case 0x01: /* SCOTTISH */ return "gd_GB";
- case 0x02: /* IRISH */ return "ga_IE";
- }
- return "C";
- case LANG_GALICIAN: return "gl_ES";
- case LANG_GEORGIAN: return "ka_GE";
- case LANG_GERMAN:
- switch (sub)
- {
- case SUBLANG_GERMAN: return "de_DE";
- case SUBLANG_GERMAN_SWISS: return "de_CH";
- case SUBLANG_GERMAN_AUSTRIAN: return "de_AT";
- case SUBLANG_GERMAN_LUXEMBOURG: return "de_LU";
- case SUBLANG_GERMAN_LIECHTENSTEIN: return "de_LI";
- }
- return "de";
- case LANG_GREEK: return "el_GR";
- case 0x74: /* GUARANI */ return "gn_PY";
- case LANG_GUJARATI: return "gu_IN";
- case 0x68: /* HAUSA */ return "ha_NG";
- case 0x75: /* HAWAIIAN */
- /* FIXME: Do they mean Hawaiian ("haw_US", 1000 speakers)
- or Hawaii Creole English ("cpe_US", 600000 speakers)? */
- return "cpe_US";
- case LANG_HEBREW: return "he_IL";
- case LANG_HINDI: return "hi_IN";
- case LANG_HUNGARIAN: return "hu_HU";
- case 0x69: /* IBIBIO */ return "nic_NG";
- case LANG_ICELANDIC: return "is_IS";
- case 0x70: /* IGBO */ return "ibo_NG";
- case LANG_INDONESIAN: return "id_ID";
- case 0x5d: /* INUKTITUT */ return "iu_CA";
- case LANG_ITALIAN:
- switch (sub)
- {
- case SUBLANG_ITALIAN: return "it_IT";
- case SUBLANG_ITALIAN_SWISS: return "it_CH";
- }
- return "it";
- case LANG_JAPANESE: return "ja_JP";
- case LANG_KANNADA: return "kn_IN";
- case 0x71: /* KANURI */ return "kau_NG";
- case LANG_KASHMIRI:
- switch (sub)
- {
- case SUBLANG_DEFAULT: return "ks_PK";
- case SUBLANG_KASHMIRI_INDIA: return "ks_IN";
- }
- return "ks";
- case LANG_KAZAK: return "kk_KZ";
- case LANG_KONKANI:
- /* FIXME: Adjust this when such locales appear on Unix. */
- return "kok_IN";
- case LANG_KOREAN: return "ko_KR";
- case LANG_KYRGYZ: return "ky_KG";
- case 0x54: /* LAO */ return "lo_LA";
- case 0x76: /* LATIN */ return "la_VA";
- case LANG_LATVIAN: return "lv_LV";
- case LANG_LITHUANIAN: return "lt_LT";
- case LANG_MACEDONIAN: return "mk_MK";
- case LANG_MALAY:
- switch (sub)
- {
- case SUBLANG_MALAY_MALAYSIA: return "ms_MY";
- case SUBLANG_MALAY_BRUNEI_DARUSSALAM: return "ms_BN";
- }
- return "ms";
- case LANG_MALAYALAM: return "ml_IN";
- case 0x3a: /* MALTESE */ return "mt_MT";
- case LANG_MANIPURI:
- /* FIXME: Adjust this when such locales appear on Unix. */
- return "mni_IN";
- case LANG_MARATHI: return "mr_IN";
- case LANG_MONGOLIAN:
- return "mn"; /* Ambiguous: could be "mn_CN" or "mn_MN". */
- case LANG_NEPALI:
- switch (sub)
- {
- case SUBLANG_DEFAULT: return "ne_NP";
- case SUBLANG_NEPALI_INDIA: return "ne_IN";
- }
- return "ne";
- case LANG_NORWEGIAN:
- switch (sub)
- {
- case SUBLANG_NORWEGIAN_BOKMAL: return "no_NO";
- case SUBLANG_NORWEGIAN_NYNORSK: return "nn_NO";
- }
- return "no";
- case LANG_ORIYA: return "or_IN";
- case 0x72: /* OROMO */ return "om_ET";
- case 0x79: /* PAPIAMENTU */ return "pap_AN";
- case 0x63: /* PASHTO */
- return "ps"; /* Ambiguous: could be "ps_PK" or "ps_AF". */
- case LANG_POLISH: return "pl_PL";
- case LANG_PORTUGUESE:
- switch (sub)
- {
- case SUBLANG_PORTUGUESE: return "pt_PT";
- /* Hmm. SUBLANG_PORTUGUESE_BRAZILIAN == SUBLANG_DEFAULT.
- Same phenomenon as SUBLANG_ENGLISH_US == SUBLANG_DEFAULT. */
- case SUBLANG_PORTUGUESE_BRAZILIAN: return "pt_BR";
- }
- return "pt";
- case LANG_PUNJABI: return "pa_IN";
- case 0x17: /* RHAETO-ROMANCE */ return "rm_CH";
- case LANG_ROMANIAN: return "ro_RO";
- case LANG_RUSSIAN:
- return "ru"; /* Ambiguous: could be "ru_RU" or "ru_UA". */
- case 0x3b: /* SAMI */ return "se_NO";
- case LANG_SANSKRIT: return "sa_IN";
- case LANG_SINDHI: return "sd";
- case 0x5b: /* SINHALESE */ return "si_LK";
- case LANG_SLOVAK: return "sk_SK";
- case LANG_SLOVENIAN: return "sl_SI";
- case 0x77: /* SOMALI */ return "so_SO";
- case LANG_SORBIAN:
- /* FIXME: Adjust this when such locales appear on Unix. */
- return "wen_DE";
- case LANG_SPANISH:
- switch (sub)
- {
- case SUBLANG_SPANISH: return "es_ES";
- case SUBLANG_SPANISH_MEXICAN: return "es_MX";
- case SUBLANG_SPANISH_MODERN:
- return "es_ES@modern"; /* not seen on Unix */
- case SUBLANG_SPANISH_GUATEMALA: return "es_GT";
- case SUBLANG_SPANISH_COSTA_RICA: return "es_CR";
- case SUBLANG_SPANISH_PANAMA: return "es_PA";
- case SUBLANG_SPANISH_DOMINICAN_REPUBLIC: return "es_DO";
- case SUBLANG_SPANISH_VENEZUELA: return "es_VE";
- case SUBLANG_SPANISH_COLOMBIA: return "es_CO";
- case SUBLANG_SPANISH_PERU: return "es_PE";
- case SUBLANG_SPANISH_ARGENTINA: return "es_AR";
- case SUBLANG_SPANISH_ECUADOR: return "es_EC";
- case SUBLANG_SPANISH_CHILE: return "es_CL";
- case SUBLANG_SPANISH_URUGUAY: return "es_UY";
- case SUBLANG_SPANISH_PARAGUAY: return "es_PY";
- case SUBLANG_SPANISH_BOLIVIA: return "es_BO";
- case SUBLANG_SPANISH_EL_SALVADOR: return "es_SV";
- case SUBLANG_SPANISH_HONDURAS: return "es_HN";
- case SUBLANG_SPANISH_NICARAGUA: return "es_NI";
- case SUBLANG_SPANISH_PUERTO_RICO: return "es_PR";
- }
- return "es";
- case 0x30: /* SUTU */ return "bnt_TZ";
- case LANG_SWAHILI: return "sw_KE";
- case LANG_SWEDISH:
- switch (sub)
- {
- case SUBLANG_DEFAULT: return "sv_SE";
- case SUBLANG_SWEDISH_FINLAND: return "sv_FI";
- }
- return "sv";
- case LANG_SYRIAC: return "syr_TR"; /* An extinct language. */
- case 0x64: /* TAGALOG */ return "tl_PH";
- case 0x28: /* TAJIK */ return "tg_TJ";
- case 0x5f: /* TAMAZIGHT */ return "ber_MA";
- case LANG_TAMIL:
- return "ta"; /* Ambiguous: could be "ta_IN" or "ta_LK" or "ta_SG". */
- case LANG_TATAR: return "tt_RU";
- case LANG_TELUGU: return "te_IN";
- case LANG_THAI: return "th_TH";
- case 0x51: /* TIBETAN */ return "bo_CN";
- case 0x73: /* TIGRINYA */ return "ti_ET";
- case 0x31: /* TSONGA */ return "ts_ZA";
- case LANG_TURKISH: return "tr_TR";
- case 0x42: /* TURKMEN */ return "tk_TM";
- case LANG_UKRAINIAN: return "uk_UA";
- case LANG_URDU:
- switch (sub)
- {
- case SUBLANG_URDU_PAKISTAN: return "ur_PK";
- case SUBLANG_URDU_INDIA: return "ur_IN";
- }
- return "ur";
- case LANG_UZBEK:
- switch (sub)
- {
- /* FIXME: Adjust this when Uzbek locales appear on Unix. */
- case SUBLANG_UZBEK_LATIN: return "uz_UZ@latin";
- case SUBLANG_UZBEK_CYRILLIC: return "uz_UZ@cyrillic";
- }
- return "uz";
- case 0x33: /* VENDA */ return "ven_ZA";
- case LANG_VIETNAMESE: return "vi_VN";
- case 0x52: /* WELSH */ return "cy_GB";
- case 0x34: /* XHOSA */ return "xh_ZA";
- case 0x78: /* YI */ return "sit_CN";
- case 0x3d: /* YIDDISH */ return "yi_IL";
- case 0x6a: /* YORUBA */ return "yo_NG";
- case 0x35: /* ZULU */ return "zu_ZA";
- default: return "C";
- }
-
-#endif
-}
+++ /dev/null
-/* Log file output.
- Copyright (C) 2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
- This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
- under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
- by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
- any later version.
-
- This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
- Library General Public License for more details.
-
- You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
- License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
- USA. */
-
-/* Written by Bruno Haible <bruno@clisp.org>. */
-
-#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
-# include <config.h>
-#endif
-
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#include <string.h>
-
-/* Print an ASCII string with quotes and escape sequences where needed. */
-static void
-print_escaped (stream, str)
- FILE *stream;
- const char *str;
-{
- putc ('"', stream);
- for (; *str != '\0'; str++)
- if (*str == '\n')
- {
- fputs ("\\n\"", stream);
- if (str[1] == '\0')
- return;
- fputs ("\n\"", stream);
- }
- else
- {
- if (*str == '"' || *str == '\\')
- putc ('\\', stream);
- putc (*str, stream);
- }
- putc ('"', stream);
-}
-
-/* Add to the log file an entry denoting a failed translation. */
-void
-_nl_log_untranslated (logfilename, domainname, msgid1, msgid2, plural)
- const char *logfilename;
- const char *domainname;
- const char *msgid1;
- const char *msgid2;
- int plural;
-{
- static char *last_logfilename = NULL;
- static FILE *last_logfile = NULL;
- FILE *logfile;
-
- /* Can we reuse the last opened logfile? */
- if (last_logfilename == NULL || strcmp (logfilename, last_logfilename) != 0)
- {
- /* Close the last used logfile. */
- if (last_logfilename != NULL)
- {
- if (last_logfile != NULL)
- {
- fclose (last_logfile);
- last_logfile = NULL;
- }
- free (last_logfilename);
- last_logfilename = NULL;
- }
- /* Open the logfile. */
- last_logfilename = (char *) malloc (strlen (logfilename) + 1);
- if (last_logfilename == NULL)
- return;
- strcpy (last_logfilename, logfilename);
- last_logfile = fopen (logfilename, "a");
- if (last_logfile == NULL)
- return;
- }
- logfile = last_logfile;
-
- fprintf (logfile, "domain ");
- print_escaped (logfile, domainname);
- fprintf (logfile, "\nmsgid ");
- print_escaped (logfile, msgid1);
- if (plural)
- {
- fprintf (logfile, "\nmsgid_plural ");
- print_escaped (logfile, msgid2);
- fprintf (logfile, "\nmsgstr[0] \"\"\n");
- }
- else
- fprintf (logfile, "\nmsgstr \"\"\n");
- putc ('\n', logfile);
-}
+++ /dev/null
-/* Implementation of ngettext(3) function.
- Copyright (C) 1995, 1997, 2000, 2001, 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
- This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
- under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
- by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
- any later version.
-
- This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
- Library General Public License for more details.
-
- You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
- License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
- USA. */
-
-#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
-# include <config.h>
-#endif
-
-#ifdef _LIBC
-# define __need_NULL
-# include <stddef.h>
-#else
-# include <stdlib.h> /* Just for NULL. */
-#endif
-
-#include "gettextP.h"
-#ifdef _LIBC
-# include <libintl.h>
-#else
-# include "libgnuintl.h"
-#endif
-
-#include <locale.h>
-
-/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
-
-/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem. They must not clash
- with existing names and they should follow ANSI C. But this source
- code is also used in GNU C Library where the names have a __
- prefix. So we have to make a difference here. */
-#ifdef _LIBC
-# define NGETTEXT __ngettext
-# define DCNGETTEXT __dcngettext
-#else
-# define NGETTEXT libintl_ngettext
-# define DCNGETTEXT libintl_dcngettext
-#endif
-
-/* Look up MSGID in the current default message catalog for the current
- LC_MESSAGES locale. If not found, returns MSGID itself (the default
- text). */
-char *
-NGETTEXT (msgid1, msgid2, n)
- const char *msgid1;
- const char *msgid2;
- unsigned long int n;
-{
- return DCNGETTEXT (NULL, msgid1, msgid2, n, LC_MESSAGES);
-}
-
-#ifdef _LIBC
-/* Alias for function name in GNU C Library. */
-weak_alias (__ngettext, ngettext);
-#endif
+++ /dev/null
-/* OS/2 compatibility functions.
- Copyright (C) 2001-2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
- This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
- under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
- by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
- any later version.
-
- This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
- Library General Public License for more details.
-
- You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
- License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
- USA. */
-
-#define OS2_AWARE
-#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
-#include <config.h>
-#endif
-
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#include <string.h>
-#include <sys/param.h>
-
-/* A version of getenv() that works from DLLs */
-extern unsigned long DosScanEnv (const unsigned char *pszName, unsigned char **ppszValue);
-
-char *
-_nl_getenv (const char *name)
-{
- unsigned char *value;
- if (DosScanEnv (name, &value))
- return NULL;
- else
- return value;
-}
-
-/* A fixed size buffer. */
-char libintl_nl_default_dirname[MAXPATHLEN+1];
-
-char *_nlos2_libdir = NULL;
-char *_nlos2_localealiaspath = NULL;
-char *_nlos2_localedir = NULL;
-
-static __attribute__((constructor)) void
-nlos2_initialize ()
-{
- char *root = getenv ("UNIXROOT");
- char *gnulocaledir = getenv ("GNULOCALEDIR");
-
- _nlos2_libdir = gnulocaledir;
- if (!_nlos2_libdir)
- {
- if (root)
- {
- size_t sl = strlen (root);
- _nlos2_libdir = (char *) malloc (sl + strlen (LIBDIR) + 1);
- memcpy (_nlos2_libdir, root, sl);
- memcpy (_nlos2_libdir + sl, LIBDIR, strlen (LIBDIR) + 1);
- }
- else
- _nlos2_libdir = LIBDIR;
- }
-
- _nlos2_localealiaspath = gnulocaledir;
- if (!_nlos2_localealiaspath)
- {
- if (root)
- {
- size_t sl = strlen (root);
- _nlos2_localealiaspath = (char *) malloc (sl + strlen (LOCALE_ALIAS_PATH) + 1);
- memcpy (_nlos2_localealiaspath, root, sl);
- memcpy (_nlos2_localealiaspath + sl, LOCALE_ALIAS_PATH, strlen (LOCALE_ALIAS_PATH) + 1);
- }
- else
- _nlos2_localealiaspath = LOCALE_ALIAS_PATH;
- }
-
- _nlos2_localedir = gnulocaledir;
- if (!_nlos2_localedir)
- {
- if (root)
- {
- size_t sl = strlen (root);
- _nlos2_localedir = (char *) malloc (sl + strlen (LOCALEDIR) + 1);
- memcpy (_nlos2_localedir, root, sl);
- memcpy (_nlos2_localedir + sl, LOCALEDIR, strlen (LOCALEDIR) + 1);
- }
- else
- _nlos2_localedir = LOCALEDIR;
- }
-
- if (strlen (_nlos2_localedir) <= MAXPATHLEN)
- strcpy (libintl_nl_default_dirname, _nlos2_localedir);
-}
+++ /dev/null
-/* OS/2 compatibility defines.
- This file is intended to be included from config.h
- Copyright (C) 2001-2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
- This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
- under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
- by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
- any later version.
-
- This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
- Library General Public License for more details.
-
- You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
- License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
- USA. */
-
-/* When included from os2compat.h we need all the original definitions */
-#ifndef OS2_AWARE
-
-#undef LIBDIR
-#define LIBDIR _nlos2_libdir
-extern char *_nlos2_libdir;
-
-#undef LOCALEDIR
-#define LOCALEDIR _nlos2_localedir
-extern char *_nlos2_localedir;
-
-#undef LOCALE_ALIAS_PATH
-#define LOCALE_ALIAS_PATH _nlos2_localealiaspath
-extern char *_nlos2_localealiaspath;
-
-#endif
-
-#undef HAVE_STRCASECMP
-#define HAVE_STRCASECMP 1
-#define strcasecmp stricmp
-#define strncasecmp strnicmp
-
-/* We have our own getenv() which works even if library is compiled as DLL */
-#define getenv _nl_getenv
-
-/* Older versions of gettext used -1 as the value of LC_MESSAGES */
-#define LC_MESSAGES_COMPAT (-1)
+++ /dev/null
-/* OS dependent parts of libintl.
- Copyright (C) 2001-2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
- This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
- under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
- by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
- any later version.
-
- This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
- Library General Public License for more details.
-
- You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
- License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
- USA. */
-
-#if defined __EMX__
-# include "os2compat.c"
-#else
-/* Avoid AIX compiler warning. */
-typedef int dummy;
-#endif
+++ /dev/null
-/* Expression parsing for plural form selection.
- Copyright (C) 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
- Written by Ulrich Drepper <drepper@cygnus.com>, 2000.
-
- This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
- under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
- by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
- any later version.
-
- This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
- Library General Public License for more details.
-
- You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
- License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
- USA. */
-
-#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
-# include <config.h>
-#endif
-
-#include <ctype.h>
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#include <string.h>
-
-#include "plural-exp.h"
-
-#if (defined __GNUC__ && !defined __APPLE_CC__) \
- || (defined __STDC_VERSION__ && __STDC_VERSION__ >= 199901L)
-
-/* These structs are the constant expression for the germanic plural
- form determination. It represents the expression "n != 1". */
-static const struct expression plvar =
-{
- .nargs = 0,
- .operation = var,
-};
-static const struct expression plone =
-{
- .nargs = 0,
- .operation = num,
- .val =
- {
- .num = 1
- }
-};
-struct expression GERMANIC_PLURAL =
-{
- .nargs = 2,
- .operation = not_equal,
- .val =
- {
- .args =
- {
- [0] = (struct expression *) &plvar,
- [1] = (struct expression *) &plone
- }
- }
-};
-
-# define INIT_GERMANIC_PLURAL()
-
-#else
-
-/* For compilers without support for ISO C 99 struct/union initializers:
- Initialization at run-time. */
-
-static struct expression plvar;
-static struct expression plone;
-struct expression GERMANIC_PLURAL;
-
-static void
-init_germanic_plural ()
-{
- if (plone.val.num == 0)
- {
- plvar.nargs = 0;
- plvar.operation = var;
-
- plone.nargs = 0;
- plone.operation = num;
- plone.val.num = 1;
-
- GERMANIC_PLURAL.nargs = 2;
- GERMANIC_PLURAL.operation = not_equal;
- GERMANIC_PLURAL.val.args[0] = &plvar;
- GERMANIC_PLURAL.val.args[1] = &plone;
- }
-}
-
-# define INIT_GERMANIC_PLURAL() init_germanic_plural ()
-
-#endif
-
-void
-internal_function
-EXTRACT_PLURAL_EXPRESSION (nullentry, pluralp, npluralsp)
- const char *nullentry;
- struct expression **pluralp;
- unsigned long int *npluralsp;
-{
- if (nullentry != NULL)
- {
- const char *plural;
- const char *nplurals;
-
- plural = strstr (nullentry, "plural=");
- nplurals = strstr (nullentry, "nplurals=");
- if (plural == NULL || nplurals == NULL)
- goto no_plural;
- else
- {
- char *endp;
- unsigned long int n;
- struct parse_args args;
-
- /* First get the number. */
- nplurals += 9;
- while (*nplurals != '\0' && isspace ((unsigned char) *nplurals))
- ++nplurals;
- if (!(*nplurals >= '0' && *nplurals <= '9'))
- goto no_plural;
-#if defined HAVE_STRTOUL || defined _LIBC
- n = strtoul (nplurals, &endp, 10);
-#else
- for (endp = nplurals, n = 0; *endp >= '0' && *endp <= '9'; endp++)
- n = n * 10 + (*endp - '0');
-#endif
- if (nplurals == endp)
- goto no_plural;
- *npluralsp = n;
-
- /* Due to the restrictions bison imposes onto the interface of the
- scanner function we have to put the input string and the result
- passed up from the parser into the same structure which address
- is passed down to the parser. */
- plural += 7;
- args.cp = plural;
- if (PLURAL_PARSE (&args) != 0)
- goto no_plural;
- *pluralp = args.res;
- }
- }
- else
- {
- /* By default we are using the Germanic form: singular form only
- for `one', the plural form otherwise. Yes, this is also what
- English is using since English is a Germanic language. */
- no_plural:
- INIT_GERMANIC_PLURAL ();
- *pluralp = &GERMANIC_PLURAL;
- *npluralsp = 2;
- }
-}
+++ /dev/null
-/* Expression parsing and evaluation for plural form selection.
- Copyright (C) 2000, 2001, 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
- Written by Ulrich Drepper <drepper@cygnus.com>, 2000.
-
- This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
- under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
- by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
- any later version.
-
- This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
- Library General Public License for more details.
-
- You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
- License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
- USA. */
-
-#ifndef _PLURAL_EXP_H
-#define _PLURAL_EXP_H
-
-#ifndef PARAMS
-# if __STDC__ || defined __GNUC__ || defined __SUNPRO_C || defined __cplusplus || __PROTOTYPES
-# define PARAMS(args) args
-# else
-# define PARAMS(args) ()
-# endif
-#endif
-
-#ifndef internal_function
-# define internal_function
-#endif
-
-#ifndef attribute_hidden
-# define attribute_hidden
-#endif
-
-
-/* This is the representation of the expressions to determine the
- plural form. */
-struct expression
-{
- int nargs; /* Number of arguments. */
- enum operator
- {
- /* Without arguments: */
- var, /* The variable "n". */
- num, /* Decimal number. */
- /* Unary operators: */
- lnot, /* Logical NOT. */
- /* Binary operators: */
- mult, /* Multiplication. */
- divide, /* Division. */
- module, /* Modulo operation. */
- plus, /* Addition. */
- minus, /* Subtraction. */
- less_than, /* Comparison. */
- greater_than, /* Comparison. */
- less_or_equal, /* Comparison. */
- greater_or_equal, /* Comparison. */
- equal, /* Comparison for equality. */
- not_equal, /* Comparison for inequality. */
- land, /* Logical AND. */
- lor, /* Logical OR. */
- /* Ternary operators: */
- qmop /* Question mark operator. */
- } operation;
- union
- {
- unsigned long int num; /* Number value for `num'. */
- struct expression *args[3]; /* Up to three arguments. */
- } val;
-};
-
-/* This is the data structure to pass information to the parser and get
- the result in a thread-safe way. */
-struct parse_args
-{
- const char *cp;
- struct expression *res;
-};
-
-
-/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem. This source code is used
- 1. in the GNU C Library library,
- 2. in the GNU libintl library,
- 3. in the GNU gettext tools.
- The function names in each situation must be different, to allow for
- binary incompatible changes in 'struct expression'. Furthermore,
- 1. in the GNU C Library library, the names have a __ prefix,
- 2.+3. in the GNU libintl library and in the GNU gettext tools, the names
- must follow ANSI C and not start with __.
- So we have to distinguish the three cases. */
-#ifdef _LIBC
-# define FREE_EXPRESSION __gettext_free_exp
-# define PLURAL_PARSE __gettextparse
-# define GERMANIC_PLURAL __gettext_germanic_plural
-# define EXTRACT_PLURAL_EXPRESSION __gettext_extract_plural
-#elif defined (IN_LIBINTL)
-# define FREE_EXPRESSION libintl_gettext_free_exp
-# define PLURAL_PARSE libintl_gettextparse
-# define GERMANIC_PLURAL libintl_gettext_germanic_plural
-# define EXTRACT_PLURAL_EXPRESSION libintl_gettext_extract_plural
-#else
-# define FREE_EXPRESSION free_plural_expression
-# define PLURAL_PARSE parse_plural_expression
-# define GERMANIC_PLURAL germanic_plural
-# define EXTRACT_PLURAL_EXPRESSION extract_plural_expression
-#endif
-
-extern void FREE_EXPRESSION PARAMS ((struct expression *exp))
- internal_function;
-extern int PLURAL_PARSE PARAMS ((void *arg));
-extern struct expression GERMANIC_PLURAL attribute_hidden;
-extern void EXTRACT_PLURAL_EXPRESSION PARAMS ((const char *nullentry,
- struct expression **pluralp,
- unsigned long int *npluralsp))
- internal_function;
-
-#if !defined (_LIBC) && !defined (IN_LIBINTL)
-extern unsigned long int plural_eval PARAMS ((struct expression *pexp,
- unsigned long int n));
-#endif
-
-#endif /* _PLURAL_EXP_H */
+++ /dev/null
-/* A Bison parser, made from plural.y
- by GNU bison 1.35. */
-
-#define YYBISON 1 /* Identify Bison output. */
-
-#define yyparse __gettextparse
-#define yylex __gettextlex
-#define yyerror __gettexterror
-#define yylval __gettextlval
-#define yychar __gettextchar
-#define yydebug __gettextdebug
-#define yynerrs __gettextnerrs
-# define EQUOP2 257
-# define CMPOP2 258
-# define ADDOP2 259
-# define MULOP2 260
-# define NUMBER 261
-
-#line 1 "plural.y"
-
-/* Expression parsing for plural form selection.
- Copyright (C) 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
- Written by Ulrich Drepper <drepper@cygnus.com>, 2000.
-
- This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
- under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
- by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
- any later version.
-
- This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
- Library General Public License for more details.
-
- You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
- License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
- USA. */
-
-/* The bison generated parser uses alloca. AIX 3 forces us to put this
- declaration at the beginning of the file. The declaration in bison's
- skeleton file comes too late. This must come before <config.h>
- because <config.h> may include arbitrary system headers. */
-#if defined _AIX && !defined __GNUC__
- #pragma alloca
-#endif
-
-#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
-# include <config.h>
-#endif
-
-#include <stddef.h>
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#include "plural-exp.h"
-
-/* The main function generated by the parser is called __gettextparse,
- but we want it to be called PLURAL_PARSE. */
-#ifndef _LIBC
-# define __gettextparse PLURAL_PARSE
-#endif
-
-#define YYLEX_PARAM &((struct parse_args *) arg)->cp
-#define YYPARSE_PARAM arg
-
-#line 49 "plural.y"
-#ifndef YYSTYPE
-typedef union {
- unsigned long int num;
- enum operator op;
- struct expression *exp;
-} yystype;
-# define YYSTYPE yystype
-# define YYSTYPE_IS_TRIVIAL 1
-#endif
-#line 55 "plural.y"
-
-/* Prototypes for local functions. */
-static struct expression *new_exp PARAMS ((int nargs, enum operator op,
- struct expression * const *args));
-static inline struct expression *new_exp_0 PARAMS ((enum operator op));
-static inline struct expression *new_exp_1 PARAMS ((enum operator op,
- struct expression *right));
-static struct expression *new_exp_2 PARAMS ((enum operator op,
- struct expression *left,
- struct expression *right));
-static inline struct expression *new_exp_3 PARAMS ((enum operator op,
- struct expression *bexp,
- struct expression *tbranch,
- struct expression *fbranch));
-static int yylex PARAMS ((YYSTYPE *lval, const char **pexp));
-static void yyerror PARAMS ((const char *str));
-
-/* Allocation of expressions. */
-
-static struct expression *
-new_exp (nargs, op, args)
- int nargs;
- enum operator op;
- struct expression * const *args;
-{
- int i;
- struct expression *newp;
-
- /* If any of the argument could not be malloc'ed, just return NULL. */
- for (i = nargs - 1; i >= 0; i--)
- if (args[i] == NULL)
- goto fail;
-
- /* Allocate a new expression. */
- newp = (struct expression *) malloc (sizeof (*newp));
- if (newp != NULL)
- {
- newp->nargs = nargs;
- newp->operation = op;
- for (i = nargs - 1; i >= 0; i--)
- newp->val.args[i] = args[i];
- return newp;
- }
-
- fail:
- for (i = nargs - 1; i >= 0; i--)
- FREE_EXPRESSION (args[i]);
-
- return NULL;
-}
-
-static inline struct expression *
-new_exp_0 (op)
- enum operator op;
-{
- return new_exp (0, op, NULL);
-}
-
-static inline struct expression *
-new_exp_1 (op, right)
- enum operator op;
- struct expression *right;
-{
- struct expression *args[1];
-
- args[0] = right;
- return new_exp (1, op, args);
-}
-
-static struct expression *
-new_exp_2 (op, left, right)
- enum operator op;
- struct expression *left;
- struct expression *right;
-{
- struct expression *args[2];
-
- args[0] = left;
- args[1] = right;
- return new_exp (2, op, args);
-}
-
-static inline struct expression *
-new_exp_3 (op, bexp, tbranch, fbranch)
- enum operator op;
- struct expression *bexp;
- struct expression *tbranch;
- struct expression *fbranch;
-{
- struct expression *args[3];
-
- args[0] = bexp;
- args[1] = tbranch;
- args[2] = fbranch;
- return new_exp (3, op, args);
-}
-
-#ifndef YYDEBUG
-# define YYDEBUG 0
-#endif
-
-
-
-#define YYFINAL 27
-#define YYFLAG -32768
-#define YYNTBASE 16
-
-/* YYTRANSLATE(YYLEX) -- Bison token number corresponding to YYLEX. */
-#define YYTRANSLATE(x) ((unsigned)(x) <= 261 ? yytranslate[x] : 18)
-
-/* YYTRANSLATE[YYLEX] -- Bison token number corresponding to YYLEX. */
-static const char yytranslate[] =
-{
- 0, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2,
- 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2,
- 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2,
- 2, 2, 2, 10, 2, 2, 2, 2, 5, 2,
- 14, 15, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2,
- 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 12, 2,
- 2, 2, 2, 3, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2,
- 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2,
- 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2,
- 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2,
- 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2,
- 13, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2,
- 2, 2, 2, 2, 4, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2,
- 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2,
- 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2,
- 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2,
- 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2,
- 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2,
- 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2,
- 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2,
- 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2,
- 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2,
- 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2,
- 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2,
- 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2,
- 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 1, 6, 7, 8,
- 9, 11
-};
-
-#if YYDEBUG
-static const short yyprhs[] =
-{
- 0, 0, 2, 8, 12, 16, 20, 24, 28, 32,
- 35, 37, 39
-};
-static const short yyrhs[] =
-{
- 17, 0, 17, 3, 17, 12, 17, 0, 17, 4,
- 17, 0, 17, 5, 17, 0, 17, 6, 17, 0,
- 17, 7, 17, 0, 17, 8, 17, 0, 17, 9,
- 17, 0, 10, 17, 0, 13, 0, 11, 0, 14,
- 17, 15, 0
-};
-
-#endif
-
-#if YYDEBUG
-/* YYRLINE[YYN] -- source line where rule number YYN was defined. */
-static const short yyrline[] =
-{
- 0, 174, 182, 186, 190, 194, 198, 202, 206, 210,
- 214, 218, 223
-};
-#endif
-
-
-#if (YYDEBUG) || defined YYERROR_VERBOSE
-
-/* YYTNAME[TOKEN_NUM] -- String name of the token TOKEN_NUM. */
-static const char *const yytname[] =
-{
- "$", "error", "$undefined.", "'?'", "'|'", "'&'", "EQUOP2", "CMPOP2",
- "ADDOP2", "MULOP2", "'!'", "NUMBER", "':'", "'n'", "'('", "')'",
- "start", "exp", 0
-};
-#endif
-
-/* YYR1[YYN] -- Symbol number of symbol that rule YYN derives. */
-static const short yyr1[] =
-{
- 0, 16, 17, 17, 17, 17, 17, 17, 17, 17,
- 17, 17, 17
-};
-
-/* YYR2[YYN] -- Number of symbols composing right hand side of rule YYN. */
-static const short yyr2[] =
-{
- 0, 1, 5, 3, 3, 3, 3, 3, 3, 2,
- 1, 1, 3
-};
-
-/* YYDEFACT[S] -- default rule to reduce with in state S when YYTABLE
- doesn't specify something else to do. Zero means the default is an
- error. */
-static const short yydefact[] =
-{
- 0, 0, 11, 10, 0, 1, 9, 0, 0, 0,
- 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 12, 0, 3, 4, 5,
- 6, 7, 8, 0, 2, 0, 0, 0
-};
-
-static const short yydefgoto[] =
-{
- 25, 5
-};
-
-static const short yypact[] =
-{
- -9, -9,-32768,-32768, -9, 34,-32768, 11, -9, -9,
- -9, -9, -9, -9, -9,-32768, 24, 39, 43, 16,
- 26, -3,-32768, -9, 34, 21, 53,-32768
-};
-
-static const short yypgoto[] =
-{
- -32768, -1
-};
-
-
-#define YYLAST 53
-
-
-static const short yytable[] =
-{
- 6, 1, 2, 7, 3, 4, 14, 16, 17, 18,
- 19, 20, 21, 22, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13,
- 14, 26, 24, 12, 13, 14, 15, 8, 9, 10,
- 11, 12, 13, 14, 13, 14, 23, 8, 9, 10,
- 11, 12, 13, 14, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 11,
- 12, 13, 14, 27
-};
-
-static const short yycheck[] =
-{
- 1, 10, 11, 4, 13, 14, 9, 8, 9, 10,
- 11, 12, 13, 14, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8,
- 9, 0, 23, 7, 8, 9, 15, 3, 4, 5,
- 6, 7, 8, 9, 8, 9, 12, 3, 4, 5,
- 6, 7, 8, 9, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 6,
- 7, 8, 9, 0
-};
-#define YYPURE 1
-
-/* -*-C-*- Note some compilers choke on comments on `#line' lines. */
-#line 3 "/usr/local/share/bison/bison.simple"
-
-/* Skeleton output parser for bison,
-
- Copyright (C) 1984, 1989, 1990, 2000, 2001, 2002 Free Software
- Foundation, Inc.
-
- This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
- it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
- the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
- any later version.
-
- This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
- GNU General Public License for more details.
-
- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
- Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
-
-/* As a special exception, when this file is copied by Bison into a
- Bison output file, you may use that output file without restriction.
- This special exception was added by the Free Software Foundation
- in version 1.24 of Bison. */
-
-/* This is the parser code that is written into each bison parser when
- the %semantic_parser declaration is not specified in the grammar.
- It was written by Richard Stallman by simplifying the hairy parser
- used when %semantic_parser is specified. */
-
-/* All symbols defined below should begin with yy or YY, to avoid
- infringing on user name space. This should be done even for local
- variables, as they might otherwise be expanded by user macros.
- There are some unavoidable exceptions within include files to
- define necessary library symbols; they are noted "INFRINGES ON
- USER NAME SPACE" below. */
-
-#if ! defined (yyoverflow) || defined (YYERROR_VERBOSE)
-
-/* The parser invokes alloca or malloc; define the necessary symbols. */
-
-# if YYSTACK_USE_ALLOCA
-# define YYSTACK_ALLOC alloca
-# else
-# ifndef YYSTACK_USE_ALLOCA
-# if defined (alloca) || defined (_ALLOCA_H)
-# define YYSTACK_ALLOC alloca
-# else
-# ifdef __GNUC__
-# define YYSTACK_ALLOC __builtin_alloca
-# endif
-# endif
-# endif
-# endif
-
-# ifdef YYSTACK_ALLOC
- /* Pacify GCC's `empty if-body' warning. */
-# define YYSTACK_FREE(Ptr) do { /* empty */; } while (0)
-# else
-# if defined (__STDC__) || defined (__cplusplus)
-# include <stdlib.h> /* INFRINGES ON USER NAME SPACE */
-# define YYSIZE_T size_t
-# endif
-# define YYSTACK_ALLOC malloc
-# define YYSTACK_FREE free
-# endif
-#endif /* ! defined (yyoverflow) || defined (YYERROR_VERBOSE) */
-
-
-#if (! defined (yyoverflow) \
- && (! defined (__cplusplus) \
- || (YYLTYPE_IS_TRIVIAL && YYSTYPE_IS_TRIVIAL)))
-
-/* A type that is properly aligned for any stack member. */
-union yyalloc
-{
- short yyss;
- YYSTYPE yyvs;
-# if YYLSP_NEEDED
- YYLTYPE yyls;
-# endif
-};
-
-/* The size of the maximum gap between one aligned stack and the next. */
-# define YYSTACK_GAP_MAX (sizeof (union yyalloc) - 1)
-
-/* The size of an array large to enough to hold all stacks, each with
- N elements. */
-# if YYLSP_NEEDED
-# define YYSTACK_BYTES(N) \
- ((N) * (sizeof (short) + sizeof (YYSTYPE) + sizeof (YYLTYPE)) \
- + 2 * YYSTACK_GAP_MAX)
-# else
-# define YYSTACK_BYTES(N) \
- ((N) * (sizeof (short) + sizeof (YYSTYPE)) \
- + YYSTACK_GAP_MAX)
-# endif
-
-/* Copy COUNT objects from FROM to TO. The source and destination do
- not overlap. */
-# ifndef YYCOPY
-# if 1 < __GNUC__
-# define YYCOPY(To, From, Count) \
- __builtin_memcpy (To, From, (Count) * sizeof (*(From)))
-# else
-# define YYCOPY(To, From, Count) \
- do \
- { \
- register YYSIZE_T yyi; \
- for (yyi = 0; yyi < (Count); yyi++) \
- (To)[yyi] = (From)[yyi]; \
- } \
- while (0)
-# endif
-# endif
-
-/* Relocate STACK from its old location to the new one. The
- local variables YYSIZE and YYSTACKSIZE give the old and new number of
- elements in the stack, and YYPTR gives the new location of the
- stack. Advance YYPTR to a properly aligned location for the next
- stack. */
-# define YYSTACK_RELOCATE(Stack) \
- do \
- { \
- YYSIZE_T yynewbytes; \
- YYCOPY (&yyptr->Stack, Stack, yysize); \
- Stack = &yyptr->Stack; \
- yynewbytes = yystacksize * sizeof (*Stack) + YYSTACK_GAP_MAX; \
- yyptr += yynewbytes / sizeof (*yyptr); \
- } \
- while (0)
-
-#endif
-
-
-#if ! defined (YYSIZE_T) && defined (__SIZE_TYPE__)
-# define YYSIZE_T __SIZE_TYPE__
-#endif
-#if ! defined (YYSIZE_T) && defined (size_t)
-# define YYSIZE_T size_t
-#endif
-#if ! defined (YYSIZE_T)
-# if defined (__STDC__) || defined (__cplusplus)
-# include <stddef.h> /* INFRINGES ON USER NAME SPACE */
-# define YYSIZE_T size_t
-# endif
-#endif
-#if ! defined (YYSIZE_T)
-# define YYSIZE_T unsigned int
-#endif
-
-#define yyerrok (yyerrstatus = 0)
-#define yyclearin (yychar = YYEMPTY)
-#define YYEMPTY -2
-#define YYEOF 0
-#define YYACCEPT goto yyacceptlab
-#define YYABORT goto yyabortlab
-#define YYERROR goto yyerrlab1
-/* Like YYERROR except do call yyerror. This remains here temporarily
- to ease the transition to the new meaning of YYERROR, for GCC.
- Once GCC version 2 has supplanted version 1, this can go. */
-#define YYFAIL goto yyerrlab
-#define YYRECOVERING() (!!yyerrstatus)
-#define YYBACKUP(Token, Value) \
-do \
- if (yychar == YYEMPTY && yylen == 1) \
- { \
- yychar = (Token); \
- yylval = (Value); \
- yychar1 = YYTRANSLATE (yychar); \
- YYPOPSTACK; \
- goto yybackup; \
- } \
- else \
- { \
- yyerror ("syntax error: cannot back up"); \
- YYERROR; \
- } \
-while (0)
-
-#define YYTERROR 1
-#define YYERRCODE 256
-
-
-/* YYLLOC_DEFAULT -- Compute the default location (before the actions
- are run).
-
- When YYLLOC_DEFAULT is run, CURRENT is set the location of the
- first token. By default, to implement support for ranges, extend
- its range to the last symbol. */
-
-#ifndef YYLLOC_DEFAULT
-# define YYLLOC_DEFAULT(Current, Rhs, N) \
- Current.last_line = Rhs[N].last_line; \
- Current.last_column = Rhs[N].last_column;
-#endif
-
-
-/* YYLEX -- calling `yylex' with the right arguments. */
-
-#if YYPURE
-# if YYLSP_NEEDED
-# ifdef YYLEX_PARAM
-# define YYLEX yylex (&yylval, &yylloc, YYLEX_PARAM)
-# else
-# define YYLEX yylex (&yylval, &yylloc)
-# endif
-# else /* !YYLSP_NEEDED */
-# ifdef YYLEX_PARAM
-# define YYLEX yylex (&yylval, YYLEX_PARAM)
-# else
-# define YYLEX yylex (&yylval)
-# endif
-# endif /* !YYLSP_NEEDED */
-#else /* !YYPURE */
-# define YYLEX yylex ()
-#endif /* !YYPURE */
-
-
-/* Enable debugging if requested. */
-#if YYDEBUG
-
-# ifndef YYFPRINTF
-# include <stdio.h> /* INFRINGES ON USER NAME SPACE */
-# define YYFPRINTF fprintf
-# endif
-
-# define YYDPRINTF(Args) \
-do { \
- if (yydebug) \
- YYFPRINTF Args; \
-} while (0)
-/* Nonzero means print parse trace. It is left uninitialized so that
- multiple parsers can coexist. */
-int yydebug;
-#else /* !YYDEBUG */
-# define YYDPRINTF(Args)
-#endif /* !YYDEBUG */
-
-/* YYINITDEPTH -- initial size of the parser's stacks. */
-#ifndef YYINITDEPTH
-# define YYINITDEPTH 200
-#endif
-
-/* YYMAXDEPTH -- maximum size the stacks can grow to (effective only
- if the built-in stack extension method is used).
-
- Do not make this value too large; the results are undefined if
- SIZE_MAX < YYSTACK_BYTES (YYMAXDEPTH)
- evaluated with infinite-precision integer arithmetic. */
-
-#if YYMAXDEPTH == 0
-# undef YYMAXDEPTH
-#endif
-
-#ifndef YYMAXDEPTH
-# define YYMAXDEPTH 10000
-#endif
-\f
-#ifdef YYERROR_VERBOSE
-
-# ifndef yystrlen
-# if defined (__GLIBC__) && defined (_STRING_H)
-# define yystrlen strlen
-# else
-/* Return the length of YYSTR. */
-static YYSIZE_T
-# if defined (__STDC__) || defined (__cplusplus)
-yystrlen (const char *yystr)
-# else
-yystrlen (yystr)
- const char *yystr;
-# endif
-{
- register const char *yys = yystr;
-
- while (*yys++ != '\0')
- continue;
-
- return yys - yystr - 1;
-}
-# endif
-# endif
-
-# ifndef yystpcpy
-# if defined (__GLIBC__) && defined (_STRING_H) && defined (_GNU_SOURCE)
-# define yystpcpy stpcpy
-# else
-/* Copy YYSRC to YYDEST, returning the address of the terminating '\0' in
- YYDEST. */
-static char *
-# if defined (__STDC__) || defined (__cplusplus)
-yystpcpy (char *yydest, const char *yysrc)
-# else
-yystpcpy (yydest, yysrc)
- char *yydest;
- const char *yysrc;
-# endif
-{
- register char *yyd = yydest;
- register const char *yys = yysrc;
-
- while ((*yyd++ = *yys++) != '\0')
- continue;
-
- return yyd - 1;
-}
-# endif
-# endif
-#endif
-\f
-#line 315 "/usr/local/share/bison/bison.simple"
-
-
-/* The user can define YYPARSE_PARAM as the name of an argument to be passed
- into yyparse. The argument should have type void *.
- It should actually point to an object.
- Grammar actions can access the variable by casting it
- to the proper pointer type. */
-
-#ifdef YYPARSE_PARAM
-# if defined (__STDC__) || defined (__cplusplus)
-# define YYPARSE_PARAM_ARG void *YYPARSE_PARAM
-# define YYPARSE_PARAM_DECL
-# else
-# define YYPARSE_PARAM_ARG YYPARSE_PARAM
-# define YYPARSE_PARAM_DECL void *YYPARSE_PARAM;
-# endif
-#else /* !YYPARSE_PARAM */
-# define YYPARSE_PARAM_ARG
-# define YYPARSE_PARAM_DECL
-#endif /* !YYPARSE_PARAM */
-
-/* Prevent warning if -Wstrict-prototypes. */
-#ifdef __GNUC__
-# ifdef YYPARSE_PARAM
-int yyparse (void *);
-# else
-int yyparse (void);
-# endif
-#endif
-
-/* YY_DECL_VARIABLES -- depending whether we use a pure parser,
- variables are global, or local to YYPARSE. */
-
-#define YY_DECL_NON_LSP_VARIABLES \
-/* The lookahead symbol. */ \
-int yychar; \
- \
-/* The semantic value of the lookahead symbol. */ \
-YYSTYPE yylval; \
- \
-/* Number of parse errors so far. */ \
-int yynerrs;
-
-#if YYLSP_NEEDED
-# define YY_DECL_VARIABLES \
-YY_DECL_NON_LSP_VARIABLES \
- \
-/* Location data for the lookahead symbol. */ \
-YYLTYPE yylloc;
-#else
-# define YY_DECL_VARIABLES \
-YY_DECL_NON_LSP_VARIABLES
-#endif
-
-
-/* If nonreentrant, generate the variables here. */
-
-#if !YYPURE
-YY_DECL_VARIABLES
-#endif /* !YYPURE */
-
-int
-yyparse (YYPARSE_PARAM_ARG)
- YYPARSE_PARAM_DECL
-{
- /* If reentrant, generate the variables here. */
-#if YYPURE
- YY_DECL_VARIABLES
-#endif /* !YYPURE */
-
- register int yystate;
- register int yyn;
- int yyresult;
- /* Number of tokens to shift before error messages enabled. */
- int yyerrstatus;
- /* Lookahead token as an internal (translated) token number. */
- int yychar1 = 0;
-
- /* Three stacks and their tools:
- `yyss': related to states,
- `yyvs': related to semantic values,
- `yyls': related to locations.
-
- Refer to the stacks thru separate pointers, to allow yyoverflow
- to reallocate them elsewhere. */
-
- /* The state stack. */
- short yyssa[YYINITDEPTH];
- short *yyss = yyssa;
- register short *yyssp;
-
- /* The semantic value stack. */
- YYSTYPE yyvsa[YYINITDEPTH];
- YYSTYPE *yyvs = yyvsa;
- register YYSTYPE *yyvsp;
-
-#if YYLSP_NEEDED
- /* The location stack. */
- YYLTYPE yylsa[YYINITDEPTH];
- YYLTYPE *yyls = yylsa;
- YYLTYPE *yylsp;
-#endif
-
-#if YYLSP_NEEDED
-# define YYPOPSTACK (yyvsp--, yyssp--, yylsp--)
-#else
-# define YYPOPSTACK (yyvsp--, yyssp--)
-#endif
-
- YYSIZE_T yystacksize = YYINITDEPTH;
-
-
- /* The variables used to return semantic value and location from the
- action routines. */
- YYSTYPE yyval;
-#if YYLSP_NEEDED
- YYLTYPE yyloc;
-#endif
-
- /* When reducing, the number of symbols on the RHS of the reduced
- rule. */
- int yylen;
-
- YYDPRINTF ((stderr, "Starting parse\n"));
-
- yystate = 0;
- yyerrstatus = 0;
- yynerrs = 0;
- yychar = YYEMPTY; /* Cause a token to be read. */
-
- /* Initialize stack pointers.
- Waste one element of value and location stack
- so that they stay on the same level as the state stack.
- The wasted elements are never initialized. */
-
- yyssp = yyss;
- yyvsp = yyvs;
-#if YYLSP_NEEDED
- yylsp = yyls;
-#endif
- goto yysetstate;
-
-/*------------------------------------------------------------.
-| yynewstate -- Push a new state, which is found in yystate. |
-`------------------------------------------------------------*/
- yynewstate:
- /* In all cases, when you get here, the value and location stacks
- have just been pushed. so pushing a state here evens the stacks.
- */
- yyssp++;
-
- yysetstate:
- *yyssp = yystate;
-
- if (yyssp >= yyss + yystacksize - 1)
- {
- /* Get the current used size of the three stacks, in elements. */
- YYSIZE_T yysize = yyssp - yyss + 1;
-
-#ifdef yyoverflow
- {
- /* Give user a chance to reallocate the stack. Use copies of
- these so that the &'s don't force the real ones into
- memory. */
- YYSTYPE *yyvs1 = yyvs;
- short *yyss1 = yyss;
-
- /* Each stack pointer address is followed by the size of the
- data in use in that stack, in bytes. */
-# if YYLSP_NEEDED
- YYLTYPE *yyls1 = yyls;
- /* This used to be a conditional around just the two extra args,
- but that might be undefined if yyoverflow is a macro. */
- yyoverflow ("parser stack overflow",
- &yyss1, yysize * sizeof (*yyssp),
- &yyvs1, yysize * sizeof (*yyvsp),
- &yyls1, yysize * sizeof (*yylsp),
- &yystacksize);
- yyls = yyls1;
-# else
- yyoverflow ("parser stack overflow",
- &yyss1, yysize * sizeof (*yyssp),
- &yyvs1, yysize * sizeof (*yyvsp),
- &yystacksize);
-# endif
- yyss = yyss1;
- yyvs = yyvs1;
- }
-#else /* no yyoverflow */
-# ifndef YYSTACK_RELOCATE
- goto yyoverflowlab;
-# else
- /* Extend the stack our own way. */
- if (yystacksize >= YYMAXDEPTH)
- goto yyoverflowlab;
- yystacksize *= 2;
- if (yystacksize > YYMAXDEPTH)
- yystacksize = YYMAXDEPTH;
-
- {
- short *yyss1 = yyss;
- union yyalloc *yyptr =
- (union yyalloc *) YYSTACK_ALLOC (YYSTACK_BYTES (yystacksize));
- if (! yyptr)
- goto yyoverflowlab;
- YYSTACK_RELOCATE (yyss);
- YYSTACK_RELOCATE (yyvs);
-# if YYLSP_NEEDED
- YYSTACK_RELOCATE (yyls);
-# endif
-# undef YYSTACK_RELOCATE
- if (yyss1 != yyssa)
- YYSTACK_FREE (yyss1);
- }
-# endif
-#endif /* no yyoverflow */
-
- yyssp = yyss + yysize - 1;
- yyvsp = yyvs + yysize - 1;
-#if YYLSP_NEEDED
- yylsp = yyls + yysize - 1;
-#endif
-
- YYDPRINTF ((stderr, "Stack size increased to %lu\n",
- (unsigned long int) yystacksize));
-
- if (yyssp >= yyss + yystacksize - 1)
- YYABORT;
- }
-
- YYDPRINTF ((stderr, "Entering state %d\n", yystate));
-
- goto yybackup;
-
-
-/*-----------.
-| yybackup. |
-`-----------*/
-yybackup:
-
-/* Do appropriate processing given the current state. */
-/* Read a lookahead token if we need one and don't already have one. */
-/* yyresume: */
-
- /* First try to decide what to do without reference to lookahead token. */
-
- yyn = yypact[yystate];
- if (yyn == YYFLAG)
- goto yydefault;
-
- /* Not known => get a lookahead token if don't already have one. */
-
- /* yychar is either YYEMPTY or YYEOF
- or a valid token in external form. */
-
- if (yychar == YYEMPTY)
- {
- YYDPRINTF ((stderr, "Reading a token: "));
- yychar = YYLEX;
- }
-
- /* Convert token to internal form (in yychar1) for indexing tables with */
-
- if (yychar <= 0) /* This means end of input. */
- {
- yychar1 = 0;
- yychar = YYEOF; /* Don't call YYLEX any more */
-
- YYDPRINTF ((stderr, "Now at end of input.\n"));
- }
- else
- {
- yychar1 = YYTRANSLATE (yychar);
-
-#if YYDEBUG
- /* We have to keep this `#if YYDEBUG', since we use variables
- which are defined only if `YYDEBUG' is set. */
- if (yydebug)
- {
- YYFPRINTF (stderr, "Next token is %d (%s",
- yychar, yytname[yychar1]);
- /* Give the individual parser a way to print the precise
- meaning of a token, for further debugging info. */
-# ifdef YYPRINT
- YYPRINT (stderr, yychar, yylval);
-# endif
- YYFPRINTF (stderr, ")\n");
- }
-#endif
- }
-
- yyn += yychar1;
- if (yyn < 0 || yyn > YYLAST || yycheck[yyn] != yychar1)
- goto yydefault;
-
- yyn = yytable[yyn];
-
- /* yyn is what to do for this token type in this state.
- Negative => reduce, -yyn is rule number.
- Positive => shift, yyn is new state.
- New state is final state => don't bother to shift,
- just return success.
- 0, or most negative number => error. */
-
- if (yyn < 0)
- {
- if (yyn == YYFLAG)
- goto yyerrlab;
- yyn = -yyn;
- goto yyreduce;
- }
- else if (yyn == 0)
- goto yyerrlab;
-
- if (yyn == YYFINAL)
- YYACCEPT;
-
- /* Shift the lookahead token. */
- YYDPRINTF ((stderr, "Shifting token %d (%s), ",
- yychar, yytname[yychar1]));
-
- /* Discard the token being shifted unless it is eof. */
- if (yychar != YYEOF)
- yychar = YYEMPTY;
-
- *++yyvsp = yylval;
-#if YYLSP_NEEDED
- *++yylsp = yylloc;
-#endif
-
- /* Count tokens shifted since error; after three, turn off error
- status. */
- if (yyerrstatus)
- yyerrstatus--;
-
- yystate = yyn;
- goto yynewstate;
-
-
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------.
-| yydefault -- do the default action for the current state. |
-`-----------------------------------------------------------*/
-yydefault:
- yyn = yydefact[yystate];
- if (yyn == 0)
- goto yyerrlab;
- goto yyreduce;
-
-
-/*-----------------------------.
-| yyreduce -- Do a reduction. |
-`-----------------------------*/
-yyreduce:
- /* yyn is the number of a rule to reduce with. */
- yylen = yyr2[yyn];
-
- /* If YYLEN is nonzero, implement the default value of the action:
- `$$ = $1'.
-
- Otherwise, the following line sets YYVAL to the semantic value of
- the lookahead token. This behavior is undocumented and Bison
- users should not rely upon it. Assigning to YYVAL
- unconditionally makes the parser a bit smaller, and it avoids a
- GCC warning that YYVAL may be used uninitialized. */
- yyval = yyvsp[1-yylen];
-
-#if YYLSP_NEEDED
- /* Similarly for the default location. Let the user run additional
- commands if for instance locations are ranges. */
- yyloc = yylsp[1-yylen];
- YYLLOC_DEFAULT (yyloc, (yylsp - yylen), yylen);
-#endif
-
-#if YYDEBUG
- /* We have to keep this `#if YYDEBUG', since we use variables which
- are defined only if `YYDEBUG' is set. */
- if (yydebug)
- {
- int yyi;
-
- YYFPRINTF (stderr, "Reducing via rule %d (line %d), ",
- yyn, yyrline[yyn]);
-
- /* Print the symbols being reduced, and their result. */
- for (yyi = yyprhs[yyn]; yyrhs[yyi] > 0; yyi++)
- YYFPRINTF (stderr, "%s ", yytname[yyrhs[yyi]]);
- YYFPRINTF (stderr, " -> %s\n", yytname[yyr1[yyn]]);
- }
-#endif
-
- switch (yyn) {
-
-case 1:
-#line 175 "plural.y"
-{
- if (yyvsp[0].exp == NULL)
- YYABORT;
- ((struct parse_args *) arg)->res = yyvsp[0].exp;
- }
- break;
-case 2:
-#line 183 "plural.y"
-{
- yyval.exp = new_exp_3 (qmop, yyvsp[-4].exp, yyvsp[-2].exp, yyvsp[0].exp);
- }
- break;
-case 3:
-#line 187 "plural.y"
-{
- yyval.exp = new_exp_2 (lor, yyvsp[-2].exp, yyvsp[0].exp);
- }
- break;
-case 4:
-#line 191 "plural.y"
-{
- yyval.exp = new_exp_2 (land, yyvsp[-2].exp, yyvsp[0].exp);
- }
- break;
-case 5:
-#line 195 "plural.y"
-{
- yyval.exp = new_exp_2 (yyvsp[-1].op, yyvsp[-2].exp, yyvsp[0].exp);
- }
- break;
-case 6:
-#line 199 "plural.y"
-{
- yyval.exp = new_exp_2 (yyvsp[-1].op, yyvsp[-2].exp, yyvsp[0].exp);
- }
- break;
-case 7:
-#line 203 "plural.y"
-{
- yyval.exp = new_exp_2 (yyvsp[-1].op, yyvsp[-2].exp, yyvsp[0].exp);
- }
- break;
-case 8:
-#line 207 "plural.y"
-{
- yyval.exp = new_exp_2 (yyvsp[-1].op, yyvsp[-2].exp, yyvsp[0].exp);
- }
- break;
-case 9:
-#line 211 "plural.y"
-{
- yyval.exp = new_exp_1 (lnot, yyvsp[0].exp);
- }
- break;
-case 10:
-#line 215 "plural.y"
-{
- yyval.exp = new_exp_0 (var);
- }
- break;
-case 11:
-#line 219 "plural.y"
-{
- if ((yyval.exp = new_exp_0 (num)) != NULL)
- yyval.exp->val.num = yyvsp[0].num;
- }
- break;
-case 12:
-#line 224 "plural.y"
-{
- yyval.exp = yyvsp[-1].exp;
- }
- break;
-}
-
-#line 705 "/usr/local/share/bison/bison.simple"
-
-\f
- yyvsp -= yylen;
- yyssp -= yylen;
-#if YYLSP_NEEDED
- yylsp -= yylen;
-#endif
-
-#if YYDEBUG
- if (yydebug)
- {
- short *yyssp1 = yyss - 1;
- YYFPRINTF (stderr, "state stack now");
- while (yyssp1 != yyssp)
- YYFPRINTF (stderr, " %d", *++yyssp1);
- YYFPRINTF (stderr, "\n");
- }
-#endif
-
- *++yyvsp = yyval;
-#if YYLSP_NEEDED
- *++yylsp = yyloc;
-#endif
-
- /* Now `shift' the result of the reduction. Determine what state
- that goes to, based on the state we popped back to and the rule
- number reduced by. */
-
- yyn = yyr1[yyn];
-
- yystate = yypgoto[yyn - YYNTBASE] + *yyssp;
- if (yystate >= 0 && yystate <= YYLAST && yycheck[yystate] == *yyssp)
- yystate = yytable[yystate];
- else
- yystate = yydefgoto[yyn - YYNTBASE];
-
- goto yynewstate;
-
-
-/*------------------------------------.
-| yyerrlab -- here on detecting error |
-`------------------------------------*/
-yyerrlab:
- /* If not already recovering from an error, report this error. */
- if (!yyerrstatus)
- {
- ++yynerrs;
-
-#ifdef YYERROR_VERBOSE
- yyn = yypact[yystate];
-
- if (yyn > YYFLAG && yyn < YYLAST)
- {
- YYSIZE_T yysize = 0;
- char *yymsg;
- int yyx, yycount;
-
- yycount = 0;
- /* Start YYX at -YYN if negative to avoid negative indexes in
- YYCHECK. */
- for (yyx = yyn < 0 ? -yyn : 0;
- yyx < (int) (sizeof (yytname) / sizeof (char *)); yyx++)
- if (yycheck[yyx + yyn] == yyx)
- yysize += yystrlen (yytname[yyx]) + 15, yycount++;
- yysize += yystrlen ("parse error, unexpected ") + 1;
- yysize += yystrlen (yytname[YYTRANSLATE (yychar)]);
- yymsg = (char *) YYSTACK_ALLOC (yysize);
- if (yymsg != 0)
- {
- char *yyp = yystpcpy (yymsg, "parse error, unexpected ");
- yyp = yystpcpy (yyp, yytname[YYTRANSLATE (yychar)]);
-
- if (yycount < 5)
- {
- yycount = 0;
- for (yyx = yyn < 0 ? -yyn : 0;
- yyx < (int) (sizeof (yytname) / sizeof (char *));
- yyx++)
- if (yycheck[yyx + yyn] == yyx)
- {
- const char *yyq = ! yycount ? ", expecting " : " or ";
- yyp = yystpcpy (yyp, yyq);
- yyp = yystpcpy (yyp, yytname[yyx]);
- yycount++;
- }
- }
- yyerror (yymsg);
- YYSTACK_FREE (yymsg);
- }
- else
- yyerror ("parse error; also virtual memory exhausted");
- }
- else
-#endif /* defined (YYERROR_VERBOSE) */
- yyerror ("parse error");
- }
- goto yyerrlab1;
-
-
-/*--------------------------------------------------.
-| yyerrlab1 -- error raised explicitly by an action |
-`--------------------------------------------------*/
-yyerrlab1:
- if (yyerrstatus == 3)
- {
- /* If just tried and failed to reuse lookahead token after an
- error, discard it. */
-
- /* return failure if at end of input */
- if (yychar == YYEOF)
- YYABORT;
- YYDPRINTF ((stderr, "Discarding token %d (%s).\n",
- yychar, yytname[yychar1]));
- yychar = YYEMPTY;
- }
-
- /* Else will try to reuse lookahead token after shifting the error
- token. */
-
- yyerrstatus = 3; /* Each real token shifted decrements this */
-
- goto yyerrhandle;
-
-
-/*-------------------------------------------------------------------.
-| yyerrdefault -- current state does not do anything special for the |
-| error token. |
-`-------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-yyerrdefault:
-#if 0
- /* This is wrong; only states that explicitly want error tokens
- should shift them. */
-
- /* If its default is to accept any token, ok. Otherwise pop it. */
- yyn = yydefact[yystate];
- if (yyn)
- goto yydefault;
-#endif
-
-
-/*---------------------------------------------------------------.
-| yyerrpop -- pop the current state because it cannot handle the |
-| error token |
-`---------------------------------------------------------------*/
-yyerrpop:
- if (yyssp == yyss)
- YYABORT;
- yyvsp--;
- yystate = *--yyssp;
-#if YYLSP_NEEDED
- yylsp--;
-#endif
-
-#if YYDEBUG
- if (yydebug)
- {
- short *yyssp1 = yyss - 1;
- YYFPRINTF (stderr, "Error: state stack now");
- while (yyssp1 != yyssp)
- YYFPRINTF (stderr, " %d", *++yyssp1);
- YYFPRINTF (stderr, "\n");
- }
-#endif
-
-/*--------------.
-| yyerrhandle. |
-`--------------*/
-yyerrhandle:
- yyn = yypact[yystate];
- if (yyn == YYFLAG)
- goto yyerrdefault;
-
- yyn += YYTERROR;
- if (yyn < 0 || yyn > YYLAST || yycheck[yyn] != YYTERROR)
- goto yyerrdefault;
-
- yyn = yytable[yyn];
- if (yyn < 0)
- {
- if (yyn == YYFLAG)
- goto yyerrpop;
- yyn = -yyn;
- goto yyreduce;
- }
- else if (yyn == 0)
- goto yyerrpop;
-
- if (yyn == YYFINAL)
- YYACCEPT;
-
- YYDPRINTF ((stderr, "Shifting error token, "));
-
- *++yyvsp = yylval;
-#if YYLSP_NEEDED
- *++yylsp = yylloc;
-#endif
-
- yystate = yyn;
- goto yynewstate;
-
-
-/*-------------------------------------.
-| yyacceptlab -- YYACCEPT comes here. |
-`-------------------------------------*/
-yyacceptlab:
- yyresult = 0;
- goto yyreturn;
-
-/*-----------------------------------.
-| yyabortlab -- YYABORT comes here. |
-`-----------------------------------*/
-yyabortlab:
- yyresult = 1;
- goto yyreturn;
-
-/*---------------------------------------------.
-| yyoverflowab -- parser overflow comes here. |
-`---------------------------------------------*/
-yyoverflowlab:
- yyerror ("parser stack overflow");
- yyresult = 2;
- /* Fall through. */
-
-yyreturn:
-#ifndef yyoverflow
- if (yyss != yyssa)
- YYSTACK_FREE (yyss);
-#endif
- return yyresult;
-}
-#line 229 "plural.y"
-
-
-void
-internal_function
-FREE_EXPRESSION (exp)
- struct expression *exp;
-{
- if (exp == NULL)
- return;
-
- /* Handle the recursive case. */
- switch (exp->nargs)
- {
- case 3:
- FREE_EXPRESSION (exp->val.args[2]);
- /* FALLTHROUGH */
- case 2:
- FREE_EXPRESSION (exp->val.args[1]);
- /* FALLTHROUGH */
- case 1:
- FREE_EXPRESSION (exp->val.args[0]);
- /* FALLTHROUGH */
- default:
- break;
- }
-
- free (exp);
-}
-
-
-static int
-yylex (lval, pexp)
- YYSTYPE *lval;
- const char **pexp;
-{
- const char *exp = *pexp;
- int result;
-
- while (1)
- {
- if (exp[0] == '\0')
- {
- *pexp = exp;
- return YYEOF;
- }
-
- if (exp[0] != ' ' && exp[0] != '\t')
- break;
-
- ++exp;
- }
-
- result = *exp++;
- switch (result)
- {
- case '0': case '1': case '2': case '3': case '4':
- case '5': case '6': case '7': case '8': case '9':
- {
- unsigned long int n = result - '0';
- while (exp[0] >= '0' && exp[0] <= '9')
- {
- n *= 10;
- n += exp[0] - '0';
- ++exp;
- }
- lval->num = n;
- result = NUMBER;
- }
- break;
-
- case '=':
- if (exp[0] == '=')
- {
- ++exp;
- lval->op = equal;
- result = EQUOP2;
- }
- else
- result = YYERRCODE;
- break;
-
- case '!':
- if (exp[0] == '=')
- {
- ++exp;
- lval->op = not_equal;
- result = EQUOP2;
- }
- break;
-
- case '&':
- case '|':
- if (exp[0] == result)
- ++exp;
- else
- result = YYERRCODE;
- break;
-
- case '<':
- if (exp[0] == '=')
- {
- ++exp;
- lval->op = less_or_equal;
- }
- else
- lval->op = less_than;
- result = CMPOP2;
- break;
-
- case '>':
- if (exp[0] == '=')
- {
- ++exp;
- lval->op = greater_or_equal;
- }
- else
- lval->op = greater_than;
- result = CMPOP2;
- break;
-
- case '*':
- lval->op = mult;
- result = MULOP2;
- break;
-
- case '/':
- lval->op = divide;
- result = MULOP2;
- break;
-
- case '%':
- lval->op = module;
- result = MULOP2;
- break;
-
- case '+':
- lval->op = plus;
- result = ADDOP2;
- break;
-
- case '-':
- lval->op = minus;
- result = ADDOP2;
- break;
-
- case 'n':
- case '?':
- case ':':
- case '(':
- case ')':
- /* Nothing, just return the character. */
- break;
-
- case ';':
- case '\n':
- case '\0':
- /* Be safe and let the user call this function again. */
- --exp;
- result = YYEOF;
- break;
-
- default:
- result = YYERRCODE;
-#if YYDEBUG != 0
- --exp;
-#endif
- break;
- }
-
- *pexp = exp;
-
- return result;
-}
-
-
-static void
-yyerror (str)
- const char *str;
-{
- /* Do nothing. We don't print error messages here. */
-}
+++ /dev/null
-%{
-/* Expression parsing for plural form selection.
- Copyright (C) 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
- Written by Ulrich Drepper <drepper@cygnus.com>, 2000.
-
- This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
- under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
- by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
- any later version.
-
- This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
- Library General Public License for more details.
-
- You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
- License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
- USA. */
-
-/* The bison generated parser uses alloca. AIX 3 forces us to put this
- declaration at the beginning of the file. The declaration in bison's
- skeleton file comes too late. This must come before <config.h>
- because <config.h> may include arbitrary system headers. */
-#if defined _AIX && !defined __GNUC__
- #pragma alloca
-#endif
-
-#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
-# include <config.h>
-#endif
-
-#include <stddef.h>
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#include "plural-exp.h"
-
-/* The main function generated by the parser is called __gettextparse,
- but we want it to be called PLURAL_PARSE. */
-#ifndef _LIBC
-# define __gettextparse PLURAL_PARSE
-#endif
-
-#define YYLEX_PARAM &((struct parse_args *) arg)->cp
-#define YYPARSE_PARAM arg
-%}
-%pure_parser
-%expect 7
-
-%union {
- unsigned long int num;
- enum operator op;
- struct expression *exp;
-}
-
-%{
-/* Prototypes for local functions. */
-static struct expression *new_exp PARAMS ((int nargs, enum operator op,
- struct expression * const *args));
-static inline struct expression *new_exp_0 PARAMS ((enum operator op));
-static inline struct expression *new_exp_1 PARAMS ((enum operator op,
- struct expression *right));
-static struct expression *new_exp_2 PARAMS ((enum operator op,
- struct expression *left,
- struct expression *right));
-static inline struct expression *new_exp_3 PARAMS ((enum operator op,
- struct expression *bexp,
- struct expression *tbranch,
- struct expression *fbranch));
-static int yylex PARAMS ((YYSTYPE *lval, const char **pexp));
-static void yyerror PARAMS ((const char *str));
-
-/* Allocation of expressions. */
-
-static struct expression *
-new_exp (nargs, op, args)
- int nargs;
- enum operator op;
- struct expression * const *args;
-{
- int i;
- struct expression *newp;
-
- /* If any of the argument could not be malloc'ed, just return NULL. */
- for (i = nargs - 1; i >= 0; i--)
- if (args[i] == NULL)
- goto fail;
-
- /* Allocate a new expression. */
- newp = (struct expression *) malloc (sizeof (*newp));
- if (newp != NULL)
- {
- newp->nargs = nargs;
- newp->operation = op;
- for (i = nargs - 1; i >= 0; i--)
- newp->val.args[i] = args[i];
- return newp;
- }
-
- fail:
- for (i = nargs - 1; i >= 0; i--)
- FREE_EXPRESSION (args[i]);
-
- return NULL;
-}
-
-static inline struct expression *
-new_exp_0 (op)
- enum operator op;
-{
- return new_exp (0, op, NULL);
-}
-
-static inline struct expression *
-new_exp_1 (op, right)
- enum operator op;
- struct expression *right;
-{
- struct expression *args[1];
-
- args[0] = right;
- return new_exp (1, op, args);
-}
-
-static struct expression *
-new_exp_2 (op, left, right)
- enum operator op;
- struct expression *left;
- struct expression *right;
-{
- struct expression *args[2];
-
- args[0] = left;
- args[1] = right;
- return new_exp (2, op, args);
-}
-
-static inline struct expression *
-new_exp_3 (op, bexp, tbranch, fbranch)
- enum operator op;
- struct expression *bexp;
- struct expression *tbranch;
- struct expression *fbranch;
-{
- struct expression *args[3];
-
- args[0] = bexp;
- args[1] = tbranch;
- args[2] = fbranch;
- return new_exp (3, op, args);
-}
-
-%}
-
-/* This declares that all operators have the same associativity and the
- precedence order as in C. See [Harbison, Steele: C, A Reference Manual].
- There is no unary minus and no bitwise operators.
- Operators with the same syntactic behaviour have been merged into a single
- token, to save space in the array generated by bison. */
-%right '?' /* ? */
-%left '|' /* || */
-%left '&' /* && */
-%left EQUOP2 /* == != */
-%left CMPOP2 /* < > <= >= */
-%left ADDOP2 /* + - */
-%left MULOP2 /* * / % */
-%right '!' /* ! */
-
-%token <op> EQUOP2 CMPOP2 ADDOP2 MULOP2
-%token <num> NUMBER
-%type <exp> exp
-
-%%
-
-start: exp
- {
- if ($1 == NULL)
- YYABORT;
- ((struct parse_args *) arg)->res = $1;
- }
- ;
-
-exp: exp '?' exp ':' exp
- {
- $$ = new_exp_3 (qmop, $1, $3, $5);
- }
- | exp '|' exp
- {
- $$ = new_exp_2 (lor, $1, $3);
- }
- | exp '&' exp
- {
- $$ = new_exp_2 (land, $1, $3);
- }
- | exp EQUOP2 exp
- {
- $$ = new_exp_2 ($2, $1, $3);
- }
- | exp CMPOP2 exp
- {
- $$ = new_exp_2 ($2, $1, $3);
- }
- | exp ADDOP2 exp
- {
- $$ = new_exp_2 ($2, $1, $3);
- }
- | exp MULOP2 exp
- {
- $$ = new_exp_2 ($2, $1, $3);
- }
- | '!' exp
- {
- $$ = new_exp_1 (lnot, $2);
- }
- | 'n'
- {
- $$ = new_exp_0 (var);
- }
- | NUMBER
- {
- if (($$ = new_exp_0 (num)) != NULL)
- $$->val.num = $1;
- }
- | '(' exp ')'
- {
- $$ = $2;
- }
- ;
-
-%%
-
-void
-internal_function
-FREE_EXPRESSION (exp)
- struct expression *exp;
-{
- if (exp == NULL)
- return;
-
- /* Handle the recursive case. */
- switch (exp->nargs)
- {
- case 3:
- FREE_EXPRESSION (exp->val.args[2]);
- /* FALLTHROUGH */
- case 2:
- FREE_EXPRESSION (exp->val.args[1]);
- /* FALLTHROUGH */
- case 1:
- FREE_EXPRESSION (exp->val.args[0]);
- /* FALLTHROUGH */
- default:
- break;
- }
-
- free (exp);
-}
-
-
-static int
-yylex (lval, pexp)
- YYSTYPE *lval;
- const char **pexp;
-{
- const char *exp = *pexp;
- int result;
-
- while (1)
- {
- if (exp[0] == '\0')
- {
- *pexp = exp;
- return YYEOF;
- }
-
- if (exp[0] != ' ' && exp[0] != '\t')
- break;
-
- ++exp;
- }
-
- result = *exp++;
- switch (result)
- {
- case '0': case '1': case '2': case '3': case '4':
- case '5': case '6': case '7': case '8': case '9':
- {
- unsigned long int n = result - '0';
- while (exp[0] >= '0' && exp[0] <= '9')
- {
- n *= 10;
- n += exp[0] - '0';
- ++exp;
- }
- lval->num = n;
- result = NUMBER;
- }
- break;
-
- case '=':
- if (exp[0] == '=')
- {
- ++exp;
- lval->op = equal;
- result = EQUOP2;
- }
- else
- result = YYERRCODE;
- break;
-
- case '!':
- if (exp[0] == '=')
- {
- ++exp;
- lval->op = not_equal;
- result = EQUOP2;
- }
- break;
-
- case '&':
- case '|':
- if (exp[0] == result)
- ++exp;
- else
- result = YYERRCODE;
- break;
-
- case '<':
- if (exp[0] == '=')
- {
- ++exp;
- lval->op = less_or_equal;
- }
- else
- lval->op = less_than;
- result = CMPOP2;
- break;
-
- case '>':
- if (exp[0] == '=')
- {
- ++exp;
- lval->op = greater_or_equal;
- }
- else
- lval->op = greater_than;
- result = CMPOP2;
- break;
-
- case '*':
- lval->op = mult;
- result = MULOP2;
- break;
-
- case '/':
- lval->op = divide;
- result = MULOP2;
- break;
-
- case '%':
- lval->op = module;
- result = MULOP2;
- break;
-
- case '+':
- lval->op = plus;
- result = ADDOP2;
- break;
-
- case '-':
- lval->op = minus;
- result = ADDOP2;
- break;
-
- case 'n':
- case '?':
- case ':':
- case '(':
- case ')':
- /* Nothing, just return the character. */
- break;
-
- case ';':
- case '\n':
- case '\0':
- /* Be safe and let the user call this function again. */
- --exp;
- result = YYEOF;
- break;
-
- default:
- result = YYERRCODE;
-#if YYDEBUG != 0
- --exp;
-#endif
- break;
- }
-
- *pexp = exp;
-
- return result;
-}
-
-
-static void
-yyerror (str)
- const char *str;
-{
- /* Do nothing. We don't print error messages here. */
-}
+++ /dev/null
-# Add this package to a list of references stored in a text file.
-#
-# Copyright (C) 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-#
-# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
-# under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
-# by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
-# any later version.
-#
-# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
-# Library General Public License for more details.
-#
-# You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
-# License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
-# USA.
-#
-# Written by Bruno Haible <haible@clisp.cons.org>.
-#
-/^# Packages using this file: / {
- s/# Packages using this file://
- ta
- :a
- s/ @PACKAGE@ / @PACKAGE@ /
- tb
- s/ $/ @PACKAGE@ /
- :b
- s/^/# Packages using this file:/
-}
+++ /dev/null
-# Remove this package from a list of references stored in a text file.
-#
-# Copyright (C) 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-#
-# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
-# under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
-# by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
-# any later version.
-#
-# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
-# Library General Public License for more details.
-#
-# You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
-# License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
-# USA.
-#
-# Written by Bruno Haible <haible@clisp.cons.org>.
-#
-/^# Packages using this file: / {
- s/# Packages using this file://
- s/ @PACKAGE@ / /
- s/^/# Packages using this file:/
-}
+++ /dev/null
-/* Provide relocatable packages.
- Copyright (C) 2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
- Written by Bruno Haible <bruno@clisp.org>, 2003.
-
- This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
- under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
- by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
- any later version.
-
- This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
- Library General Public License for more details.
-
- You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
- License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
- USA. */
-
-
-/* Tell glibc's <stdio.h> to provide a prototype for getline().
- This must come before <config.h> because <config.h> may include
- <features.h>, and once <features.h> has been included, it's too late. */
-#ifndef _GNU_SOURCE
-# define _GNU_SOURCE 1
-#endif
-
-#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
-# include "config.h"
-#endif
-
-/* Specification. */
-#include "relocatable.h"
-
-#if ENABLE_RELOCATABLE
-
-#include <stddef.h>
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#include <string.h>
-
-#ifdef NO_XMALLOC
-# define xmalloc malloc
-#else
-# include "xmalloc.h"
-#endif
-
-#if DEPENDS_ON_LIBCHARSET
-# include <libcharset.h>
-#endif
-#if DEPENDS_ON_LIBICONV && HAVE_ICONV
-# include <iconv.h>
-#endif
-#if DEPENDS_ON_LIBINTL && ENABLE_NLS
-# include <libintl.h>
-#endif
-
-/* Faked cheap 'bool'. */
-#undef bool
-#undef false
-#undef true
-#define bool int
-#define false 0
-#define true 1
-
-/* Pathname support.
- ISSLASH(C) tests whether C is a directory separator character.
- IS_PATH_WITH_DIR(P) tests whether P contains a directory specification.
- */
-#if defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__ || defined __EMX__ || defined __DJGPP__
- /* Win32, OS/2, DOS */
-# define ISSLASH(C) ((C) == '/' || (C) == '\\')
-# define HAS_DEVICE(P) \
- ((((P)[0] >= 'A' && (P)[0] <= 'Z') || ((P)[0] >= 'a' && (P)[0] <= 'z')) \
- && (P)[1] == ':')
-# define IS_PATH_WITH_DIR(P) \
- (strchr (P, '/') != NULL || strchr (P, '\\') != NULL || HAS_DEVICE (P))
-# define FILESYSTEM_PREFIX_LEN(P) (HAS_DEVICE (P) ? 2 : 0)
-#else
- /* Unix */
-# define ISSLASH(C) ((C) == '/')
-# define IS_PATH_WITH_DIR(P) (strchr (P, '/') != NULL)
-# define FILESYSTEM_PREFIX_LEN(P) 0
-#endif
-
-/* Original installation prefix. */
-static char *orig_prefix;
-static size_t orig_prefix_len;
-/* Current installation prefix. */
-static char *curr_prefix;
-static size_t curr_prefix_len;
-/* These prefixes do not end in a slash. Anything that will be concatenated
- to them must start with a slash. */
-
-/* Sets the original and the current installation prefix of this module.
- Relocation simply replaces a pathname starting with the original prefix
- by the corresponding pathname with the current prefix instead. Both
- prefixes should be directory names without trailing slash (i.e. use ""
- instead of "/"). */
-static void
-set_this_relocation_prefix (const char *orig_prefix_arg,
- const char *curr_prefix_arg)
-{
- if (orig_prefix_arg != NULL && curr_prefix_arg != NULL
- /* Optimization: if orig_prefix and curr_prefix are equal, the
- relocation is a nop. */
- && strcmp (orig_prefix_arg, curr_prefix_arg) != 0)
- {
- /* Duplicate the argument strings. */
- char *memory;
-
- orig_prefix_len = strlen (orig_prefix_arg);
- curr_prefix_len = strlen (curr_prefix_arg);
- memory = (char *) xmalloc (orig_prefix_len + 1 + curr_prefix_len + 1);
-#ifdef NO_XMALLOC
- if (memory != NULL)
-#endif
- {
- memcpy (memory, orig_prefix_arg, orig_prefix_len + 1);
- orig_prefix = memory;
- memory += orig_prefix_len + 1;
- memcpy (memory, curr_prefix_arg, curr_prefix_len + 1);
- curr_prefix = memory;
- return;
- }
- }
- orig_prefix = NULL;
- curr_prefix = NULL;
- /* Don't worry about wasted memory here - this function is usually only
- called once. */
-}
-
-/* Sets the original and the current installation prefix of the package.
- Relocation simply replaces a pathname starting with the original prefix
- by the corresponding pathname with the current prefix instead. Both
- prefixes should be directory names without trailing slash (i.e. use ""
- instead of "/"). */
-void
-set_relocation_prefix (const char *orig_prefix_arg, const char *curr_prefix_arg)
-{
- set_this_relocation_prefix (orig_prefix_arg, curr_prefix_arg);
-
- /* Now notify all dependent libraries. */
-#if DEPENDS_ON_LIBCHARSET
- libcharset_set_relocation_prefix (orig_prefix_arg, curr_prefix_arg);
-#endif
-#if DEPENDS_ON_LIBICONV && HAVE_ICONV && _LIBICONV_VERSION >= 0x0109
- libiconv_set_relocation_prefix (orig_prefix_arg, curr_prefix_arg);
-#endif
-#if DEPENDS_ON_LIBINTL && ENABLE_NLS && defined libintl_set_relocation_prefix
- libintl_set_relocation_prefix (orig_prefix_arg, curr_prefix_arg);
-#endif
-}
-
-/* Convenience function:
- Computes the current installation prefix, based on the original
- installation prefix, the original installation directory of a particular
- file, and the current pathname of this file. Returns NULL upon failure. */
-#ifdef IN_LIBRARY
-#define compute_curr_prefix local_compute_curr_prefix
-static
-#endif
-const char *
-compute_curr_prefix (const char *orig_installprefix,
- const char *orig_installdir,
- const char *curr_pathname)
-{
- const char *curr_installdir;
- const char *rel_installdir;
-
- if (curr_pathname == NULL)
- return NULL;
-
- /* Determine the relative installation directory, relative to the prefix.
- This is simply the difference between orig_installprefix and
- orig_installdir. */
- if (strncmp (orig_installprefix, orig_installdir, strlen (orig_installprefix))
- != 0)
- /* Shouldn't happen - nothing should be installed outside $(prefix). */
- return NULL;
- rel_installdir = orig_installdir + strlen (orig_installprefix);
-
- /* Determine the current installation directory. */
- {
- const char *p_base = curr_pathname + FILESYSTEM_PREFIX_LEN (curr_pathname);
- const char *p = curr_pathname + strlen (curr_pathname);
- char *q;
-
- while (p > p_base)
- {
- p--;
- if (ISSLASH (*p))
- break;
- }
-
- q = (char *) xmalloc (p - curr_pathname + 1);
-#ifdef NO_XMALLOC
- if (q == NULL)
- return NULL;
-#endif
- memcpy (q, curr_pathname, p - curr_pathname);
- q[p - curr_pathname] = '\0';
- curr_installdir = q;
- }
-
- /* Compute the current installation prefix by removing the trailing
- rel_installdir from it. */
- {
- const char *rp = rel_installdir + strlen (rel_installdir);
- const char *cp = curr_installdir + strlen (curr_installdir);
- const char *cp_base =
- curr_installdir + FILESYSTEM_PREFIX_LEN (curr_installdir);
-
- while (rp > rel_installdir && cp > cp_base)
- {
- bool same = false;
- const char *rpi = rp;
- const char *cpi = cp;
-
- while (rpi > rel_installdir && cpi > cp_base)
- {
- rpi--;
- cpi--;
- if (ISSLASH (*rpi) || ISSLASH (*cpi))
- {
- if (ISSLASH (*rpi) && ISSLASH (*cpi))
- same = true;
- break;
- }
-#if defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__ || defined __EMX__ || defined __DJGPP__
- /* Win32, OS/2, DOS - case insignificant filesystem */
- if ((*rpi >= 'a' && *rpi <= 'z' ? *rpi - 'a' + 'A' : *rpi)
- != (*cpi >= 'a' && *cpi <= 'z' ? *cpi - 'a' + 'A' : *cpi))
- break;
-#else
- if (*rpi != *cpi)
- break;
-#endif
- }
- if (!same)
- break;
- /* The last pathname component was the same. opi and cpi now point
- to the slash before it. */
- rp = rpi;
- cp = cpi;
- }
-
- if (rp > rel_installdir)
- /* Unexpected: The curr_installdir does not end with rel_installdir. */
- return NULL;
-
- {
- size_t curr_prefix_len = cp - curr_installdir;
- char *curr_prefix;
-
- curr_prefix = (char *) xmalloc (curr_prefix_len + 1);
-#ifdef NO_XMALLOC
- if (curr_prefix == NULL)
- return NULL;
-#endif
- memcpy (curr_prefix, curr_installdir, curr_prefix_len);
- curr_prefix[curr_prefix_len] = '\0';
-
- return curr_prefix;
- }
- }
-}
-
-#if defined PIC && defined INSTALLDIR
-
-/* Full pathname of shared library, or NULL. */
-static char *shared_library_fullname;
-
-#if defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__
-
-/* Determine the full pathname of the shared library when it is loaded. */
-
-BOOL WINAPI
-DllMain (HINSTANCE module_handle, DWORD event, LPVOID reserved)
-{
- (void) reserved;
-
- if (event == DLL_PROCESS_ATTACH)
- {
- /* The DLL is being loaded into an application's address range. */
- static char location[MAX_PATH];
-
- if (!GetModuleFileName (module_handle, location, sizeof (location)))
- /* Shouldn't happen. */
- return FALSE;
-
- if (!IS_PATH_WITH_DIR (location))
- /* Shouldn't happen. */
- return FALSE;
-
- shared_library_fullname = strdup (location);
- }
-
- return TRUE;
-}
-
-#else /* Unix */
-
-static void
-find_shared_library_fullname ()
-{
-#ifdef __linux__
- FILE *fp;
-
- /* Open the current process' maps file. It describes one VMA per line. */
- fp = fopen ("/proc/self/maps", "r");
- if (fp)
- {
- unsigned long address = (unsigned long) &find_shared_library_fullname;
- for (;;)
- {
- unsigned long start, end;
- int c;
-
- if (fscanf (fp, "%lx-%lx", &start, &end) != 2)
- break;
- if (address >= start && address <= end - 1)
- {
- /* Found it. Now see if this line contains a filename. */
- while (c = getc (fp), c != EOF && c != '\n' && c != '/')
- continue;
- if (c == '/')
- {
- size_t size;
- int len;
-
- ungetc (c, fp);
- shared_library_fullname = NULL; size = 0;
- len = getline (&shared_library_fullname, &size, fp);
- if (len >= 0)
- {
- /* Success: filled shared_library_fullname. */
- if (len > 0 && shared_library_fullname[len - 1] == '\n')
- shared_library_fullname[len - 1] = '\0';
- }
- }
- break;
- }
- while (c = getc (fp), c != EOF && c != '\n')
- continue;
- }
- fclose (fp);
- }
-#endif
-}
-
-#endif /* WIN32 / Unix */
-
-/* Return the full pathname of the current shared library.
- Return NULL if unknown.
- Guaranteed to work only on Linux and Woe32. */
-static char *
-get_shared_library_fullname ()
-{
-#if !(defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__)
- static bool tried_find_shared_library_fullname;
- if (!tried_find_shared_library_fullname)
- {
- find_shared_library_fullname ();
- tried_find_shared_library_fullname = true;
- }
-#endif
- return shared_library_fullname;
-}
-
-#endif /* PIC */
-
-/* Returns the pathname, relocated according to the current installation
- directory. */
-const char *
-relocate (const char *pathname)
-{
-#if defined PIC && defined INSTALLDIR
- static int initialized;
-
- /* Initialization code for a shared library. */
- if (!initialized)
- {
- /* At this point, orig_prefix and curr_prefix likely have already been
- set through the main program's set_program_name_and_installdir
- function. This is sufficient in the case that the library has
- initially been installed in the same orig_prefix. But we can do
- better, to also cover the cases that 1. it has been installed
- in a different prefix before being moved to orig_prefix and (later)
- to curr_prefix, 2. unlike the program, it has not moved away from
- orig_prefix. */
- const char *orig_installprefix = INSTALLPREFIX;
- const char *orig_installdir = INSTALLDIR;
- const char *curr_prefix_better;
-
- curr_prefix_better =
- compute_curr_prefix (orig_installprefix, orig_installdir,
- get_shared_library_fullname ());
- if (curr_prefix_better == NULL)
- curr_prefix_better = curr_prefix;
-
- set_relocation_prefix (orig_installprefix, curr_prefix_better);
-
- initialized = 1;
- }
-#endif
-
- /* Note: It is not necessary to perform case insensitive comparison here,
- even for DOS-like filesystems, because the pathname argument was
- typically created from the same Makefile variable as orig_prefix came
- from. */
- if (orig_prefix != NULL && curr_prefix != NULL
- && strncmp (pathname, orig_prefix, orig_prefix_len) == 0)
- {
- if (pathname[orig_prefix_len] == '\0')
- /* pathname equals orig_prefix. */
- return curr_prefix;
- if (ISSLASH (pathname[orig_prefix_len]))
- {
- /* pathname starts with orig_prefix. */
- const char *pathname_tail = &pathname[orig_prefix_len];
- char *result =
- (char *) xmalloc (curr_prefix_len + strlen (pathname_tail) + 1);
-
-#ifdef NO_XMALLOC
- if (result != NULL)
-#endif
- {
- memcpy (result, curr_prefix, curr_prefix_len);
- strcpy (result + curr_prefix_len, pathname_tail);
- return result;
- }
- }
- }
- /* Nothing to relocate. */
- return pathname;
-}
-
-#endif
+++ /dev/null
-/* Provide relocatable packages.
- Copyright (C) 2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
- Written by Bruno Haible <bruno@clisp.org>, 2003.
-
- This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
- under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
- by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
- any later version.
-
- This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
- Library General Public License for more details.
-
- You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
- License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
- USA. */
-
-#ifndef _RELOCATABLE_H
-#define _RELOCATABLE_H
-
-/* This can be enabled through the configure --enable-relocatable option. */
-#if ENABLE_RELOCATABLE
-
-/* When building a DLL, we must export some functions. Note that because
- this is a private .h file, we don't need to use __declspec(dllimport)
- in any case. */
-#if defined _MSC_VER && BUILDING_DLL
-# define RELOCATABLE_DLL_EXPORTED __declspec(dllexport)
-#else
-# define RELOCATABLE_DLL_EXPORTED
-#endif
-
-/* Sets the original and the current installation prefix of the package.
- Relocation simply replaces a pathname starting with the original prefix
- by the corresponding pathname with the current prefix instead. Both
- prefixes should be directory names without trailing slash (i.e. use ""
- instead of "/"). */
-extern RELOCATABLE_DLL_EXPORTED void
- set_relocation_prefix (const char *orig_prefix,
- const char *curr_prefix);
-
-/* Returns the pathname, relocated according to the current installation
- directory. */
-extern const char * relocate (const char *pathname);
-
-/* Memory management: relocate() leaks memory, because it has to construct
- a fresh pathname. If this is a problem because your program calls
- relocate() frequently, think about caching the result. */
-
-/* Convenience function:
- Computes the current installation prefix, based on the original
- installation prefix, the original installation directory of a particular
- file, and the current pathname of this file. Returns NULL upon failure. */
-extern const char * compute_curr_prefix (const char *orig_installprefix,
- const char *orig_installdir,
- const char *curr_pathname);
-
-#else
-
-/* By default, we use the hardwired pathnames. */
-#define relocate(pathname) (pathname)
-
-#endif
-
-#endif /* _RELOCATABLE_H */
+++ /dev/null
-/* Implementation of the textdomain(3) function.
- Copyright (C) 1995-1998, 2000, 2001, 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
- This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
- under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
- by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
- any later version.
-
- This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
- Library General Public License for more details.
-
- You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
- License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
- USA. */
-
-#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
-# include <config.h>
-#endif
-
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#include <string.h>
-
-#ifdef _LIBC
-# include <libintl.h>
-#else
-# include "libgnuintl.h"
-#endif
-#include "gettextP.h"
-
-#ifdef _LIBC
-/* We have to handle multi-threaded applications. */
-# include <bits/libc-lock.h>
-#else
-/* Provide dummy implementation if this is outside glibc. */
-# define __libc_rwlock_define(CLASS, NAME)
-# define __libc_rwlock_wrlock(NAME)
-# define __libc_rwlock_unlock(NAME)
-#endif
-
-/* The internal variables in the standalone libintl.a must have different
- names than the internal variables in GNU libc, otherwise programs
- using libintl.a cannot be linked statically. */
-#if !defined _LIBC
-# define _nl_default_default_domain libintl_nl_default_default_domain
-# define _nl_current_default_domain libintl_nl_current_default_domain
-#endif
-
-/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
-
-/* Name of the default text domain. */
-extern const char _nl_default_default_domain[] attribute_hidden;
-
-/* Default text domain in which entries for gettext(3) are to be found. */
-extern const char *_nl_current_default_domain attribute_hidden;
-
-
-/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem. They must not clash
- with existing names and they should follow ANSI C. But this source
- code is also used in GNU C Library where the names have a __
- prefix. So we have to make a difference here. */
-#ifdef _LIBC
-# define TEXTDOMAIN __textdomain
-# ifndef strdup
-# define strdup(str) __strdup (str)
-# endif
-#else
-# define TEXTDOMAIN libintl_textdomain
-#endif
-
-/* Lock variable to protect the global data in the gettext implementation. */
-__libc_rwlock_define (extern, _nl_state_lock attribute_hidden)
-
-/* Set the current default message catalog to DOMAINNAME.
- If DOMAINNAME is null, return the current default.
- If DOMAINNAME is "", reset to the default of "messages". */
-char *
-TEXTDOMAIN (domainname)
- const char *domainname;
-{
- char *new_domain;
- char *old_domain;
-
- /* A NULL pointer requests the current setting. */
- if (domainname == NULL)
- return (char *) _nl_current_default_domain;
-
- __libc_rwlock_wrlock (_nl_state_lock);
-
- old_domain = (char *) _nl_current_default_domain;
-
- /* If domain name is the null string set to default domain "messages". */
- if (domainname[0] == '\0'
- || strcmp (domainname, _nl_default_default_domain) == 0)
- {
- _nl_current_default_domain = _nl_default_default_domain;
- new_domain = (char *) _nl_current_default_domain;
- }
- else if (strcmp (domainname, old_domain) == 0)
- /* This can happen and people will use it to signal that some
- environment variable changed. */
- new_domain = old_domain;
- else
- {
- /* If the following malloc fails `_nl_current_default_domain'
- will be NULL. This value will be returned and so signals we
- are out of core. */
-#if defined _LIBC || defined HAVE_STRDUP
- new_domain = strdup (domainname);
-#else
- size_t len = strlen (domainname) + 1;
- new_domain = (char *) malloc (len);
- if (new_domain != NULL)
- memcpy (new_domain, domainname, len);
-#endif
-
- if (new_domain != NULL)
- _nl_current_default_domain = new_domain;
- }
-
- /* We use this possibility to signal a change of the loaded catalogs
- since this is most likely the case and there is no other easy we
- to do it. Do it only when the call was successful. */
- if (new_domain != NULL)
- {
- ++_nl_msg_cat_cntr;
-
- if (old_domain != new_domain && old_domain != _nl_default_default_domain)
- free (old_domain);
- }
-
- __libc_rwlock_unlock (_nl_state_lock);
-
- return new_domain;
-}
-
-#ifdef _LIBC
-/* Alias for function name in GNU C Library. */
-weak_alias (__textdomain, textdomain);
-#endif
-/* Convenience header for conditional use of GNU <libintl.h>.
- Copyright (C) 1995-1998, 2000-2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
+/*
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
#ifndef _LIBGETTEXT_H
#define _LIBGETTEXT_H 1
-#ifdef HAVE_GETTEXT
-# define _(String) gettext(String)
-# define N_(String) gettext_noop(String)
-#else
-# define _(String) String
-# define N_(String) String
-#endif
-
-/* NLS can be disabled through the configure --disable-nls option. */
-#if ENABLE_NLS
-
-/* Get declarations of GNU message catalog functions. */
-#include <libintl.h>
-// needed for LC_ALL constant
-#include <locale.h>
-
-#else
-
-/* Solaris /usr/include/locale.h includes /usr/include/libintl.h, which
- chokes if dcgettext is defined as a macro. So include it now, to make
- later inclusions of <locale.h> a NOP. We don't include <libintl.h>
- as well because people using "gettext.h" will not include <libintl.h>,
- and also including <libintl.h> would fail on SunOS 4, whereas <locale.h>
- is OK. */
-#if defined(__sun)
-# include <locale.h>
-#endif
-
-#ifndef gettext
-
-/* Disabled NLS.
- The casts to 'const char *' serve the purpose of producing warnings
- for invalid uses of the value returned from these functions.
- On pre-ANSI systems without 'const', the config.h file is supposed to
- contain "#define const". */
-# define gettext(Msgid) ((const char *) (Msgid))
-# define dgettext(Domainname, Msgid) ((const char *) (Msgid))
-# define dcgettext(Domainname, Msgid, Category) ((const char *) (Msgid))
-# define ngettext(Msgid1, Msgid2, N) \
- ((N) == 1 ? (const char *) (Msgid1) : (const char *) (Msgid2))
-# define dngettext(Domainname, Msgid1, Msgid2, N) \
- ((N) == 1 ? (const char *) (Msgid1) : (const char *) (Msgid2))
-# define dcngettext(Domainname, Msgid1, Msgid2, N, Category) \
- ((N) == 1 ? (const char *) (Msgid1) : (const char *) (Msgid2))
-# define textdomain(Domainname) ((const char *) (Domainname))
-# define bindtextdomain(Domainname, Dirname) ((const char *) (Dirname))
-# define bind_textdomain_codeset(Domainname, Codeset) ((const char *) (Codeset))
-
-#endif
-
-#endif
+#include "globals.h"
-/* A pseudo function call that serves as a marker for the automated
- extraction of messages, but does not call gettext(). The run-time
- translation is done at a different place in the code.
- The argument, String, should be a literal string. Concatenated strings
- and other string expressions won't work.
- The macro's expansion is not parenthesized, so that it is suitable as
- initializer for static 'char[]' or 'const char[]' variables. */
-#define gettext_noop(String) String
+#define _(String) \
+ SuperTux::dictionary_manager.get_dictionary().translate(String).c_str()
+#define ngettext(id, id2, num) \
+ SuperTux::dictionary_manager.get_dictionary().translate(id, di2, num).c_str()
#endif /* _LIBGETTEXT_H */
namespace SuperTux {
+TinyGetText::DictionaryManager dictionary_manager;
+TinyGetText::Dictionary* dictionary = 0;
+
/** The datadir prefix prepended when loading game data file */
std::string datadir;
std::string package_symbol_name;
#include "SDL.h"
#include "../video/font.h"
+#include "tinygettext.h"
namespace SuperTux
{
+ extern TinyGetText::DictionaryManager dictionary_manager;
+ extern TinyGetText::Dictionary* dictionary;
+
class MouseCursor;
extern std::string datadir;
return sdirs;
}
-void Setup::info(const std::string& _package_name, const std::string& _package_symbol_name, const std::string& _package_version)
+void Setup::init(const std::string& _package_name,
+ const std::string& _package_symbol_name,
+ const std::string& _package_version)
{
-package_name = _package_name;
-package_symbol_name = _package_symbol_name;
-package_version = _package_version;
+ directories();
+ dictionary_manager.add_directory(datadir + "/locale");
+
+ package_name = _package_name;
+ package_symbol_name = _package_symbol_name;
+ package_version = _package_version;
}
/* --- SETUP --- */
/* Set SuperTux configuration and save directories */
-void Setup::directories(void)
+void Setup::directories()
{
std::string home;
/* Get home directory (from $HOME variable)... if we can't determine it,
/// All you need to get an application up and running
struct Setup
{
- static void info(const std::string& _package_name, const std::string& _package_symbol_name, const std::string& _package_version);
+ static void init(const std::string& _package_name, const std::string& _package_symbol_name, const std::string& _package_version);
static void directories(void);
static void general(void);
static void general_free();
--- /dev/null
+// $Id$
+//
+// TinyGetText - A small flexible gettext() replacement
+// Copyright (C) 2004 Ingo Ruhnke <grumbel@gmx.de>
+//
+// This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+// modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
+// as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
+// of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+//
+// This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+// but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+// MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+// GNU General Public License for more details.
+//
+// You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+// along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+// Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <iconv.h>
+#include <dirent.h>
+#include <fstream>
+#include <iostream>
+#include <ctype.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+#include "tinygettext.h"
+
+namespace TinyGetText {
+
+/** Convert \a which is in \a from_charset to \a to_charset and return it */
+std::string convert(const std::string& text,
+ const std::string& from_charset,
+ const std::string& to_charset)
+{
+ if (from_charset == to_charset)
+ return text;
+
+ iconv_t cd = iconv_open(to_charset.c_str(), from_charset.c_str());
+
+ size_t in_len = text.length();
+ size_t out_len = text.length()*2;
+
+ char* out_orig = new char[out_len]; // FIXME: cross fingers that this is enough
+ char* in_orig = new char[in_len+1];
+ strcpy(in_orig, text.c_str());
+
+ char* out = out_orig;
+ char* in = in_orig;
+
+ //std::cout << "IN: " << (int)in << " " << in_len << " " << (int)out << " " << out_len << std::endl;
+ int retval = iconv(cd, &in, &in_len, &out, &out_len);
+ //std::cout << "OUT: " << (int)in << " " << in_len << " " << (int)out << " " << out_len << std::endl;
+
+ if (retval != 0)
+ {
+ std::cerr << strerror(errno) << std::endl;
+ std::cerr << "Error: conversion from " << from_charset
+ << " to " << to_charset << " went wrong: " << retval << std::endl;
+ }
+ iconv_close(cd);
+
+ std::string ret(out_orig, out_len);
+ delete[] out_orig;
+ delete[] in_orig;
+ return ret;
+}
+
+bool has_suffix(const std::string& lhs, const std::string rhs)
+{
+ if (lhs.length() < rhs.length())
+ return false;
+ else
+ return lhs.compare(lhs.length() - rhs.length(), rhs.length(), rhs) == 0;
+}
+
+bool has_prefix(const std::string& lhs, const std::string rhs)
+{
+ if (lhs.length() < rhs.length())
+ return false;
+ else
+ return lhs.compare(0, rhs.length(), rhs) == 0;
+}
+
+int plural1(int ) { return 0; }
+int plural2_1(int n) { return (n != 1); }
+int plural2_2(int n) { return (n > 1); }
+int plural3_lv(int n) { return (n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n != 0 ? 1 : 2); }
+int plural3_ga(int n) { return n==1 ? 0 : n==2 ? 1 : 2; }
+int plural3_lt(int n) { return (n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2); }
+int plural3_1(int n) { return (n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2); }
+int plural3_sk(int n) { return (n==1) ? 0 : (n>=2 && n<=4) ? 1 : 2; }
+int plural3_pl(int n) { return (n==1 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2); }
+int plural3_sl(int n) { return (n%100==1 ? 0 : n%100==2 ? 1 : n%100==3 || n%100==4 ? 2 : 3); }
+
+/** Language Definitions */
+//*{
+LanguageDef lang_hu("hu", "Hungarian", 1, plural1); // "nplurals=1; plural=0;"
+LanguageDef lang_ja("ja", "Japanese", 1, plural1); // "nplurals=1; plural=0;"
+LanguageDef lang_ko("ko", "Korean", 1, plural1); // "nplurals=1; plural=0;"
+LanguageDef lang_tr("tr", "Turkish", 1, plural1); // "nplurals=1; plural=0;"
+LanguageDef lang_da("da", "Danish", 2, plural2_1); // "nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);"
+LanguageDef lang_nl("nl", "Dutch", 2, plural2_1); // "nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);"
+LanguageDef lang_en("en", "English", 2, plural2_1); // "nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);"
+LanguageDef lang_fo("fo", "Faroese", 2, plural2_1); // "nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);"
+LanguageDef lang_de("de", "German", 2, plural2_1); // "nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);"
+LanguageDef lang_nb("nb", "Norwegian Bokmal", 2, plural2_1); // "nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);"
+LanguageDef lang_no("no", "Norwegian", 2, plural2_1); // "nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);"
+LanguageDef lang_nn("nn", "Norwegian Nynorsk", 2, plural2_1); // "nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);"
+LanguageDef lang_sv("sv", "Swedish", 2, plural2_1); // "nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);"
+LanguageDef lang_et("et", "Estonian", 2, plural2_1); // "nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);"
+LanguageDef lang_fi("fi", "Finnish", 2, plural2_1); // "nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);"
+LanguageDef lang_el("el", "Greek", 2, plural2_1); // "nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);"
+LanguageDef lang_he("he", "Hebrew", 2, plural2_1); // "nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);"
+LanguageDef lang_it("it", "Italian", 2, plural2_1); // "nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);"
+LanguageDef lang_pt("pt", "Portuguese", 2, plural2_1); // "nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);"
+LanguageDef lang_es("es", "Spanish", 2, plural2_1); // "nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);"
+LanguageDef lang_eo("eo", "Esperanto", 2, plural2_1); // "nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);"
+LanguageDef lang_fr("fr", "French", 2, plural2_2); // "nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);"
+LanguageDef lang_pt_BR("pt_BR", "Brazilian", 2, plural2_2); // "nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);"
+LanguageDef lang_lv("lv", "Latvian", 3, plural3_lv); // "nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n != 0 ? 1 : 2);"
+LanguageDef lang_ga("ga", "Irish", 3, plural3_ga); // "nplurals=3; plural=n==1 ? 0 : n==2 ? 1 : 2;"
+LanguageDef lang_lt("lt", "Lithuanian", 3, plural3_lt); // "nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);"
+LanguageDef lang_hr("hr", "Croatian", 3, plural3_1); // "nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);"
+LanguageDef lang_cs("cs", "Czech", 3, plural3_1); // "nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);"
+LanguageDef lang_ru("ru", "Russian", 3, plural3_1); // "nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);"
+LanguageDef lang_uk("uk", "Ukrainian", 3, plural3_1); // "nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);"
+LanguageDef lang_sk("sk", "Slovak", 3, plural3_sk); // "nplurals=3; plural=(n==1) ? 0 : (n>=2 && n<=4) ? 1 : 2;"
+LanguageDef lang_pl("pl", "Polish", 3, plural3_pl); // "nplurals=3; plural=(n==1 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);
+LanguageDef lang_sl("sl", "Slovenian", 3, plural3_sl); // "nplurals=4; plural=(n%100==1 ? 0 : n%100==2 ? 1 : n%100==3 || n%100==4 ? 2 : 3);"
+//*}
+
+LanguageDef&
+get_language_def(const std::string& name)
+{
+ if (name == "hu") return lang_hu;
+ else if (name == "ja") return lang_ja;
+ else if (name == "ko") return lang_ko;
+ else if (name == "tr") return lang_tr;
+ else if (name == "da") return lang_da;
+ else if (name == "nl") return lang_nl;
+ else if (name == "en") return lang_en;
+ else if (name == "fo") return lang_fo;
+ else if (name == "de") return lang_de;
+ else if (name == "nb") return lang_nb;
+ else if (name == "no") return lang_no;
+ else if (name == "nn") return lang_nn;
+ else if (name == "sv") return lang_sv;
+ else if (name == "et") return lang_et;
+ else if (name == "fi") return lang_fi;
+ else if (name == "el") return lang_el;
+ else if (name == "he") return lang_he;
+ else if (name == "it") return lang_it;
+ else if (name == "pt") return lang_pt;
+ else if (name == "es") return lang_es;
+ else if (name == "eo") return lang_eo;
+ else if (name == "fr") return lang_fr;
+ else if (name == "pt_BR") return lang_pt_BR;
+ else if (name == "lv") return lang_lv;
+ else if (name == "ga") return lang_ga;
+ else if (name == "lt") return lang_lt;
+ else if (name == "hr") return lang_hr;
+ else if (name == "cs") return lang_cs;
+ else if (name == "ru") return lang_ru;
+ else if (name == "uk") return lang_uk;
+ else if (name == "sk") return lang_sk;
+ else if (name == "pl") return lang_pl;
+ else if (name == "sl") return lang_sl;
+ else return lang_en;
+}
+
+DictionaryManager::DictionaryManager()
+ : current_dict(&empty_dict)
+{
+ parseLocaleAliases();
+ // setup language from environment vars
+ const char* lang = getenv("LC_ALL");
+ if(!lang)
+ lang = getenv("LC_MESSAGES");
+ if(!lang)
+ lang = getenv("LANG");
+
+ if(lang)
+ set_language(lang);
+}
+
+void
+DictionaryManager::parseLocaleAliases()
+{
+ // try to parse language alias list
+ std::ifstream in("/usr/share/locale/locale.alias");
+
+ char c = ' ';
+ while(in.good() && !in.eof()) {
+ while(isspace(c) && !in.eof())
+ in.get(c);
+
+ if(c == '#') { // skip comments
+ while(c != '\n' && !in.eof())
+ in.get(c);
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ std::string alias;
+ while(!isspace(c) && !in.eof()) {
+ alias += c;
+ in.get(c);
+ }
+ while(isspace(c) && !in.eof())
+ in.get(c);
+ std::string language;
+ while(!isspace(c) && !in.eof()) {
+ language += c;
+ in.get(c);
+ }
+
+ if(in.eof())
+ break;
+ set_language_alias(alias, language);
+ }
+}
+
+Dictionary&
+DictionaryManager::get_dictionary(const std::string& spec)
+{
+ std::string lang = get_language_from_spec(spec);
+ Dictionaries::iterator i = dictionaries.find(get_language_from_spec(lang));
+ if (i != dictionaries.end())
+ {
+ return i->second;
+ }
+ else // Dictionary for languages lang isn't loaded, so we load it
+ {
+ //std::cout << "get_dictionary: " << lang << std::endl;
+ Dictionary& dict = dictionaries[lang];
+
+ dict.set_language(get_language_def(lang));
+
+ for (SearchPath::iterator p = search_path.begin(); p != search_path.end(); ++p)
+ {
+ DIR* dir = opendir(p->c_str());
+ if (!dir)
+ {
+ std::cerr << "Error: opendir() failed on " << *p << std::endl;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ struct dirent* ent;
+ while((ent = readdir(dir)))
+ {
+ if (std::string(ent->d_name) == lang + ".po")
+ {
+ std::string pofile = *p + "/" + ent->d_name;
+ std::ifstream in(pofile.c_str());
+ if (!in)
+ {
+ std::cerr << "Error: Failure file opening: " << pofile << std::endl;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ read_po_file(dict, in);
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ closedir(dir);
+ }
+ }
+
+ return dict;
+ }
+}
+
+std::set<std::string>
+DictionaryManager::get_languages()
+{
+ std::set<std::string> languages;
+
+ for (SearchPath::iterator p = search_path.begin(); p != search_path.end(); ++p)
+ {
+ DIR* dir = opendir(p->c_str());
+ if (!dir)
+ {
+ std::cerr << "Error: opendir() failed on " << *p << std::endl;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ struct dirent* ent;
+ while((ent = readdir(dir)))
+ {
+ if (has_suffix(ent->d_name, ".po"))
+ {
+ std::string filename = ent->d_name;
+ languages.insert(filename.substr(0, filename.length()-3));
+ }
+ }
+ closedir(dir);
+ }
+ }
+ return languages;
+}
+
+void
+DictionaryManager::set_language(const std::string& lang)
+{
+ language = get_language_from_spec(lang);
+ current_dict = & (get_dictionary(language));
+}
+
+void
+DictionaryManager::set_language_alias(const std::string& alias,
+ const std::string& language)
+{
+ language_aliases.insert(std::make_pair(alias, language));
+}
+
+std::string
+DictionaryManager::get_language_from_spec(const std::string& spec)
+{
+ std::string lang = spec;
+ Aliases::iterator i = language_aliases.find(lang);
+ if(i != language_aliases.end()) {
+ lang = i->second;
+ }
+
+ std::string::size_type s = lang.find_first_of("_.");
+ if(s == std::string::npos)
+ return lang;
+
+ return std::string(lang, 0, s);
+}
+
+void
+DictionaryManager::add_directory(const std::string& pathname)
+{
+ search_path.push_back(pathname);
+ // cache is outdated now
+ dictionaries.clear();
+ set_language(language);
+}
+
+//---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+Dictionary::Dictionary(const LanguageDef& language_, const std::string& charset_)
+ : language(language_), charset(charset_)
+{
+}
+
+Dictionary::Dictionary()
+ : language(lang_en)
+{
+}
+
+std::string
+Dictionary::get_charset() const
+{
+ return charset;
+}
+
+void
+Dictionary::set_charset(const std::string& charset_)
+{
+ charset = charset_;
+}
+
+void
+Dictionary::set_language(const LanguageDef& lang)
+{
+ language = lang;
+}
+
+std::string
+Dictionary::translate(const std::string& msgid, const std::string& msgid2, int num)
+{
+ PluralEntries::iterator i = plural_entries.find(msgid);
+ std::map<int, std::string>& msgstrs = i->second;
+
+ if (i != plural_entries.end() && !msgstrs.empty())
+ {
+ int g = language.plural(num);
+ std::map<int, std::string>::iterator j = msgstrs.find(g);
+ if (j != msgstrs.end())
+ {
+ return j->second;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ // Return the first translation, in case we can't translate the specific number
+ return msgstrs.begin()->second;
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ std::cerr << "Warning: Couldn't translate: " << msgid << std::endl;
+ std::cerr << "Candidates: " << std::endl;
+ for (PluralEntries::iterator i = plural_entries.begin(); i != plural_entries.end(); ++i)
+ std::cout << "'" << i->first << "'" << std::endl;
+
+ if (plural2_1(num)) // default to english rules
+ return msgid2;
+ else
+ return msgid;
+ }
+}
+
+std::string
+Dictionary::translate(const std::string& msgid)
+{
+ Entries::iterator i = entries.find(msgid);
+ if (i != entries.end() && !i->second.empty())
+ {
+ return i->second;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ std::cout << "Error: Couldn't translate: " << msgid << std::endl;
+ return msgid;
+ }
+}
+
+void
+Dictionary::add_translation(const std::string& msgid, const std::string& ,
+ const std::map<int, std::string>& msgstrs)
+{
+ // Do we need msgid2 for anything? its after all supplied to the
+ // translate call, so we just throw it away
+ plural_entries[msgid] = msgstrs;
+}
+
+void
+Dictionary::add_translation(const std::string& msgid, const std::string& msgstr)
+{
+ entries[msgid] = msgstr;
+}
+
+class POFileReader
+{
+private:
+ struct Token
+ {
+ std::string keyword;
+ std::string content;
+ };
+
+ Dictionary& dict;
+
+ std::string from_charset;
+ std::string to_charset;
+
+ std::string current_msgid;
+ std::string current_msgid_plural;
+ std::map<int, std::string> msgstr_plural;
+
+ int line_num;
+
+ enum { WANT_MSGID, WANT_MSGSTR, WANT_MSGSTR_PLURAL, WANT_MSGID_PLURAL } state;
+
+public:
+ POFileReader(std::istream& in, Dictionary& dict_)
+ : dict(dict_)
+ {
+ state = WANT_MSGID;
+ line_num = 0;
+ tokenize_po(in);
+ }
+
+ void parse_header(const std::string& header)
+ {
+ // Seperate the header in lines
+ typedef std::vector<std::string> Lines;
+ Lines lines;
+
+ std::string::size_type start = 0;
+ for(std::string::size_type i = 0; i < header.length(); ++i)
+ {
+ if (header[i] == '\n')
+ {
+ lines.push_back(header.substr(start, i - start));
+ start = i+1;
+ }
+ }
+
+ for(Lines::iterator i = lines.begin(); i != lines.end(); ++i)
+ {
+ if (has_prefix(*i, "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=")) {
+ from_charset = i->substr(strlen("Content-Type: text/plain; charset="));
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (from_charset.empty() || from_charset == "CHARSET")
+ {
+ std::cerr << "Error: Charset not specified for .po, fallback to ISO-8859-1" << std::endl;
+ from_charset = "ISO-8859-1";
+ }
+
+ to_charset = dict.get_charset();
+ if (to_charset.empty())
+ { // No charset requested from the dict, so we use the one from the .po
+ to_charset = from_charset;
+ dict.set_charset(from_charset);
+ }
+ }
+
+ void add_token(const Token& token)
+ {
+ switch(state)
+ {
+ case WANT_MSGID:
+ if (token.keyword == "msgid")
+ {
+ current_msgid = token.content;
+ state = WANT_MSGID_PLURAL;
+ }
+ else if (token.keyword.empty())
+ {
+ //std::cerr << "Got EOF, everything looks ok." << std::endl;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ std::cerr << "tinygettext: expected 'msgid' keyword, got " << token.keyword
+ << " at line " << line_num << std::endl;
+ }
+ break;
+
+ case WANT_MSGID_PLURAL:
+ if (token.keyword == "msgid_plural")
+ {
+ current_msgid_plural = token.content;
+ state = WANT_MSGSTR_PLURAL;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ state = WANT_MSGSTR;
+ add_token(token);
+ }
+ break;
+
+ case WANT_MSGSTR:
+ if (token.keyword == "msgstr")
+ {
+ if (current_msgid == "")
+ { // .po Header is hidden in the msgid with the empty string
+ parse_header(token.content);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ dict.add_translation(current_msgid, convert(token.content, from_charset, to_charset));
+ }
+ state = WANT_MSGID;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ std::cerr << "tinygettext: expected 'msgstr' keyword, got " << token.keyword
+ << " at line " << line_num << std::endl;
+ }
+ break;
+
+ case WANT_MSGSTR_PLURAL:
+ if (has_prefix(token.keyword, "msgstr["))
+ {
+ int num;
+ if (sscanf(token.keyword.c_str(), "msgstr[%d]", &num) != 1)
+ {
+ std::cerr << "Error: Couldn't parse: " << token.keyword << std::endl;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ msgstr_plural[num] = convert(token.content, from_charset, to_charset);
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ dict.add_translation(current_msgid, current_msgid_plural, msgstr_plural);
+
+ state = WANT_MSGID;
+ add_token(token);
+ }
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+
+ inline int getchar(std::istream& in)
+ {
+ int c = in.get();
+ if (c == '\n')
+ line_num += 1;
+ return c;
+ }
+
+ void tokenize_po(std::istream& in)
+ {
+ enum State { READ_KEYWORD,
+ READ_CONTENT,
+ READ_CONTENT_IN_STRING,
+ SKIP_COMMENT };
+
+ State state = READ_KEYWORD;
+ int c;
+ Token token;
+
+ while((c = getchar(in)) != EOF)
+ {
+ //std::cout << "Lexing char: " << char(c) << " " << state << std::endl;
+ switch(state)
+ {
+ case READ_KEYWORD:
+ if (c == '#')
+ {
+ state = SKIP_COMMENT;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ // Read a new token
+ token = Token();
+
+ do { // Read keyword
+ token.keyword += c;
+ } while((c = getchar(in)) != EOF && !isspace(c));
+ in.unget();
+
+ state = READ_CONTENT;
+ }
+ break;
+
+ case READ_CONTENT:
+ while((c = getchar(in)) != EOF)
+ {
+ if (c == '"') {
+ // Found start of content
+ state = READ_CONTENT_IN_STRING;
+ break;
+ } else if (isspace(c)) {
+ // skip
+ } else { // Read something that may be a keyword
+ in.unget();
+ state = READ_KEYWORD;
+ add_token(token);
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ break;
+
+ case READ_CONTENT_IN_STRING:
+ if (c == '\\') {
+ c = getchar(in);
+ if (c != EOF)
+ {
+ if (c == 'n') token.content += '\n';
+ else if (c == 't') token.content += '\t';
+ else if (c == 'r') token.content += '\r';
+ else if (c == '"') token.content += '"';
+ else
+ {
+ std::cout << "Unhandled escape character: " << char(c) << std::endl;
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ std::cout << "Unterminated string" << std::endl;
+ }
+ } else if (c == '"') { // Content string is terminated
+ state = READ_CONTENT;
+ } else {
+ token.content += c;
+ }
+ break;
+
+ case SKIP_COMMENT:
+ if (c == '\n')
+ state = READ_KEYWORD;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ add_token(token);
+ }
+};
+
+void read_po_file(Dictionary& dict_, std::istream& in)
+{
+ POFileReader reader(in, dict_);
+}
+
+} // namespace TinyGetText
+
+/* EOF */
--- /dev/null
+// $Id$
+//
+// TinyGetText - A small flexible gettext() replacement
+// Copyright (C) 2004 Ingo Ruhnke <grumbel@gmx.de>
+//
+// This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+// modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
+// as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
+// of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+//
+// This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+// but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+// MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+// GNU General Public License for more details.
+//
+// You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+// along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+// Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
+#ifndef HEADER_TINYGETTEXT_H
+#define HEADER_TINYGETTEXT_H
+
+#include <map>
+#include <vector>
+#include <set>
+#include <string>
+
+namespace TinyGetText {
+
+typedef int (*PluralFunc)(int n);
+
+struct LanguageDef {
+ const char* code;
+ const char* name;
+ int nplural;
+ PluralFunc plural;
+
+ LanguageDef(const char* code_, const char* name_, int nplural_, PluralFunc plural_)
+ : code(code_), name(name_), nplural(nplural_), plural(plural_)
+ {}
+};
+
+/** A simple dictionary class that mimics gettext() behaviour. Each
+ Dictionary only works for a single language, for managing multiple
+ languages and .po files at once use the DictionaryManager. */
+class Dictionary
+{
+private:
+ typedef std::map<std::string, std::string> Entries;
+ Entries entries;
+
+ typedef std::map<std::string, std::map<int, std::string> > PluralEntries;
+ PluralEntries plural_entries;
+
+ LanguageDef language;
+ std::string charset;
+public:
+ /** */
+ Dictionary(const LanguageDef& language_, const std::string& charset = "");
+
+ Dictionary();
+
+ /** Return the charset used for this dictionary */
+ std::string get_charset() const;
+
+ /** Set a charset for this dictionary, this will NOT convert stuff,
+ it is for information only, you have to convert stuff yourself
+ when you add it with \a add_translation() */
+ void set_charset(const std::string& charset);
+
+ /** Set the language that is used for this dictionary, this is
+ mainly needed to evaluate plural forms */
+ void set_language(const LanguageDef& lang);
+
+ /** Translate the string \a msgid to its correct plural form, based
+ on the number of items given by \a num. \a msgid2 is \a msgid in
+ plural form. */
+ std::string translate(const std::string& msgid, const std::string& msgid2, int num);
+
+ /** Translate the string \a msgid. */
+ std::string translate(const std::string& msgid);
+
+ /** Add a translation from \a msgid to \a msgstr to the dictionary,
+ where \a msgid is the singular form of the message, msgid2 the
+ plural form and msgstrs a table of translations. The right
+ translation will be calculated based on the \a num argument to
+ translate(). */
+ void add_translation(const std::string& msgid, const std::string& msgid2,
+ const std::map<int, std::string>& msgstrs);
+
+ /** Add a translation from \a msgid to \a msgstr to the
+ dictionary */
+ void add_translation(const std::string& msgid, const std::string& msgstr);
+};
+
+/** Manager class for dictionaries, you give it a bunch of directories
+ with .po files and it will then automatically load the right file
+ on demand depending on which language was set. */
+class DictionaryManager
+{
+private:
+ typedef std::map<std::string, Dictionary> Dictionaries;
+ Dictionaries dictionaries;
+ typedef std::vector<std::string> SearchPath;
+ SearchPath search_path;
+ typedef std::map<std::string, std::string> Aliases;
+ Aliases language_aliases;
+ std::string language;
+ Dictionary* current_dict;
+ Dictionary empty_dict;
+
+public:
+ DictionaryManager();
+
+ /** Return the currently active dictionary, if none is set, an empty
+ dictionary is returned. */
+ Dictionary& get_dictionary()
+ { return *current_dict; }
+
+ /** Get dictionary for lang */
+ Dictionary& get_dictionary(const std::string& langspec);
+
+ /** Set a language based on a four? letter country code */
+ void set_language(const std::string& langspec);
+
+ /** Define an alias for a language */
+ void set_language_alias(const std::string& alias, const std::string& lang);
+
+ /** Add a directory to the search path for dictionaries */
+ void add_directory(const std::string& pathname);
+
+ /** Return a set of the available languages in their country code */
+ std::set<std::string> get_languages();
+
+private:
+ void parseLocaleAliases();
+ /// returns the language part in a language spec (like de_DE.UTF-8 -> de)
+ std::string get_language_from_spec(const std::string& spec);
+};
+
+/** Read the content of the .po file given as \a in into the
+ dictionary given as \a dict */
+void read_po_file(Dictionary& dict, std::istream& in);
+LanguageDef& get_language_def(const std::string& name);
+
+} // namespace TinyGetText
+
+#endif
+
+/* EOF */
char str[1024];
-char *text1[] = {
+const char *text1[] = {
_("This is the built-in level editor. Its aim is to be intuitive\n"
"and simple to use, so it should be pretty straightforward.\n"
"\n"
"enemies and game objects in the bottom.\n")
};
-char *text2[] = {
+const char *text2[] = {
_("The Foreground/Interactive/Background buttons may be used to\n"
"see and edit the respective layer. Levels have three tiles layers:\n"
"Foreground - tiles are drawn on top of everything and have no contact\n"
"Webpage: http://pingus.seul.org/~grumbel/flexlay/")
};
-char **text[] = { text1, text2 };
+const char **text[] = { text1, text2 };
bool done;
return new FlyingPlatform(reader);
#endif
- std::cerr << "Unknown object type '" << name << "'.\n";
- return 0;
+ std::cerr << "Unknown object type '" << name << "'.\n";
+ return 0;
}
void
try {
#endif
config = new MyConfig;
+
+ Setup::init(PACKAGE_NAME, PACKAGE, PACKAGE_VERSION);
- // we want translations only on messages
- setlocale(LC_ALL, "C");
- setlocale(LC_MESSAGES, "");
-
- (void) bindtextdomain(PACKAGE, LOCALEDIR);
- (void) textdomain(PACKAGE);
- (void) bind_textdomain_codeset(PACKAGE, "ISO-8859-1");
-
- Setup::info(PACKAGE_NAME, PACKAGE, PACKAGE_VERSION);
-
- Setup::directories();
Setup::parseargs(argc, argv);
Setup::audio();
* Set period to zero if you want to disable the timer.
*/
void start(float period, bool cyclic = false);
- /** returns true if a period (or more) passed during the last tick command */
+ /** returns true if a period (or more) passed */
bool check();
/** returns the period of the timer or 0 if it isn't started */
projects / supertux.git / commitdiff